SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL 2009

6

7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

200916

17


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTION LIST (at end of Table of Contents)DISCLAIMERFORMS CD – Safety Program Forms

26

1.0 INTRODUCTION 27

Section 1 - Forms Policy On Health Safety And The Environment Policy On Drug and Alcohol Policy On Violence and Harassment Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker Safety

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES36

2.1 HARVARD 372.1.1 PRIME CONTRACTOR/OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES2.1.2 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES2.1.3 WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN2.1.4 MONITORING PROCESS

2.2 MANAGERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES2.3 SUPERVISORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES2.4 WORKERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES2.5 SAFETY PROFESSIONALS’ RESPONSIBILITIES2.6 VISITORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 46

2.7 DUE DILIGENCE 47

2.8 DRILLING & COMPLETIONS SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES2.9 STANDARDS FOR WELLSITE SUPERVISION OF DRILLING,

COMPLETION AND WORKOVERS VOL. 7 2002

Section 2 - Forms Work Site Safety Plan Checklist Bill C-45 Explanation WHS Bulletin – Due Diligence

56

3.0 SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN 57

3.1 THE OPERATIONS PROGRAM (DRILLING & COMPLETIONS)3.2 THE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST3.3 THE SAFETY STATEMENT

Figure 1: The Elements of a Basic Safety Program

Section 3 - Forms Safety Statement

66

67


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - ii

4.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT

4.1 OVERVIEW4.2 RESPONSIBILITY4.3 SIZE AND SCOPE OF ASSESSMENTS4.4 ASSESSMENT INTERVALS4.5 PROCESS OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION4.6 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS

4.6.1 ON-GOING INFORMAL INSPECTIONS 764.6.2 PLANNED INSPECTIONS (FORMAL) 774.6.3 SAFETY AUDITS, LOSS PREVENTION SURVEYS AND REGULATORY INSPECTIONS4.6.4 EQUIPMENT PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE4.6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FINDINGSFigure 1: Hazard Identification, Elimination & Control Flowchart

4.7 RISK MATRIX4.8 HAZARD ASSESSMENT TOOLS & CHECKLISTS

4.8.1 CHEMICALS AND FUELS4.8.2 COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS4.8.3 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY 864.8.4 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 874.8.5 EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS4.8.6 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT4.8.7 ENERGY ISOLATION4.8.8 ERGONOMIC FACTORS4.8.9 EXIT/EGRESS4.8.10 EYE BATH AND SHOWERS4.8.11 FATIGUE4.8.12 FIRE PROTECTION4.8.13 FIRST AID KITS/STATIONS/EQUIPMENT 964.8.14 HAND AND PORTABLE TOOLS 974.8.15 HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEMS4.8.16 LADDERS4.8.17 LIFTING GEAR/EQUIPMENT4.8.18 LIGHTING4.8.19 MATERIAL HANDLING4.8.20 MECHANICAL POWER SYSTEMS4.8.21 NOISE EXPOSURE4.8.22 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT4.8.23 PLATFORMS/SCAFFOLDING 1064.8.24 PNEUMATIC POWER SYSTEMS 1074.8.25 PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING4.8.26 SIGNS AND TAGS4.8.27 STACKING AND STORAGE4.8.28 STAIRS4.8.29 SUBSTANCE ABUSE4.8.30 TRENCHING/EXCAVATING4.8.31 VALVES AND MECHANICAL CONTROLS4.8.32 VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT4.8.33 VENTILATION AND EXTRACTION 1164.8.34 VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT 1174.8.35 WARNING SYSTEMS4.8.36 WASTE DISPOSAL4.8.37 WHMIS/TDG4.8.38 WORK SURFACES, FLOORS AND ROADWAYS

4.9 WELL SERVICING SPACING REQUIREMENTS


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - iii

4.10 DRILL SITE SPACING REQUIREMENTS4.11 BATTERY SPACING REQUIREMENTS

Section 4 – Forms Well Safety Check and Hazard Identification 126 Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist 127 Hazard Identification & Control Form Service Rig Inspection Checklist Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist

5.0 COMMUNICATION

5.1 MEETINGS5.1.1 GENERAL SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT MEETINGS

Figure 1: Planning a General HSE Meeting 1365.1.2 PROJECT / PRE-JOB / TAILGATE SAFETY MEETINGS 137

Figure 2: Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Safety Meeting Agenda

5.2 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM5.2.1 WORK CLEARANCE, PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND PRE-JOB SAFETY

MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR DRILLING & SERVICE RIG OPERATIONS5.2.2 ISSUING A WORK PERMIT5.2.3 DEFINITIONS – READ PRIOR TO ISSUING ACCESS/WORK PERMIT

Section 5 – Forms Drilling and Completions HSE Meeting Report 146 HSE Meeting Report 147 Work Permit

6.0 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS

6.1 OVERVIEW6.2 INCIDENT REPORTING6.3 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP6.4 LOSS CONTROL STATISTICS6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY FLOWCHART 156

6.6 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY FLOWCHART 157

6.7 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORTSUMMARY OF RESPONSIBILITIES AND EXPLANATIONSFOR FILLING OUT THE FORM

Section 6 - Forms Incident Investigation Report Spill Site Assessment Basic Causes of Loss Regulatory Reporting Requirements for Spills and Releases 166 Reportable Spill Volumes for TDG Controlled Substances 167


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - iv

7.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 176

177

7.1 OVERVIEW

8.0 WORK PROCEDURES

8.1 CODES OF PRACTICE8.1.1 ASBESTOS8.1.2 BENZENE8.1.3 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY 1868.1.4 RELEASE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCE 1878.1.5 RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

8.1.5.1 SELECTION, MAINTENANCE & USE OF RESPIRATORYPROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTFigure 1: Selection of Respiratory EquipmentRespiratory Protective Equipment Worksheet

8.1.5.2 FIT TESTING REQUIREMENTS & PROCEDURES FOR RESPIRATORYPROTECTION

8.1.5.3 INSPECTION OF AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS & ATMOSPHERE 196SUPPLYING RESPIRATORS 197

8.1.5.4 CLEANING & STORAGE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT8.1.5.5 TRAINING OF WORKERS IN THE SELECTION, USE, CARE AND

MAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT8.1.5.6 DEFINITIONS – RESPIRATORY HAZARDS

8.1.6 SOUR SERVICE

8.2 WORK PROCEDURES8.2.1 AIRCRAFT AWARENESS8.2.2 ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES (ATVs) 206

- ATV CHECKLIST 2078.2.3 BLOWDOWNS8.2.4 CABLES, CHAINS AND ROPES8.2.5 CHEMICAL & BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS

8.2.5.1 ASBESTOS8.2.5.2 BENZENE8.2.5.3 HANTA VIRUS8.2.5.4 SEWAGE

8.2.6 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT8.2.7 COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS 2168.2.8 CRANES AND HOISTING DEVICES 2178.2.9 CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES8.2.10 CROWN SAVERS8.2.11 DRIVING CONDUCT8.2.12 FALL PROTECTION8.2.13 FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARD MANAGEMENT8.2.14 FIRE PREVENTION8.2.15 FLAMMABLE AND HAZARDOUS LIQUID8.2.16 FLOWBACKS8.2.17 FUEL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE 2268.2.18 GROUND DISTURBANCE 2278.2.19 HAND AND POWER TOOLS8.2.20 HEATERS & OPEN FLAME EQUIPMENT


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - v

8.2.21 HIGH PRESSURE GAS WELLS (EQUIPPING, START-UP & OPERATIONS)8.2.22 HOT OILING8.2.23 HOT TAPS8.2.24 HOT WORK PROCEDURES8.2.25 HOUSEKEEPING8.2.26 HYDRATE / ICE PLUG HANDLING8.2.27 MANAGING CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY 2368.2.28 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM) 2378.2.29 NOISE EXPOSURE8.2.30 PIGGING GUIDELINES8.2.31 PORTABLE PUMPING EQUIPMENT & OPERATIONS8.2.32 PURGING8.2.33 RIG INSPECTIONS

8.2.33.1 RIG ANCHORS8.2.34 SAFE WORK PERMITS8.2.35 TANK TRUCK LOADING PROCEDURES FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS8.2.36 TIMBER REMOVAL 2468.2.37 TRAILERS & BUNKHOUSES 247

8.2.37.1 TOILETS & WASHING FACILITIES8.2.38 TRENCHING8.2.39 VEHICLE, MOBILE EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY8.2.40 WELDING & BURNING8.2.41 WILDLIFE AWARENESS8.2.42 WORKING ALONE8.2.43 WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWER LINESSection 8 Forms

256Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet 257Figure 2: Working Alone Check-in Procedure Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan Fire Tetrahedron Fall Protection Plan Form

9.0 TRAINING

9.1 OVERVIEW9.1.1 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT ORIENTATION 2669.1.2 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 2679.1.3 CORE SAFETY TRAINING9.1.4 SUPERVISORY TRAINING9.1.5 OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING

9.2 SAFETY ORIENTATION9.3 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING9.4 OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING9.5 TECHNICAL TRAINING9.6 SUPERVISORY TRAINING9.7 TRAINING RECORDS 276

277Section 9 - Forms

Checklist For Developing An On-The-Job Training Program HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire – ANSWER KEY


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - vi

10.0 CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS

10.1 OVERVIEW 286

10.2 SELECTION 287

10.3 CONTROL10.4 FOLLOW-UP

Section 10 - Forms Contractor Safety Evaluation

11.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROLS

11.1 OVERVIEW 296

11.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 29711.2.1 TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

11.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS11.3.1 HEARING CONSERVATION11.3.2 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM)11.3.3 ASBESTOS CONTROL11.3.4 BENZENE

11.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT11.4.1 GENERAL11.4.2 HEAD PROTECTION 30611.4.3 EYE AND FACE PROTECTION 30711.4.4 HEARING PROTECTION11.4.5 HAND PROTECTION11.4.6 BODY PROTECTION11.4.7 RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT11.4.8 FOOT PROTECTION11.4.9 FIRE-RETARDANT CLOTHING STANDARD11.4.10 PRESCRIPTION SAFETY GLASSES PURCHASE PROCEDURE

11.5 RULES AND ENFORCEMENT11.5.1 OVERVIEW 31611.5.2 ENFORCEMENT GUIDELINES 317

12.0 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION & PROGRAM AUDITING

12.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION

Section 12 - Forms Health Safety and Environment – Management Review

13.0 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTS 326

327

13.1 OVERVIEW13.2 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE13.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

13.3.1 COMPANY DOCUMENTS13.3.2 GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS13.3.3 GENERAL DOCUMENTS

13.4 RECORD KEEPING


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - vii

14.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES336

14.1 OVERVIEW 337

14.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT14.3 AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

14.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS14.3.2 COMMUNICATION & REPORT14.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

14.4 PROCEDURES14.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - DRILLING WASTE MANAGEMENT14.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - GENERAL HOUSEKEEPING 34614.4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - HISTORICAL RESOURCES PROTECTION 34714.4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - LEASE PREPARATION14.4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - NOISE CONTROL14.4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SITE SELECTION14.4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SPILL SITE RESPONSE & RECLAMATION14.4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - STORAGE14.4.9 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SURFACE/GROUNDWATER PROTECTION14.4.10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - WELL SITE RECLAMATION14.4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION CHECKLIST

356357

15.0 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY

15.1 INTRODUCTION15.2 SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST15.3 EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION15.4 WEEKLY SAFETY MEETINGS15.5 SHUT DOWN OF PRODUCTION

Section 15 - Forms 366 Construction Safety Plan Checklist 367 Emergency Contact Information Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report Construction HSE Meeting Report Safety Meeting Attendance Ground Disturbance Permit Backfill Inspection Form

16.0 GENERAL INFORMATION 376

377

16.1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS

386

387


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - viii

17.0 FORMS AND CHECKLISTS

Section 17 – Forms

HARVARD Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment HARVARD Policy on Violence and Harassment HARVARD Policy on Drug and Alcohol HARVARD Safety Statement 396 Worksite Safety Plan Checklist 397 Well Safety Check and Hazard ID Service Rig Inspection Checklist Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist Monthly HSE Meeting Report Hazard Identification and Control Work Permit Incident Investigation Report HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire – Answer Key 406 Health, Safety and Environment – Management Review 407 Construction Safety Plan Checklist Emergency Contact Information Construction HSE Meeting Report Safety Meeting Attendance Ground Disturbance Permit Contractor Safety Evaluation Backfill Inspection Form Drill and Completions HSE Meeting Report Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Form 416

417

426427


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - ix

DISTRIBUTION LIST

NAME LOCATIONMANUAL

NUMBER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

436

437


OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - x

DISCLAIMER

The information and data contained in this document has been set forth to be the bestknowledge, information and belief of OPX Consulting Inc.

Although every effort has been made to confirm all such information and data is factual,complete and accurate, OPX Consulting Inc. make no guarantees or warranties whatsoever,whether expressed or implied, with respect to such information or data and accepts no 446

responsibility for any loss or damage sustained by the use of this information. 447

Any use, which a third party makes of this document, any reliance on, or decision to be madebased on it, is the responsibility of such third parties. OPX Consulting Inc. accepts noresponsibility for damages, if any, suffered by any third party as a result of decisions or actionsbased on this document.


OPX Consulting Inc. Section 1 - 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Harvard Energy Ltd. is an oil and gas exploration and development companyoperating primarily in Western Canada. HARVARD is committed to conducting 456

operations in a safe and environmentally sound manner. In support of this commitment, 457

HARVARD has developed a General Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment. Acopy of this document follows in this Introduction Section.

In order to fulfill this commitment, HARVARD has developed a Safety Program toensure its operations comply with this policy. The program includes a ManagementPlan for implementing the Program. This manual is intended to present that Plan and toprovide management, employees and contractors with the tools, information andreferences they need to carry out that Plan.

466

It is HARVARD’s practice to provide each user of this manual (i.e. operators, 467

supervisors and contractors) with training in its use. This training should be consideredas the primary orientation of new personnel to HARVARD’s operations.

Complementary documents, tools and training include HARVARD’s:

Health, Safety & Environment Handbook Emergency Response Plan(s) Supervisory Training

476

This manual in its entirety should always be considered a work-in-progress. All users 477

are encouraged to provide suggestions to the Engineering and Operations Departmentfor improvements to its content and format.

The development of this Safety Program, together with supporting training, will help allHARVARD staff, contractors and supervisors to:

1. Make maximum use of the combined resources of HARVARD, governmentagencies, and other outside services to:

486

Assist with orienting, informing, guiding and motivating Company 487

employees and contractors.

Implement policies, procedures, practices, and standards relatingto Company operations.

Provide and maintain a safe working environment including tools,machines, and equipment.

2. Maintain effective communication. 496

497

3. Ensure immediate, competent responses when handling an emergency.

4. Control work site hazards, thus minimizing the risk to HARVARD employees, itscontractors, and the public.



All personnel directly involved with HARVARD operations, including both Company andContract personnel, are responsible for ensuring their activities are consistent with thismanual. 506

507

Following is a brief description of each section of this manual:

Section 2 of this manual describes the legislated responsibilities of Owners and PrimeContractors at the work site. It is critically important that HARVARD staff and well sitesupervisors understand their responsibilities as representatives of the Owner, whonormally will be the Prime Contractor. In addition, all contractors who are employers atthe well site must understand their responsibilities in providing their own safetyprograms and competent employees to carry out their activities. Also in this section is asummary of responsibilities of HARVARD Managers, Supervisors and Workers. 516

517

Section 3 contains information to assist HARVARD management and staff to plan forimplementing the Safety Program.

Section 4 provides information on hazard identification and assessment. Identifyingand eliminating hazards is the most important element of a safety program and must bedone at every work site to comply with Provincial regulations.

Section 5 deals with communication and gives the supervisor the necessary tools tocommunicate with other employees and all workers at the site. Once hazards are 526

identified and procedures put into place to eliminate or mitigate the hazards it is 527

necessary to communicate that information to all affected workers. Of particularimportance in this section is the description of the use of Safe Work Permits.

Section 6 presents HARVARD’s procedures for incident investigation and analysis.This is an essential part of any safety program.

Section 7 gives the supervisor some basic information about area emergencyresponse plans and some suggestions for keeping area plans up to date.

536

Section 8 presents a number of established Codes of Practice and Work Procedures. 537

The Codes of Practice are to be followed when dealing with the subject issues. TheWork Procedures presented have been developed as HARVARD’s policy. This sectionof the manual should be considered a work in progress. The codes and proceduresshould constantly be reviewed for relevancy to current HARVARD policies, governmentregulations and practices in the industry. New codes and procedures will be developedas the need arises.

Section 9 outlines the training expected of HARVARD production employees and theemployees of all contractors involved at a well site. 546

547

Section 10 gives the production supervisor some guidelines to use in selectingcontractors in the field.

Section 11 presents Health and Safety Controls. These, for the most part, are existingregulations or HARVARD policy and must be strictly adhered to. Special attentionshould be paid to HARVARD’s Fire Retardant Clothing Standard.



Section 12 provides some suggestions for keeping HARVARD senior management 556

involved in the Program. 557

Section 13 provides some guidelines for keeping records and provides a list of reference material.

Section 14 is intended to provide information to the well site supervisor to help him/herdeal with environmental issues encountered in the field.

Section 15 provides safety information for Construction Supervisors.

Section 16 includes a Glossary and is available to add additional relevant information to this 566

manual. 567

Section 17 includes a section of commonly used forms and checklists.



SECTION 1 – FORMS

Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment 576

Policy on Drug and Alcohol 577

Policy on Violence and HarassmentPetroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker Safety

586

587

596

597

606

607



Harassment and Violence Workplace Policy

Harvard Energy Ltd. will not tolerate unlawful workplace conduct,including discrimination, intimidation/harassment or violence. Harvard isdedicated to maintaining a positive workplace where everyone adheres torelevant human rights legislation and acts ethically, honestly and treatscolleagues with dignity, fairness, and respect. 646

647

This policy applies to management, employees, and contractors ofHarvard. This policy further applies to interactions on or off Companypremises and includes formal and informal Company social gatherings,conferences and client-related events. This policy is not intended toconstrain reasonable and appropriate consensual social interactions.Harassment whether or not it is intentional or directed toward a specificperson, includes unwanted physical, verbal, written, electronic, graphic ornon-verbal behavior that results in intimidation hostility or violence orcontributes to an offensive workplace. 656

657

Any incident or complaint involving alleged harassment orthreatened/actual violence should be reported promptly to either anymember of the Board of Directors or any Officer of the Corporation. Anyincident or complaint will be treated sensitively, promptly and inconfidence, to the extent practical; and investigate thoroughly.

Harvard will attempt resolution, however, disciplinary action up to andincluding termination can be taken for violations of this policy. Filing aknown false complaint or retaliation against complaints is not tolerated 666

and will be subject to disciplinary action, also including termination. 667

676

677



Alcohol and Drug Policy

Harvard Energy Ltd. is committed to protecting the health and safety ofall individuals affected by our activities as well as the communities inwhich we work. We recognize that the use of illicit drugs and theinappropriate use of alcohol and medication can adversely affect jobperformance, the work environment and the safety of our employees,contractors and the public. 686

687

This policy relates to all management, employees and contractors whenthey are engaged in Company business, working on or off Companypremises. Harvard’s contractors are expected to develop and enforceAlcohol and Drug policies that are consistent with the policy.

The following are expressly prohibited while on Company business orCompany premises:

The use of possession, distribution, offer for sale of illicit drugs or 696

illicit drug paraphernalia; 697 The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of

alcoholic beverages; The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or

specifically prescribed for personal use; Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Investigation procedures that may be utilized in support of this Policyinclude:

706 Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations; 707 Reasonable cause testing; Post-incident testing; Reasonable searches of Company grounds; Impaired driving investigations.

Disciplinary action up to and including termination will be taken forviolations of this policy.

716717

We, the members of the petroleum industry, have a responsibility to protect all workers

engaged in its activities from personal injury and health hazards. To meet our responsibility we

will operate under the following guiding principles:

RESPONSIBILITY

The operating company, when acting as prime contractor, is responsible for coordination

and general supervision of all activities at the worksite, including activities carried out

by contractors, subcontractors, service companies and suppliers. While all parties have a

responsibility to promote worker safety, the operating company recognizes its leadership role

worksite situations. It is the responsibility of workers and employers to refuse to perform

unsafe work practices.

PRIORITY

Activities will be conducted on the basis that safety of all personnel is of vital importance,

whether those personnel are employed by an operating company, a contractor, a subcontractor,

a service company or a supplier.

RECOGNITION

The process of selecting contractors, subcontractors, service companies and suppliers, and the

administration of contracts, will include recognition and support of good safety performance.

Support and recognition based on good safety performance will also be provided by all

employers to their employees.

IMPROVEMENT

The operating company, in cooperation with service companies within the industry, will

promote methods and practices that have potential for improving safety performance.

Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles For Worker Safety - www.enform.ca

Wallace E. Baer

President/CEO

Enform

Signed on behalf of the following six sponsoring associations representing the Canadian

petroleum industry:

Signature

Company

Title

Date

Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles

For Worker Safety

Revised September 2008



2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

2.1 HARVARD

HARVARD’s overall company responsibilities are to:736

Insist on safe performance throughout operations by ensuring contractors and 737

employees are competent.

Have an effective safety program.

Ensure the safety program and operations comply with contractual and regulatoryrequirements.

Ensure contractors and employees know HARVARD’s expectations.746

Provide sufficient time for contractors and employees to do their job properly. 747

Hire contractors who have Safety Programs and good safety records.

Perform responsibilities of Prime Contractor/Owner

2.1.1 Owner/Prime Contractor Responsibilities

Every work site must have a Prime Contractor, if there are two or more employers 756

involved in work at the worksite at the same time 757

The Prime Contractor for a worksite is the contractor, employer or other person whoenters into an agreement with the owner of the work site to be the Prime Contractor,or if no agreement has been made or no agreement is in force, the owner of thework site.

Owners, who have limited capabilities of performing the Prime Contractor functionhave the opportunity to assign Prime Contractor responsibilities to a party that isbetter equipped to manage those responsibilities.

766

2.1.2 Owner Responsibilities 767

The Owner has two alternatives when dealing with the Prime Contractor issue. TheOwner can either keep the Prime Contractor responsibilities or it can enter into anagreement with another party so that the party assumes the Prime Contractorresponsibilities. This agreement should be completed in written form.

If the Owner transfers the responsibility to another party, the Owner will be expected toexercise due diligence in transferring those responsibilities. That is, the Owner must doeverything “reasonably practicable” to ensure that the contractor assigned the 776

responsibility is capable of fulfilling the Prime Contractor responsibilities. The Owner 777

must be able to demonstrate that the agreement is likely to establish compliance.Follow-up on the Owner’s part is necessary to ensure the system is maintained.



Other considerations include:

Once the Owner enters into an agreement, it should step away and not be involvedas a Prime Contractor of the work site. If the owner starts to assume the role ofPrime Contractor, it may become liable for those responsibilities even though it hasentered into an agreement to have someone else assume those responsibilities.

786

The Prime Contractor, be it the Owner/Operator or some other party, is responsible for 787

ensuring that the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Code, and its regulations arecomplied with at the work site. In most situations, the Prime Contractor will meet theseresponsibilities through the development of a system that will ensure compliance. ThePrime Contractor at a work site has the overall responsibility for occupational health andsafety. However, this does not relieve other employers of their responsibilities at thework site.

The Well Site Supervisor usually accepts the role of Prime Contractor’s representativeat the work site. 796

797

In addition to developing a system for ensuring compliance, the role of the PrimeContractor will be to implement the system, monitor to ensure that it is functioning, andthen make any necessary changes to ensure the system continues to perform asintended.

The advantages of the system approach are that the process is manageable and thatthe Prime Contractor limits its responsibilities. If the Prime Contractor were to takedirect control of all occupational health and safety activities at the work site, particularlyon a large site, it would become an onerous task. If the Prime Contractor begins to take 806

a more assertive role in directing the occupational health and safety activities of other 807

employers on the work site, it may end up with those responsibilities.



2.1.3 Work Site Safety Plan

To successfully address the requirements for a system, the Prime Contractor shoulddevelop a Work Site Safety Plan that is coordinated under the direct supervision of a 816

SITE DESIGNATE. 817

A Work Site Safety Plan communicates the Prime Contractor’s system of managinghealth and safety on the work site. The “Work Site Safety Plan Checklist” found behindthe Safety Management tab of this Manual outlines the elements for developing aspecific Work Site Safety Plan. The generic plan must be carefully reviewed as it maynot be applicable to the particular conditions experienced on a specific work site, or tothe role of the Site Designate on a particular project.

Employers coming to the site should have functioning health and safety programs in 826

place. All workers and employers should be “competent” for the tasks they intend to 827

perform. (i.e. Workers are adequately qualified, properly trained and with sufficientexperience to safely perform work without supervision [or with only a minimum degreeof supervision]).

It is important to monitor the effectiveness of the plan, keep records and document theactivities around establishing and maintaining this system. If doubt ever arises, thisproves that everything “reasonably practicable” has been done to make the work sitesafe. The minimum that will be accepted are the standards demonstrated by theindustry. 836

837

Additional tools for developing a Work Site Safety Plan as well as the “Work Site SafetyPlan Checklist” are found at the end of this section..

2.1.4 Monitoring Process

To ensure that the responsibility for health and safety at the work site is fulfilled, thePrime Contractor must set up a system for monitoring the safety performance ofemployers, workers and suppliers. The Prime Contractor must evaluate the outputs of 846

the system/process in order to verify its effectiveness. The following are some 847

monitoring system/process tips:

Instruct employers on site to investigate all accidents/incidents and submitdocumentation to you.

Require that all accidents/incidents be analyzed and discussed by the workersduring a safety meeting.

Ensure that the workers are identifying, reporting and recording hazards on the site. 856

857

Ensure that workers are correcting the hazards identified.

Ensure that critical or repetitive hazards are discussed by workers during a safetymeeting.



Participate in New Employee Orientations. Educate the new workers to HARVARDand its plan to control accidents and near miss accidents.

Require worker participation in safety inspection/audits. 866

867

Promote safety awareness on the work site through leadership by example.

Ensure all work site emergency safety equipment is easily identifiable to all sitepersonnel (e.g. fire suppression equipment, first aid room, stretcher, etc.) and is ingood operating condition.

Have “work site safety” on site meeting agendas.

876

2.2 MANAGERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 877

Managers protect employees and HARVARD by:

Insisting on performance and behavior that meet the standards of HARVARD’s safetyprogram.

Encouraging employee involvement in safety by demonstrating managements’ commitmentto safety.

886

Ensuring Company, Contractor and Subcontractor operations comply with government 887

safety requirements.

Providing adequate supervision at every work site.

Ensuring accidents and incidents are reported and investigated and corrective actions aretaken.

Providing appropriate, well-maintained safety and other equipment required for each job.896

Ensure public consultation is included in project planning. 897

Ensuring workers are adequately qualified to perform their work.

Ensuring training needs are identified and met.

2.3 SUPERVISORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Supervisors maintain a safe work site by ensuring: 906

907

Workers know what safety responsibilities are expected of them.

Training needs are identified and addressed.



Unsafe conditions and behavior are corrected immediately.

Only safe work practices are used.

Appropriate equipment is available and well maintained and workers are trained to safely 916

operate the equipment. 917

Regulatory requirements are met.

Hazards are identified, documented, and removed where possible.

Workers know and are prepared to deal with the hazards of their work and any specifichazards on the work site.

Personal protective equipment is available, properly used, stored, maintained and replaced 926

when necessary. 927

All accidents and incidents are reported.

2.4 WORKERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Workers protect themselves, fellow workers, the public and the environment by:

Being thoroughly familiar with the safety program. 936

937

Actively participating in safety program development and maintenance.

Following safety standards and safe work procedures set out by the employer, employeesand regulatory requirements.

Refusing to perform work when unsafe conditions exist (as defined in provincialoccupational health and safety legislation).

Refusing to perform work they are not competent to perform. 946

947

Reporting unsafe conditions and potential hazards to supervisors.

Immediately reporting to supervisors all accidents, incidents, injuries and illnesses.

Participating in all training offered by the employer, either on or off the work site (e.g. first aid orH2S).

Using required personal protective and safety equipment.956

Being trained in the safe operation of equipment. 957

Checking tools and equipment, including personal protective and safety equipment, forhazards before using them.



Knowing the location, type and operation of emergency equipment.

Presenting themselves physically and mentally fit at the start of each working shift, capableof performing their duties safely and efficiently. Reporting to the Supervisor any physical ormental circumstances such as illnesses or fatigue as this may impede the worker fromsafely completing their assigned tasks. 966

967

Performing their functions as efficiently as possible while giving due regard to the safety ofthemselves, their co-workers and the public.

Cooperating with others during normal and emergency conditions.

Having cranial and facial worn at a length that will not obstruct vision, snag moving parts orif applicable, prevent the worker from utilizing a breathing apparatus or mechanicalresuscitator in a toxic or oxygen environment.

976

Ensuring they wear clothing that fits close to the body and do not wear dangling 977

jewelry (i.e. necklaces, wristwatches, bracelets) when working near moving parts ofmachinery or electrically energized equipment.

Not smoking in any location regardless of a Hot Permit issued, except for designated areas.Strike anywhere matches and single action lighters are not permitted.

Informing the Harvard Representative if they are taking medication prescribed by aphysician that could impair their judgment. It may be necessary to adjust the workersduties accordingly. 986

987

Not being in possession of, or under the influence of, alcohol, illegal or mind altering drugs.Workers will not be permitted to enter or be allowed to remain on a Harvard Work Site.

Adhering to Harvard’s policy regarding firearms or explosives. Both firearms andexplosives are not permitted on a Harvard operated property unless required by jobresponsibilities (flare pistol, seismic work).

Refraining from engaging in practical jokes, wrestling and other forms of horseplay onHarvard premises. 996

997

Reviewing applicable Data Sheets, as per WHMIS legislation, prior to handling chemicals.

Understanding Harvard prohibits all types of harassment and violence in the workplace.Harassment, including harassment based on characteristics specified in human rightslegislation, such as sex, race, national origin, religion, disability and age is illegal and willnot be tolerated. As an employer, Harvard has a legal duty to maintain a safe andharassment free workplace. Actual or threatened violence is strictly prohibited. Incidents ofthis nature are to be reported to Harvard management.

1006

Ensuring they have the necessary training and when applicable possesses a valid 1007

certificate when responsible for the transporting of dangerous goods and handling materialor wastes.



2.5 SAFETY PROFESSIONALS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The responsibilities of the Safety Professional are to:

Develop and maintain a safety program manual and ensure this document is available to allemployees. 1016

1017

Maintain copies of legislation relevant to Company’s operations and ensure copies areavailable at all work sites.

Maintain supporting documentation (e.g. standard work procedures, codes of practice,emergency response plans and other detailed instructions for training, inspections, audits,accident reporting, investigation and other activities) and ensure copies are accessible at allwork sites.

Maintain files for results of audits, inspections, incident investigation reports and safety and 1026

environmental performance assessments. 1027

Develop and support loss control activities including inspections, loss control meetings, newemployee orientations, on-the-job training sessions, safety and environmental audits andemergency response drills.

Develop and support a communication framework that may include management walk-arounds at work sites, newsletters, memos, posters or other communication instruments.

Contribute to industry Health, Safety & Environment associations. 1036

1037

Provide assistance to field personnel in the response and reporting of Safety andEnvironmental incidents.

2.6 VISITORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Visitors must:

Ensure they receive an orientation before working/entering work sites. 1046

1047

Follow the instructions of the site supervisor or personal escort.

Wear personal protective equipment when required.

Never walk about a work site unescorted.

2.7 DUE DILIGENCE1056

See Workplace Health & Safety bulletin and the Bill C-45 Explanation at end of this Section. 1057



2.8 DRILLING & COMPLETIONS SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES

Rig Site Supervisor -Responsibilities and Duties

Corporate and Engineering

HARVARD, as owner and licensee of the well and wellsite, has an overall responsibility toensure the safety of workers and the public, the protection of the environment and the 1066

conservation of resources related to all activity at the wellsite. Many rules govern the 1067

development, planning and execution of oil and gas operations, including the management ofHealth and Safety of workers on the worksite. These rules are identified in various acts andregulations, as well as guides and industry recognized standards and recommended practices.

The responsibilities for compliance, with many of these rules, are assigned to the peopleplanning, designing and programming of well operations both at the office and field level. Whenthese responsibilities are assigned to the Wellsite Supervisors, the Wellsite Supervisorsconduct their activities as the operator/prime contractor’s representative, and within HARVARD,is considered an employee equivalent in regards to legislated acts and regulations. 1076

1077

Safety

HARVARD has overall responsibility for health and safety at the wellsite. In fulfilling thisresponsibility, HARVARD will ensure that contractors and employers at the wellsite comply withall applicable legislation by monitoring the activities at the site to verify compliance withapplicable legislation and safe work procedures. The following responsibilities are assigned toHARVARD to help achieve this obligation:

Implement an effective safety program, including visible management support, that meets 1086

the requirements for a basic safety program as described in IRP #9, ensuring that all 1087

employers on site are aware of, and comply with, all requirements of this program.

Select contractors that have implemented a safety program that effectively manages theirown operations, and that meets the requirements for a basic safety program as describedabove, including safe work procedures and hazard assessments of the hazardousprocedures completed. Any independent contractors or self-employed workers, who do nothave a safety program, will be adopted into either HARVARD’s safety program or the safetyprogram of HARVARD they are sub-contracted to.

1096

Coordinate the efforts and actions of all contractors at the wellsite, ensuring all employers 1097

are aware of their roles and responsibilities, and that they have been informed of anyknown hazards of the specific wellsite, program or materials, ensuring that procedures arein place to eliminate or control these hazards.

Ensure that all safety procedures are compatible and verify that contractors are providingtheir workers with training and supervision that addresses the hazards of the tasks they areexposed to at the wellsite. It is not HARVARD’s role to do this training or supervision forcontracted workers, but to ensure that contractors provide training and supervision in amanner that meets legislated requirements as a minimum, as per Section 7.4.3. of IRP #7. 1106

(Please see IRP#7 on page 2-14) 1107



Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and that allemployers and workers know these procedures, have completed drills and are prepared tofollow them.

Ensure that Site Supervisors safety responsibilities have been clearly established andcommunicated to all workers completing supervisory activities and that monitoring iscompleted on a regular basis.

1116

Conduct an assessment of the supervisor’s work experience and training to ensure he has 1117

the skills and knowledge required to meet the requirements for the work and duties beingassigned.

The evaluation will include the steps and content described below, and be documented, signedand kept on file by the person to whom the supervisor is reporting to.

Wellsite Supervisor - General Duties

HARVARD must provide a competent Wellsite Supervisor who has been assigned specific 1126

duties and responsibilities as a representative, with HARVARD determining if the supervisor is 1127

competent based on the job requirements, the duties assigned and assessment of theSupervisor’s training and work experience.

The Wellsite Supervisor is generally responsible for managing Health and Safety on theworksite, including directing and coordinating all employers at the wellsite. The specific dutieswill vary considerably depending on the nature of the work and how the operator assignscertain responsibilities.

Safety 11361137

In terms of health and safety management, as HARVARD’s representative, the WellsiteSupervisor’s responsibilities include the following:

Identify themselves at the wellsite, through use of the applicable Safety Statement,ensuring they can be either easily located and contacted or have identified an alternate,competent, person who must also be easily contacted if the Wellsite Supervisor becomesunavailable for any reason. Note: Site Supervisors are required to be on the worksite duringall non-standard/critical work tasks.

1146

Ensure that all contractors on the worksite effectively implement their own safety programs 1147

and work procedures, and that all contractors understand and agree to follow allrequirements of HARVARD’s Safety Program that is not identified within their own SafetyProgram.

Ensure that applicable corporate information has been posted in an appropriate place onlocation, including the posting of HARVARD’s Health and Safety Policy and PartnershipCertificate within the supervisor’s workspace, and that a copy of the Safety Statement andPetroleum Industry Guiding Principles has been posted in the contractors’ workspace(“doghouse”). 1156

1157



Identify and document the name of the On-Site Supervisor for each employer prior tostarting any work and review and clarify the roles and responsibilities of all Contractors’ On-Site Supervisors prior to starting any work.

Check that all contractors have provided the applicable employees, including visitors, withthe training and supervision described in Section 7.4.3. of IRP #7. (Please see IRP#7 onpage 2-14)

Identify inexperienced workers arriving on the worksite, ensuring these workers receive 1166

adequate supervision and provide a wellsite orientation on arrival at the wellsite. 1167

Coordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite, resolving any discrepancies betweenconflicting work procedures, identifying the hazards related to the specific wellsite, theplanned program or the materials provided by the contractors.

Inform all employers of the hazards identified and ensure proper controls are in placebefore the work begins. Establish and coordinate site-specific emergency responseprocedures and drills.

1176

Ensure the hazard assessment and identification programs described in the Hazard 1177

Identification and Assessment section of the Safety Program is implemented and reviewedwith relevant workers on the worksite.

Ensure the hazards identified on the worksite are communicated through the safetymeeting and work permit systems, ensuring safety meetings are conducted prior to all non-standard/critical operations.

Ensure well control and blowout prevention measures meet regulations and operators’requirements and the appropriate information and procedures have been posted and 1186

reviewed with all personnel on site. 1187

Monitor the work performed by all employers to verify compliance with safety legislation andSafety Program requirements.

Check that the procedures for handling, transportation, disposal, storage and use of allhazardous substances follow applicable regulations and safe practices. Monitor the wellsitefor proper use, handling, storage and maintenance of personal protective equipment.

Ensure appropriate equipment is utilized to detect and control Hydrogen Sulfide and other 1196

flammable or poisonous substances that may be emitted at the worksite. 1197

Ensure work is stopped when an unsafe act or condition is identified, resuming work onlyafter the hazard is removed or safe procedures have been established.

Ensure all emergency equipment and specialized safety equipment is easily identifiableand readily available to all site personnel.

Ensure incidents/accidents or near misses are promptly reported and investigated, asdescribed within the Incident Investigation Section 6.0. 1206

1207



WORK EXPERIENCE ASSESSMENT

Additional Job Specific Skill Requirements

Good management practices require that results be compared to corporate goals andexpectations on a regular basis, in order to identify performance gaps and opportunities forimprovement. The performance of Wellsite Supervisors must be reviewed and evaluated aspart of this process. 1216

1217

Documentation of the actions taken at the wellsite is an important step in demonstrating duediligence in the performance of assigned duties. Records of specific items such as safetymeetings, practice drills, inspections, pressure tests, etc., will be collected on the worksite andforwarded to Calgary for filing. HARVARD’s operators and Wellsite Supervisors will implementthe use of the “Work Site Safety Plan Checklist” at appropriate times during the project toensure that specific safety program steps have been completed.

HARVARD engineering staff and management directing Wellsite Supervisor activities willconduct worksite reviews by visiting the wellsite on a regular basis to observe operating 1226

procedures, check documentation kept on location and get feedback from the contractors on 1227

the worksite.

Specific knowledge and experience requirements for a particular job depends on the type ofwork planned, the depth and complexity of the well, the reservoir fluid properties, H2S potential,the location of the well and any specific issues related to public or environmental impact.The assessor must have this knowledge about the job prior to assessing and assigning anappropriate supervisor. Additional requirements for the job must be included in the assessmentof potential supervisors based on these factors.

1236Assessment Process and Content Requirements 1237

For each task assigned, HARVARD will determine the skill level of the site supervisor, ensuringthat the supervisor’s skill level is appropriate to the requirements of the assigned job. Todetermine if the supervisor’s skills are appropriate, the assessment must be based on thesupervisor’s education, training and work history record, plus the skills observed by thereferences and the assessor. HARVARD will indicate on the assessment record if thesupervisor either “meets or exceeds requirements” or “requires additional training orexperience” to complete the assigned tasks.

1246Agreement of Duties 1247

In addition to the required training, every Wellsite Supervisor completing work for HARVARDmust have a written description and agreement of the duties and responsibilities assigned tohim and has experience with the type of work planned. This written agreement must berenewed and updated at least every two years, and whenever the assigned duties arechanged. In any event, the assessment on file will include skill requirements for the majoroperations of the actual wellsite work being supervised. As a minimum, these duties mustinclude those listed above.

12561257



Required Information

Record of Work History and References

Name, address and telephone number of the site supervisor1266

List of training certificates and expiry dates 1267

Record of all formal education

Record of work experience including

o Relevant industry experience, other than as a Wellsite Supervisor, ando Experience as a Wellsite Supervisor

List of references starting with the last three employers (or back five years), including: 1276

1277

o Name and telephone number of references, including company or employer name,o Dates when candidate was employed including month and year, ando If the reference was contacted by the assessor.

Information about the person who did the assessment including:

o Name, company/employer name,o Job title or position, address and telephone number, ando Date the assessment was completed or updated. 1286

1287Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements

The candidate must be assessed as having the skills required in the following categories:

Supervision and leadership, and the demonstration of safe personal work habits.

Establishment and maintenance of effective working relationships.

Effective communication of operational and safety requirements. 1296

1297

Implementation of HARVARD’s safety program, including the use of appropriate PPE.

Ensuring contractors have, and are using, safe work procedures that follow regulations.

Performance of hazard assessments and implementation of hazard controls.

Ensuring the detection and control of hazardous atmospheres is conducted.

Emergency Response and establishment of site-specific emergency response procedures. 1306

1307

Carry out operations in accordance with environmental regulations, including the disposalof wastes, BOP training and drills and training certificates.



Containment and reporting of spills, leaks or other environmental damage, as per incidentreporting guidelines (see Section 6.0).

Ensuring BOPs and other well control equipment meet regulations, and is function testedprior to commencing operations.

1316

Ensuring all operations comply with regulations and industry standards. 1317

Planning and coordinating equipment and service requirements.

Ensuring transportation of equipment, rig and equipment layout and spacing meetequipment spacing regulations.

Contractors Supervision

Legislation requires that contractors provide their workers with appropriate training and 1326

supervision to ensure they carry out their work in a safe manner. 1327

HARVARD requires all employers to provide the following:

A wellsite orientation on their first day of employment

A safety program that includes information that identifies the worker as responsible to followthe requirements of the safety program.

Information to ensure workers are aware of their rights and responsibilities under OH&Slegislation, including their right and obligation to refuse to do unsafe work. 1336

1337

Safe work procedures and practices for the assigned tasks, including rules from relevantsafety legislation.

Direct supervision, by a competent worker, of workers new to a position until they havedemonstrated the ability to perform the assigned tasks safely.

Frequent inspections of the wellsite, to ensure workers are following safe worker practicesand applicable OH&S regulations.

1346

A hazard identification program/process, ensuring all personnel on the worksite are made 1347

aware of the hazards and procedures to remove or control the hazards.

Directions to stop work when unsafe acts or conditions are identified then take action toensure conditions are safe before work is resumed.

Instructions, as required by WHMIS legislation, to ensure all hazardous materials areidentified and PPE is used to protect the worker from exposure.

Site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and all workers are prepared to 1356

play their role in the event of an emergency. 1357

Directions for the prompt reporting and investigation of any incidents on location.



2.9 IRP #7

1366

1367

1376

1377

1386

1387

1396

1397

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Drilling, Completion and Workovers Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) Volume 7 - 2002 Sanctioned

2002 - 03

This document as well as future revisions and additions are available from: Enform 1538 – 25 Avenue NE Calgary, Alberta T2E 8Y3 Phone: (403) 250-9606 Fax: (403) 291-9408 Website: www.enform.ca

Table of Contents

7 Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Drilling, Completions and Workovers............................................................................................... 1

7.0 Acknowledgement & Disclaimer ..........................................................1 7.1 Introduction............................................................................................5 7.2 Scope........................................................................................................6 7.3 Definitions...............................................................................................7 7.4 Roles, Responsibilities and Duties ........................................................9

7.4.1 Operator and Prime Contractor..............................................9 7.4.1.1 Regulatory Compliance ..............................................................9 7.4.1.2 Safety ........................................................................................10 7.4.2 Wellsite Supervisor ................................................................12 7.4.2.1 General Duties ..........................................................................12 7.4.2.2 Safety ........................................................................................13 7.4.3 Employer’s Supervision .........................................................15

7.5 Requirements for Assigning Duties of Wellsite Supervisor ............17 7.5.1 A Supervisor Must be Assigned ...........................................17 7.5.2 Agreement of Duties ..............................................................17 7.5.3 Identify Wellsite Supervisor ..................................................18

7.6 Training Requirements .......................................................................19 7.6.1 Wellsite Supervisor ................................................................19 7.6.2 Operator or Prime Contractor...............................................19 7.6.3 Training Requirements ..........................................................20 7.6.4 Description of Training Courses...........................................21 7.6.4.1 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite Supervision ............................................................................................21 7.6.4.2 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite Supervision (Refresher) .........................................................................21 7.6.4.3 Second Line Supervisor’s Well Control ...................................22 7.6.4.4 Well Service Blowout Prevention (BOP) .................................22 7.6.4.5 Detection and Control of Flammable Substance ......................22

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Table of Contents • i Drilling, Completions & Workovers

7.6.4.6 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems (WHMIS) Training ................................................................................22 7.6.4.7 Standard First Aid .....................................................................23 7.6.4.8 Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) .............................23 7.6.4.9 H2S Alive® ...............................................................................23

7.7 Work Experience Assessment.............................................................24 7.7.1 Requirement for Assessment ...............................................24 7.7.2 Frequency of Re-Assessment ..............................................25 7.7.2.1 Continuous Work Situations .....................................................25 7.7.2.2 Changes in Job Assignment ......................................................25 7.7.3 Assessment Process and Content Requirements ...........26 7.7.3.1 Process for Assessment of Skill Level......................................26 7.7.3.2 Required Information Record of Work History and References26 7.7.3.3 Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements...............................28 7.7.3.4 Additional Job Specific Skill Requirements .............................30

7.8 Performance Evaluation and Audits..................................................31 7.8.1 Documentation........................................................................32 7.8.2 Inspections and Audits ..........................................................33 7.8.3 Government Inspections .......................................................34

Appendix “A”:....................................................................................................35 Levels of Control and Responsibility for Safety Management .....35

Appendix “B”:....................................................................................................36 Notice of Wellsite Supervisor (Sample) ...........................................36

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Table of Contents • ii Drilling, Completions & Workovers

7 Standards for Wellsite Supervision

of Drilling, Completions and Workovers

7.0 Acknowledgement & Disclaimer

This Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) is a set of best practices and guidelines compiled by knowledgeable and experienced industry and government personnel, and is intended to provide the operator with advice regarding STANDARDS FOR WELLSITE SUPERVISION OF DRILLING, COMPLETIONS AND WORKOVERS.

It was developed under the auspices of the Drilling and Completions Committee (DACC).

DACC is a joint industry/government committee established to develop safe, efficient and environmentally suitable operating practices for the Canadian Oil & Gas industry in the areas of drilling, completions and servicing of wells. The primary effort is the development of IRPs with priority given to:

Development of new IRPs where non-existent procedures result in issues because of inconsistent operating practices.

Review and revision of outdated IRPs particularly where new technology requires new operating procedures.

Provide general support to foster development of non-IRP industry operating practices that have current application to a limited number of stakeholders.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision • 1 Drilling, Completions and Workovers

The recommendations set out in this IRP are meant to allow flexibility and must be used in conjunction with competent technical judgement. It remains the responsibility of the user of the IRP to judge its suitability for a particular application.

If there is any inconsistency or conflict between any of the recommended practices contained in the IRP, and the applicable legislative requirement, the legislative requirement shall prevail.

Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and reliability of the data and recommendations contained in the IRP. However DACC, its subcommittees, and individual contributors make no representation, warranty, or guarantee in connection with the publication or the contents of any IRP recommendation, and hereby disclaim liability of responsibility for loss or damage resulting from the use of this IRP, or for any violation of any legislative requirements.

This IRP has been sanctioned (sanction = review and support of the IRP as a compilation of best practices) by the following organizations:

• Alberta Energy and Utilities Board

• Alberta Human Resources and Employment

• British Columbia Workers’ Compensation Board

• Canadian Association of Oilwell Drilling Contractors

• Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers

• International Coil Tubing Association

• Oil & Gas Commission, British Columbia

• Petroleum Services Association of Canada

• Saskatchewan Energy & Mines

• Saskatchewan Labour


ls participated in the development

o

The following list of individuaof this Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) through the DACC sub-committee and/or one of several working teams responsible for various components. Apologies to anyone whmay have inadvertently been missed.

DACC Sub-embers

Doug Fletcher Petro-Canada

lace Health and

tion Board of

HAIR) urces (Canadian

OH&S

um afety Council

i n

Committee M Les Groeller Shell Canada

Kenn Hample Alberta Workp Safety

Barry Holland Workers’ Compensation Board of British Columbia

Ron Hutzal Noyes Supervision

Rod Loewen Workers’ Compensa British Columbia

John Mayall EUB - Alberta

Don Myers (C Burlington Reso Hunter)

George Myette Pajak Engineering

Mark Nicklom Bissett Resources

Kim Richardson Marathon Oil

Bob Ross Saskatchewan Labour, Division

Brad Rowbotham Roll'n Oilfield Industries Ltd.

Ken Shewan Frontier Engineering

Murray Sunstr Canadian Petroleum S

Jack Thacker Husky Oil

Willy Zukiwsk PanCanadia


Other

Precision Drilling

ngham Safety

h

ant

ndustry Training Service

ustry Training Service

rces

ing

Contributors:Ron Berg

Bob Cunni Canadian Petroleum Council Adel Girgis AEUB

adian Dave Graber PanCan

Garth Gramlic PanCanadian

Wayne Harvey Safety Consult

Ron Lapp Jade Drilling

John Miller PanCanadian

Ron Miller Consultant

Lorne Polzin Petroleum I

Barry Rock Shell Canada

Jim Shaffer Petroleum Ind

Bob Stockton Consultant

Jim Storbakken Imperial Oil

Rod Thomas Bonus Resou

Layne Wilk Precision Well Servic


7.1 Introduction

Drilling, completions and well workovers involve a wide variety of operations that often require a number of contractors, technical services and suppliers working together at the wellsite. These operations must be planned and executed by qualified and competent people at all levels to ensure the safety of workers and the public, the protection of the environment and the conservation of natural resources. The well owner or ‘operator’ conducting these operations has overall responsibility for achieving these goals. The wellsite supervisor representing the operator or prime contractor plays a key role by directing and co-ordinating all employers at the wellsite to implement the planned work program. The purpose of this IRP is to recommend minimum standards to ensure that the operator or prime contractor provides competent supervision at the wellsite.

The impetus for the development of this IRP was a growing need to improve minimum standards for safety management at the well site. Therefore, the primary focus during the development of this IRP was on safety. However, compliance with legislation and industry standards that relate to environmental protection and resource conservation is also a goal in these qualification standards.


7.2 Scope

This IRP deals with well operations that are generally known in the industry as drilling, completions and workovers. Minor well servicing on completed wells, which do not require removal of the wellhead and do not require the installation of temporary blow out prevention equipment to ensure well control during the operation, is beyond the scope of this IRP. However, the responsibilities of the prime contractor, in terms of safety management, are essentially the same for any operation involving two or more employers at a wellsite.

The subject of the IRP is supervision at the wellsite by the prime contractor, which is usually the operator. Each employer or contractor at the well site must also provide competent supervision for their employees. Responsibilities of an employer’s supervisor are discussed relative to the duties of the prime contractor’s supervisor. Specific qualification requirements for supervisors of other employers at the wellsite are not part of this IRP.

While the focus of the IRP is the wellsite supervisor, it must be recognized that the responsibilities are basically those of the operator and/or the prime contractor. Therefore the operator and/or prime contractor must have a good understanding of these requirements and a clear agreement with the wellsite supervisor as to how these obligations will be met.

These recommendations are based on regulatory compliance and due diligence. The specific requirements for the work planned in drilling, completions and workover operations vary widely and part of the operator’s due diligence is to assign competent supervision for the specific work being supervised. This IRP does not attempt to define supervisor competency requirements for every type of job but does describe the minimum steps the operator or prime contractor should take in making this determination.


7.3 Definitions

The following basic principals and definitions are used throughout this IRP. Please refer to the diagram in Appendix A for further clarification.

Prime Contractor: When workers from more than one employer are working at a wellsite then one party must have overall responsibility for safety at that wellsite and co-ordination of all employers to carry out the planned work. In Alberta this party is known as the ‘prime contractor’ and this term will be used throughout this IRP. In other jurisdictions this specific term may not be used, but the legislation has similar requirements and responsibilities for this function.

Operator: The owner of the wellsite is the prime contractor unless he has specifically assigned this responsibility to another party by written agreement and has taken steps to ensure that the party is capable of fulfilling all the duties and responsibilities required of a prime contractor. When a well has more than one owner, the owner who is assigned as the operator has the responsibilities of prime contractor. Generally this is the licensee of the well. The term ‘operator’ will have this meaning throughout this IRP.


Wellsite Supervisor: The term wellsite supervisor is commonly used to describe the individual who is representing the operator or prime contractor at the wellsite and is generally responsible for directing all employers at the wellsite. The wellsite supervisor is therefore the representative of the prime contractor at the wellsite. This is the job function and the meaning of the term ‘wellsite supervisor’ that is the subject of this IRP. Other commonly used terms for this person are ‘consultant’, ‘company man’, and ‘engineer’ (the use of 'engineer' must be avoided unless the individual is a registered P. Eng.).

Employer: In this document this term means any company that has one or more employees at the wellsite. This includes ‘drilling contractors’ and ‘service companies’ or 'sub-contractors' commonly referred to in the industry. It also includes any small contractors or businesses that have one or more people doing work at the wellsite whether they are employees, owner operators or self employed workers.

Employer’s Supervisor: In OH&S legislation it is a general requirement that employers provide their workers with adequate training and supervision. There are various detailed requirements that help define what constitutes adequate supervision and a competent supervisor. The term ‘employer’s supervisor’ in this IRP refers to the person directly responsible for the supervision of the work and workers of a specific employer at the wellsite.

Examples of an employer’s supervisor are: rig manager, driller, truck push, frac crew supervisor, logging supervisor, drill stem tester, power tong operator, cementing supervisor.


7.4 Roles, Responsibilities and Duties

7.4.1 Operator and Prime Contractor

7.4.1.1 Regulatory Compliance

The operator, as owner and licensee of the well and wellsite, has overall responsibility to ensure the safety of workers and the public, the protection of the environment and the conservation of resources related to all activity at the wellsite and in the wellbore. There are many rules governing the design, planning and execution of oil and gas operations. These are provided in various legislated acts, regulations and guides as well as recognized standards and IRPs. The operator must ensure compliance with all of these. Responsibility for compliance with many of the rules may be assigned to people doing the planning, design and programming of well operations at the office level. When these programs are implemented in the field, the wellsite supervisor represents the operator/prime contractor.


7.4.1.2 Safety The prime contractor has overall responsibility for health and safety at the wellsite. In fulfilling this responsibility, the prime contractor must ensure that contractors and employers at the wellsite comply with all applicable legislation. The following steps are recommended to help achieve this obligation:

• Implement an effective safety program that meets the requirements for a basic safety program as described in IRP Volume 9. Ensure all employers on site are aware of and comply with all requirements of this program that exceed or supplement their own safety program.

• Use employers at the wellsite that have an effective safety program in place for their own operations that meets the requirements for a basic safety program as described above, including safe work procedures for the work they do. All independent or self-employed workers who do not have their own safety program must be included in the safety program of the prime contractor or another employer on site.

• Co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite. Ensure all employers, supervisors and workers know what their role and responsibilities are for the work planned. Ensure all safety procedures are compatible.

• Verify that all employers are providing their workers with training and supervision that addresses the tasks and hazards of the work they do at the wellsite.

• It is not the prime contractor’s role to do this training and supervision directly but only to check that employers do provide supervision in a manner that meets legislated requirements as a minimum. However, if a worker is a direct employee of the prime contractor and reports to the wellsite supervisor, then the wellsite supervisor is responsible for the training and supervision as per Section 7.4.3.


• Inform all employers of any known hazards related to the

specific wellsite, the planned program or the materials supplied by the prime contractor. Ensure that procedures are in place to eliminate or control these hazards.

• Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and that all employers and workers know these procedures and are prepared to follow them.

• Monitor activity at the site to verify compliance with applicable legislation and safe work procedures.


7.4.2 Wellsite Supervisor

7.4.2.1 General Duties

The wellsite supervisor is generally responsible for directing and co-ordinating all employers at the wellsite to achieve the goals of the work planned by the operator and ensure compliance with all legislation pertaining to that work at the wellsite. The specific duties will vary considerably depending on the nature of the work and how the operator assigns certain responsibilities.


7.4.2.2 Safety In terms of safety management, the duties of the wellsite supervisor, as the representative of the prime contractor, should include the following:

• Identify themselves at the wellsite and ensure they can be easily located and contacted at all times. An alternate competent representative of the prime contractor must also be identified who can be contacted if the wellsite supervisor becomes incapacitated or inaccessible for any reason.

• Check that all employers on the wellsite have an effective safety program and safe work procedures.

• Check that all employers understand and agree to follow all requirements of the prime contractor's safety program that are not already met by their own safety program.

• Provide for wellsite orientation of all employers and visitors on arrival at the wellsite.

• Co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite. Resolve any discrepancies between safe work procedures before starting the work.

• Identify and document the name of the on-site supervisor for each employer prior to starting any work.

• Review and clarify the roles and responsibilities of all employers and on-site supervisors prior to doing any work.

• Check that all employers on site are providing their employees with the training and supervision described in Section 7.4.3.

• Ascertain the number of inexperienced workers and review job execution plans with the employer to ensure these workers receive adequate supervision.


• Identify hazards related to the specific wellsite, the planned

program or the materials provided by the prime contractor. Inform all employers of these hazards and ensure proper controls are in place before the work begins.

• Establish and co-ordinate site-specific emergency response procedures. Post information, review procedures and conduct practice drills with all personnel on site.

• Ensure that well control and blowout prevention measures meet regulations and operator's requirements.

• Monitor the work performed by all employers to verify compliance with safety legislation as well as safety program requirements.

• Monitor the wellsite for proper use, handling, storage and maintenance of personal protective equipment by all workers.

• Check that the procedures for handling, transportation, disposal, storage and use of all hazardous substances, follows applicable regulations and safe practices.

• Implement detection and control of Hydrogen Sulfide and other hazardous gases to prevent harmful exposure of workers or the public.

• Implement detection and control of any flammable substances that may be emitted from the well or surface facilities, to prevent accidental fire or explosion.

• Direct work to be stopped when an unsafe act or condition is identified. Resume work only after the hazard is removed or safe procedures have been established.

• Ensure incidents/accidents or near misses are reported and investigated.


7.4.3 Employer’s Supervision

Safety legislation requires that employers provide all workers with instruction, training and supervision by a competent supervisor to ensure they carry out their work in a safe manner. It is recommended that all employers provide their workers with training and supervision that includes the following:

• Provide all workers with a wellsite orientation.

• Inform all workers of the employer's safety program requirements and ensure these requirements are followed.

• Ensure workers are aware of their rights and responsibilities under OH&S legislation, including their right and obligation to refuse to do unsafe work.

• Provide workers with instruction and training on safe work procedures for the assigned tasks, including rules from relevant safety legislation.

• Ensure workers new to a position receive direct supervision by a competent worker until they have demonstrated the ability to perform the assigned tasks safely.

• Ensure only properly trained workers operate equipment or machinery.

• Conduct frequent inspections of the wellsite to ensure workers are following safe work practices and applicable OH&S regulations.

• Identify hazards, inform all workers and the prime contractor of the hazards. Establish procedures to remove or avoid the hazards and ensure these steps are followed.

• Stop work when an unsafe act or condition is identified and take action to ensure conditions are safe before work is resumed.


• Ensure all hazardous materials to be used in their work have been identified and that workers are given instruction as required by WHMIS legislation.

• Ensure the proper use and maintenance of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

• Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and that all workers are prepared to follow them.

• Report and investigate any accidents or near misses.


7.5 Requirements for Assigning Duties of Wellsite Supervisor

7.5.1 A Supervisor Must be Assigned

IRP: The prime contractor must provide a competent wellsite supervisor who has been assigned specific duties and responsibilities as a representative of the prime contractor.

The prime contractor will determine if the supervisor is competent based on the job requirements, the duties assigned and an assessment of the supervisor’s training and work experience as described in Section 7.7.

7.5.2 Agreement of Duties

IRP: Every wellsite supervisor must have a written description and agreement of the duties and responsibilities assigned to him by the prime contractor. As a minimum these duties must include those listed in Section 7.4.2.2.

This written agreement must be renewed and updated at least every 2 years, and whenever the assigned duties are changed.


7.5.3 Identify Wellsite Supervisor

IRP: The name of the wellsite supervisor representing the prime contractor must be documented and posted at the wellsite.

It is also important that the wellsite supervisor can be easily located and identified by all people at the wellsite.

A sample form for posting the name and basic duties of the wellsite supervisor as well as the name of an alternate contact for the prime contractor is given in Appendix B.


7.6 Training Requirements

7.6.1 Wellsite Supervisor

IRP: All wellsite supervisors must have valid certificates for the training courses shown in the Section 7.6.3.

7.6.2 Operator or Prime Contractor

It is recommended that any individual working for the operator or prime contractor who directs the work of a wellsite supervisor should have the training courses shown in Section 7.6.3.


7.6.3 Training Requirements

Course Renewal* Frequency (years)

Drilling Supervisor

Completions Workover Supervisor

Person Directing Wellsite Supervisor

Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite Supervision

3 Yes Yes Yes

Second Line Supervisor’s Well Control 2 Yes No Yes

for drilling

Well Service Blowout Prevention 5 No Yes

Yes for completions & servicing

Detection and Control of Flammable Substances 3 Optional Yes Optional

WHMIS** 3 Yes Yes Yes Standard First Aid ** 3 Yes Yes Optional TDG ** 3 Yes Yes Yes H2S Alive® 3 Yes Yes Yes

*Note: The requirements for renewal of certification for each course vary.

Except where denoted by **, the courses recommended were developed by Enform to meet the standards specified by industry. Certificates are issued by Enform and accepted by regulators as proof of “adequate training”. Some Enform courses can be “franchised” which means that outside instructors can be certified by Enform so that the course can be taught outside of Enform, and successful students will receive the Enform certificate. This process can be used if companies wish to include Enform courses in their own in house training.


7.6.4 Description of Training Courses

7.6.4.1 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite Supervision

The three-day course, Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite Supervision has been designed to ensure wellsite supervisors and prime contractors are aware of their responsibilities and roles with respect to Health and Safety at the wellsite. Key legislated rules and industry practices for Alberta, British Columbia and Saskatchewan are discussed and summarized so that the wellsite supervisor/prime contractor can research further details as needed. Responsibilities for health and safety legislation, health and safety program elements, supervisor's role, hazard identification, risk assessment and control, inspections, incident investigation, emergency response, and leadership skills are covered in the course.

7.6.4.2 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite Supervision (Refresher)

This refresher course is designed to ensure wellsite supervisors and prime contactors maintain a high level of awareness of their responsibilities and roles with respect to safety management and regulatory compliance at the Wellsite. Key legislated rules and industry practices for Alberta, British Columbia, and Saskatchewan are discussed and are summarized in an index with references so that the wellsite supervisor/prime contractor can research further details as needed. Responsibilities for health and safety legislation, health and safety program elements, hazard identification, risk assessment and control, inspections, incident investigation, emergency response and leadership skills are reviewed. This refresher will emphasize regulatory changes and key industry issues from the preceding 3 years.


7.6.4.3 Second Line Supervisor’s Well Control

This course deals with well control during open hole drilling operations. Participants are required to perform well control procedures and demonstrate the proper response to hole and equipment problems using test well equipment. The course also includes wellbore pressure concepts, well control strategies while on bottom, tripping and while out of the hole, appropriate techniques for management of people and equipment related to well control at the wellsite.

7.6.4.4 Well Service Blowout Prevention (BOP)

This course covers sources and magnitude of pressures, causes of kicks, BOP equipment, kick warning signs, crew position and duties, well shut-in procedures and well killing procedures for cased-hole operations.

7.6.4.5 Detection and Control of Flammable Substance

This course includes an introduction to flammable substances, principles of flammable gas / vapor detection, care and preparation of combustible gas monitors, interpreting combustible gas readings and control methods.

7.6.4.6 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems (WHMIS) Training

This course covers the basics of WHMIS, providing participants with general knowledge and skills to work safely around hazardous materials.


7.6.4.7 Standard First Aid

The course provides participants with a basic theoretical and practical knowledge of first aid procedures so they can apply them both on and off the wellsite. This training is not intended to meet any legislated requirements for first aid at the wellsite. Specific first aid requirements including training of first aid attendants at work sites vary between OH&S jurisdictions.

7.6.4.8 Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG)

Includes training in TDG legislation, classification of materials, safety marks, documentation, safe handling requirements, incident reporting and emergency response.

7.6.4.9 H2S Alive®

This course covers the physical properties and health hazards of H2S, how to protect oneself and basic rescue techniques. Participants are required to operate self-contained breathing apparatus, an H2S detector device, and perform rescue breathing on a mannequin.


7.7 Work Experience Assessment

7.7.1 Requirement for Assessment

In addition to the required training, a wellsite supervisor must have experience with the type of work planned in order to carry out the duties assigned in a competent manner. The type and amount of experience required depends on the complexity of the work and the specific duties assigned.

IRP: The prime contractor must conduct an assessment of the supervisor’s work experience and training to ensure he has the skills and knowledge required to meet the requirements for the work and duties being assigned. This evaluation must include the process steps and content described in Section 7.7.3. The evaluation must be documented, signed and kept on file by the person to whom the supervisor is reporting.


7.7.2 Frequency of Re-Assessment

7.7.2.1 Continuous Work Situations

All supervisors must have a current assessment from the prime contractor they are working for. If the supervisor continues to work for the same prime contractor, the assessment must be updated at least every 2 years.

7.7.2.2 Changes in Job Assignment

When a supervisor is re-assigned to work that is significantly more complex, then the prime contractor must re-assess his skill levels to ensure they are adequate for the new work requirements. In some cases this may be done by adding an assessment of the additional skills required to the original assessment. In any event, the assessment that the operator has on file must include skill requirements for the major operations of the actual wellsite work being supervised.


7.7.3 Assessment Process and Content Requirements

7.7.3.1 Process for Assessment of Skill Level

For each duty assigned, the assessor must determine if the skill level of the candidate meets the requirements to carry out the task. This determination must be based on the education, training and work history record plus the skills observed by the references and the assessor. It is suggested the assessor rate the candidate as either 'meets or exceeds requirements' or as 'requires additional training or experience' in which case comments should be included as to what is required.

7.7.3.2 Required Information Record of Work History and References

Required Information Record of Work History and References

• Name, address and phone # of the person being assessed

• List of training certificates and dates each was issued

• Record of all formal education and year each was completed, if available

• Record of work experience including:

- relevant wellsite experience other than as wellsite supervision

- experience as a wellsite supervisor, if not entry level

- other relevant industry experience not at the wellsite


• List of references starting with the last three employers (or

back 5 years) and including:

- name and phone # of reference

- name of the company or employer of the reference

- dates when candidate was employed including month and year

- was this reference contacted by assessor? If so, on what date?

• Information about the person who did the assessment including:

- name

- name of his company or employer

- job title or position

- address and phone #

- date the assessment was completed or updated


7.7.3.3 Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements

The candidate must be assessed as having the skills required in the following categories, considering the points described and the work assigned:

• Supervision and Leadership

- Demonstrate safe personal work habits

- Establish and maintain effective working relationships

- Communicate operational and safety requirements effectively

• Health & Safety

- Implement operator’s safety program at the Wellsite

- Conduct effective safety meetings

- Check that all employers have safe work procedures in effect

- Check that all employer on-site supervisors are performing their duties

- Monitor work to ensure safe work procedures and regulations are followed

- Check that personal protective equipment is being used as required

- Perform hazard assessments and implement hazard controls

- Direct the detection and control of H2S, flammable emissions and other hazardous atmospheric conditions

• Emergency Response

- Establish and co-ordinate site-specific emergency response procedures


• Environmental Protection

- Carry out operations in accordance with environmental regulation

- Check that waste disposal practices follow approved procedures

- Contain and report spills, leaks or other environmental damage

• Well Control

- Ensure BOPs and other well control equipment meets regulations

- Ensure inspection, function testing and pressure testing is carried out

- Ensure kick detection equipment and practices are in place

- Ensure BOP training and certificates of personnel meet regulations

- Conduct BOP drills as per regulations and operator requirements

• Operational Skills and Technical Knowledge

- Review and understand well design and program requirements

- Ensure all operations comply with regulations and industry standards

- Plan and co-ordinate equipment and services requirements

- Identify hazards associated with the work planned

- Ensure rig and equipment layout and spacing meets regulations

- Ensure transportation of equipment meets all regulations and bylaws


7.7.3.4 Additional Job Specific Skill Requirements

Specific knowledge and experience requirements for a particular job depends on the type of work planned, the depth and complexity of the well, the reservoir fluid properties including H2S potential, the location of the well and any specific issues related to public or environmental impact potential. The assessor must have this knowledge about the job prior to assessing and assigning an appropriate supervisor. Additional requirements for the job must be included in the assessment of potential supervisors based on these factors.

Note: Refer to IRP Volume 1 and ARP Volume 2 for specific requirements for supervision on wells classified as 'critical sour'.


7.8 Performance Evaluation and Audits

Good management practices require that results achieved must be compared to the goals and expectations on a regular basis in order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for improvement. The performance of wellsite supervisors must be monitored and evaluated as part of this process. New supervisors should be evaluated more frequently than supervisors with proven track records.


7.8.1 Documentation

Good management practices require that results achieved must be compared to the goals and expectations on a regular basis in order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for improvement. The performance of wellsite supervisors must be monitored and evaluated as part of this process. New supervisors should be evaluated more frequently than supervisors with proven track records.


7.8.2 Inspections and Audits

Operators and prime contractors should inspect wellsite operations on a regular basis. The person directing the wellsite supervisor should conduct informal audits by visiting the wellsite at appropriate times to observe operating procedures, check records kept on location and get feedback from the employers involved in the work. Operators and prime contractors should also periodically conduct formal audits of their safety management system using trained auditors. Refer to IRP Volume 9 for recommendations on safety program audits.


7.8.3 Government Inspections

Government agencies conduct field inspections and audits of field operations as necessary to ensure compliance with regulations. The wellsite supervisor and the prime contractor must assist the inspectors and support this process in a co-operative manner.


Appendix “A”:

Levels of Control and Responsibility for Safety Management

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Appendix “A” • 35 Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Appendix “B” • 36 Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Appendix “B”:

Notice of Wellsite Supervisor (Sample) Note: Saskatchewan Labour has a sample Generic Form to assist in complying with Section 412 of OH&S regulations in that province.

TAKE NOTICE that ___________________________________________(operator/prime contractor)

HEREBY APPOINTS _______________________________________________(name of supervisor) as the wellsite supervisor of the following undertaking: Drilling Completion / Workover

Description of well operations to be carried out:

Located at the following well locations_______________________________________________________

During the time period from: _____day, __________month, ___________year to: _____day, __________month, ___________year

ALTERNATE CONTACT: representative for the prime contractor if the Wellsite Supervisor becomes incapacitated or is inaccessible: ____________________________________________________ ( name ) Contact phone #s __________________(work) __________________(cell) ___________________(home) The Supervisor’s duties and responsibilities include the following matters:

Implement the prime contractor’s safety program at the wellsite.

Check that all employers on the wellsite have a safety program including safe work procedures.

Ensure all employers understand and agree to follow all requirements of the prime contractor’s safety program that are not already met by their own safety program.

Direct and co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite, including: - review and clarification of roles and responsibilities of all employers and supervisors - resolution of discrepancies between safe work procedures - safe transportation, storage, use and disposal all hazardous substances

Identify hazards related to the specific wellsite, the planned program or the materials provided by the prime contractor. Inform all employers of these hazards and ensure procedures are in place to control these hazards.

Ensure the following site specific hazard controls meet requirements and standards: - well control and blowout prevention - detection and control of Hydrogen Sulfide gas emissions - detection and control of any flammable substances that may be emitted

Establish and direct site-specific emergency response procedures

Monitor work activities of all employers and work activities to verify: - compliance with safety legislation - safe work procedures and proper use of PPE are followed - all employees receive supervision and training from their employer as per IRP Volume 7

The Supervisor is knowledgeable about and experienced in all of the matters listed above. Assigned By:__________________________________ (representative of operator/ prime contractor) Contact phone #s:___________________(work)___________________(cell) Accepted By:__________________________________ (signed by wellsite supervisor ) Contact phone #s:___________________(work)___________________(cell)



SECTION 2 – FORMS

Work Site Safety Plan ChecklistBill C-45 ExplanationWH&S Bulletin – Due Diligence

1406

1407

1416

1417

1426

1427

1436

1437


WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST(Drilling & Completions Supervisors)

OPERATOR:

LOCATION:

WELL SITE SUPERVISOR: 6

RIG# / RIG MANAGER: 7

DATES: From: To:

The Operator is designated as the Prime Contractor for this operation. The Well Site Supervisor isthe agent of the Operator. The following checklist summarizes the key elements of the required worksite safety plan. Well Site Supervisors are requested to submit the completed checklist uponcompletion of the job.

YES NO N/AGENERAL 16Have you reviewed and posted HARVARD’s HS&E Policy & Safety Statement? 17Have all identified landowner requirements been identified and addressed?

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENTS / INSPECTIONS

Is a Hazard Assessment completed for each task being conducted?Are the results of Hazard Assessments reviewed during the Safety Meeting Process?Review Well Site Layout (as per provincial regulatory requirements).Have the rig anchors been installed and tested as required?Are CAODC rig inspections or equivalent being completed as required?Have you received copies of all inspections completed on the worksite? 26Has the CAODC BOP been completed as required? 27Have the mouse/rat holes been identified prior to moving completion rig on site.

SAFETY COMMUNICATION

Are Safety Meetings held on regular basis?Are the meetings documented and are you receiving copies of the meeting minutes?As the Supervisor have you attended pre-job safety meetings for critical/non criticaloperations?Have you reviewed regulatory permits and license conditions? 36Safe Work Permits: have you identified requirements and issued necessary permits? 37Has a pre-job tailgate safety meeting been conducted prior to each specializedoperation?

INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

Are Contractors and their personnel aware of the HARVARD incident reporting procedures,and are they complying?Are you ensuring all incidents/near misses are investigated reported and correctivemeasures implemented?

46EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING 47Has the Corporate/Site Specific ERP been reviewed with onsite personnel?Have emergency numbers and directions to lease been posted and is a map of areaavailable for quick reference?Are lease signs adequate to direct emergency response workers to the site?


YES NO N/A

Have muster points been identified and all personnel aware of them?Are First Aid/Emergency Services available including a transportation method? 56Are supplies well maintained and do they meet regulated standards? 57Has the communication equipment on the worksite been tested for emergency responseprocedures?

HAVE SAFE WORK PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB

HAZARDS?Sour operations.Hot work.Confined space / Restriced space entry.Overhead power lines. 66Hazardous materials. 67Ground disturbances (buried pipelines, electrical, telephone)Control Hazardous EnergyPressure testing.Radioactive sources.Appropriate work procedures available on-site and posted as required.Fall protection to include use of man basket & high angle rescue training.Other non-regular operations. _____________________________Well flow back operations including DST testing.LEL Monitoring. 76

77WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY

Is appropriate personal protective equipment and other safety equipment available andbeing used by all workers? (i.e. F. R. clothing).Is the PPE and safety equipment in good working order and is there a preventativemaintenance and inspection program for equipment?Is there special monitoring equipment available? (i.e. H2S, LEL).Have you review local access hazards and speed limits?

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 86Have all workers on site completed an HARVARD Safety Orientation (Handbooks) and do 87they have an orientation hardhat sticker?Have you collected the orientation quizzes/acknowledgement sheets from the workers?First Aid/CPR; verify number of qualified people available on site _______H2S; verify number of qualified people on site ________.Blow out prevention certification: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Site Supervisor ____WHMIS / TDG: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Crew ____ Site Supervisor ____

CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAMS

Do Contractors have safety programs in place and available on site? 9697

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Have fuels and chemicals are properly stored?Is the required waste handling, storage and disposal procedures in place?Have all spills been cleaned up immediately and reported?

CAMP (If Applicable)Are there adequate smoke detectors and fire extinguishers?Are regular emergency drills conducted, and do they correct deficiencies identified?Have Camp Rules been posted at the main entrance and kitchen area of camp? 106

107


WELL SITE SUPERVISOR’S COMMENTS:

SUPERVISOR DATE

116

Bill C-45: Criminal Liability of Organizations

On March 31, 2004, criminal code amendments made to bill C-45 became law. Thesechanges now base corporate criminal liability on the actions and moral fault of theorganization as a whole. This would include the failure of managerial officers whoreasonably ought to have known what was happening or who were not reasonablydiligent in establishing or monitoring mechanisms for compliance with corporatepolicies.

An organization is defined as a public body, body corporate, society, company, firm,partnership, trade union, municipality and associations, with a common purpose, with anoperational structure that holds itself out as an association.

The amendments to Bill C-45 have the following intent:

Criminal liability of corporations and organizations is no longer dependent on a seniormember of the organization but rather all PERSONS DIRECTING WORK must ensurereasonable steps have been taken to safeguard BOTH WORKER and the PUBLIC.

The Criminal Code had the following provisions:

Criminal Negligence 219. (1) Everyone is criminally negligent who(a) in doing anything, or(b) in omitting to do anything that is his duty to do,shows wanton or reckless disregard for the lives or safetyof other persons.

Definition of “duty” (2) For the purposes of this section, “duty” means a dutyimposed by law.

Duty of persons 217. Every one who undertakes to do an act is under a legalduty to do it if an undertaking acts omission to do the act isor may be dangerous to life.

Bill C-45 introduced new Section 217.1 as follows:

Duty of persons 217.1. Every one who undertakes, or has the authority, todirect how another person does work or performs a task isunder a legal duty to take reasonable steps to prevent bodilyharm to that person, or any other person, arising from thatwork or task.

Section 217.1 creates an express legal duty for those “directing minds” who direct thework or another. This responsibility expands to include all representatives of the

corporation or organization who exercise delegated and operation authority.Representatives can include a director, partner, employee, member, agent or contractor.

Penalties:

Organizations cannot be imprisoned and so the Criminal Code provides for fines. For asummary conviction the fine increased from $25,000 to $100,000. For indictableoffences there is no maximum fine established and it is non tax deductible.

Probation is now an optional condition a court may consider imposing on anorganization. These probation terms may include:

1. Making restitution to any person for the loss/damage caused.2. Establish policies, standards and procedures to reduce the likelihood of another offence3. Communicate these policies, standards and procedures to the representatives4. Report to the court for the implementation of these policies, standards and procedures5. Identify the senior offices responsible for the implementation of these policies, standards and procedures.6. Provide information to the public as to the offence for which convicted, sentence imposed and measures the organization is taking to reduce the likelihood of repetition in the future.

Recommendations:

It is vital to your organization that you demonstrate due diligence. Here is a list ofquestions that can assist in limiting liability and exposure for your organization:

1. Do you have a Health and Safety program?2. Have you ensured your Health and Safety program is being implemented?3. Have you ensured your Health and Safety program meets regulations?4. Is your organization in compliance WCB and Provincial Occupational Health and Safety acts, codes and regulations?5. Have you verified that your personnel and contractors have appropriate training?6. Have you established a paper trail to demonstrate training records and compliance to government Health and Safety regulations?



3.0 SAFETY PLAN MANAGEMENT

A Safety Program is ineffective unless there is a plan to manage it. The manual is full ofinformation to help manage the Program. Unless each element of the Program is put intopractice there is no Program and the manual becomes useless. Putting it into practice requires 1446

the participation of all company employees and contractors. Safety is everyone’s responsibility. 1447

This section of the manual attempts to provide a management plan that is easy to understandand provides specific tools to assist the supervisor to manage the Program in the field.

3.1 THE OPERATIONS PROGRAM (DRILLING & COMPLETIONS)

The principle safety document for any drilling or completions operation should be theOperations Program. The Program should be well thought out by the Drilling/CompletionsEngineer and structured so that the project is accomplished in the most efficient and effective 1456

way with safety of workers and environmental protection an unconditional priority. 1457

It is important that the Wellsite Supervisor be clear in his/her understanding as to what his/herresponsibilities and expectations are as the representative of the owner/operator and/or PrimeContractor. It is recommended that, in addition to a detailed operational procedure thataccomplishes the above, a section be added to each drilling and completions program similarin content to the following:

Instructions to Well Site Supervisor Regarding Safety and Waste Management1466

All operations on this project must comply with HARVARD’s Safety Program, the 1467

drilling contractors' Safety Program and all applicable regulations.

The Well Site Supervisor is to complete the attached Work Site Safety PlanChecklist at the beginning of this project and return it to the Calgary office with thefinal operations report.

Post HARVARD’S "Safety Statement" in a prominent location such as thedoghouse and/or camp dining area.

An Emergency Response Plan must be prepared based on the work site hazardassessment with input from affected workers. Emergency response items mustaddress, at a minimum, key internal and external contacts, first aid plan / medical 1476

transportation, fire protection, rescue and evacuation. Individual work sites may 1477

need to add additional items specific to their operation based both on the worksite hazard assessment as well as regulatory requirements. Emergency responsetraining must be appropriate to the work site and potential emergencies identifiedin the ERP. A copy of this ERP must be submitted with the final operations report.

Well Site Supervisor is to issue Safe Work Permits for all Hot Work, ConfinedSpace Entry and Ground Disturbances. Copies of these must be submitted withthe final report.

All contractors must be issued Safe Work Permits.

The CAODC rig inspection checklist must be completed and discussed with the 1486

Drilling Engineer prior to drilling out surface casing. Further inspections are to be 1487

completed as required.



Run BOP drill with each crew after drilling out.

Have BOP stack and all associated equipment pressure tested individually andrecorded on a chart.

Post maximum allowable casing pressure (MACP) in doghouse and in manifoldshack.

Install safety fences around all sumps.

Attend and take a lead role at all safety meetings. Safety meetings should be heldregularly with each crew and before each critical operation. 1496

In accordance with ERCB Directive D58 all waste must be manifested prior to 1497

leaving the location. It is the Well Site Supervisors' responsibility to ensure this isdone.

All contractors must be fully covered by the WCB as well as carry a minimumliability insurance of $2,000,000.

Notify HARVARD’S field office, surface owner/occupant, and nearby arearesidents when moving rig on or off location and prior to any events that willsignificantly impact them.

Report all safety and environmental incidents on the appropriate form.

1506

3.2 THE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST 1507

This Checklist has been designed to provide the Production/Wellsite Supervisor with a guide tomost of the safety issues that must be addressed on site. It is intended that the Checklist beapplied to each of HARVARD’s operating areas. It is recommended that theProduction/Wellsite Supervisor for each area review the Checklist for his area(s) at regularintervals and that they be reviewed at safety meetings.

3.3 THE SAFETY STATEMENT1516

This document is intended to be a statement to all workers at a work site from HARVARD 1517

management. It is to be posted in a conspicuous location such as the field office, lunch areas,etc.

1526

1527



SECTION 3 – FORMS

Safety Statement



SAFETY STATEMENT 1536

1537

TO BE POSTED AT EVERY WORK SITE

Well/Facility Name: ________________________________________________________________

TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS AT THIS SITE

HARVARD ENERGY LTD. IS COMMITTED TO A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT. 1546

SAFETY WILL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY USING UNSAFE EQUIPMENT OR 1547

PROCEDURES. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL HARVARD OPERATEDWORK SITES.

1. All supervisory personnel, whether consultants or HARVARD employees, andcontractor personnel employed at this site must have received suitable trainingand be sufficiently experienced to carry out his/her job duties.

2. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment must be worn on work sites asindicated by a completed Hazard Assessment. This may include hard hats, 1556

hearing protection, CSA approved footwear, eye protection and other Personal 1557

Protective Equipment as required.

3. All unsafe equipment or working conditions must be reported to your supervisoror the well site supervisor immediately. Should the unsafe condition not berectified the personnel involved should report to the following by collecttelephone call:

Project Manager: ______________________________________________________

Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________ 1566

1567

Operations Manager:___________________________________________________

Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________

4. Regular safety meetings and inspections must be carried out and properlydocumented.

5. Any accident, whether lost time or otherwise, unsafe acts or near misses mustbe reported immediately by the work site supervisor to the above by telephoneand in writing by the next morning. The contractor’s written report, and if 1576

required, copies of the applicable provincial W.C.B. forms MUST BE FAXED TO 1577

THE CALGARY OFFICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.



4.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT

4.1 OVERVIEW

Occupational Health and Safety Codes require employers to assess a worksite and identifyexisting or potential hazards before work begins or prior to the construction of a new work site,or before the construction of significant additions or alterations to a work site. Employers mustprepare a report that provides the results of the assessment and specifies the methods that will 1586

be used to control or eliminate the hazards. 1587

All contractors are required to conduct their own pre-job safety hazard assessment. AllHARVARD personnel must conduct a pre-job assessment and complete the required JobSafety Analysis (JSA) for the task at hand. HARVARD’S HSE Department will review the pre-job hazard assessments, update the JSA or develop new ones and review task analysis.

Hazards are to be eliminated whenever it is reasonably practicable to do so. If elimination is notreasonably practicable, hazards must be controlled:

1596

First by using engineering controls; 1597

Then administrative controls; And finally, as a last option, by using personal protective equipment.

There may also be situations where emergency action is required to control or eliminate ahazard that is dangerous to the safety or health of workers. Only those workers competent incorrecting the hazardous condition may be exposed to the hazard.

Recognizing potential hazards and taking steps to control them is a major part of HARVARD’sSafety Program. A hazard is any situation with the potential to do injury or damage to people, 1606

property, or the environment. 1607

The objectives of the hazard assessment guidelines are to:

Outline a strategy for identifying all potential process and work site hazards.

Establish a standard for assessing critical and repetitive tasks.

Establish standards for evaluating, prioritizing, and implementing alternate hazardcontrol measures. 1616

1617

With the development of hazard assessment guidelines, and the implementation of trainingprograms, HARVARD is prepared to:

1. Identify, document, and assess any necessary process/operating safety information.

2. Identify, document, and report potential process and operative hazards and overallrisk.

3. Estimate the likelihood and consequence of each hazard utilizing the Risk Matrix. 1626

1627



4. Identify and document required safeguards for preventing, detecting or mitigatingpotential incidents.

5. Implement recommendations for controlling and eliminating the hazards identified.

4.2 RESPONSIBILITY

HARVARD must, at all worksites:1636

Be able to produce a thorough, comprehensive, written hazard assessment applicable to 1637

the worksite or work activities being reviewed;

Indicate the methods used to control or eliminate the hazards identified;Where hazards are not eliminated, HARVARD should be able to justify theappropriateness of those chosen to control through the use of administrativeprocedures and personal protective equipment.

Involve workers in assessing, controlling, and eliminating potential hazards;HARVARD should be able to indicate which workers were involved and to what 1646

extent. 1647

Be able to show how information regarding hazards and their controls are communicated toworkers.

HARVARD must be able to show how workers were informed of findings andrecommendations, including when and by what means (ie: safety meetings, postedchecklists, etc.), and how workers can access the written assessment.

Ensure that any employer on a work site is made aware of any existing or potential worksite hazards that may affect that employer’s workers. 1656

1657

4.3 SIZE AND SCOPE OF ASSESSMENTS

The size and scope of the written hazard assessment will vary based on the complexity of theoperations and the extent to which those operations present hazards to workers. A singlehazard assessment may be undertaken for multiple worksites IF the same hazards are faced atall worksites and the safe work practices to be followed are identical at each worksite. Shoulddifferences be discovered, then HARVARD must perform an individual assessment that takesthe new findings into consideration. Once new controls are implemented, the job or work 1666

should be reviewed to ensure that the hazard(s) has been reduced to acceptable levels. 1667

4.4 ASSESSMENT INTERVALS

The findings of the initial hazard assessment may not change for an extended period of timebut further assessments are required:

At reasonably practicable intervals to prevent the development of unsafe andunhealthy working conditions. Hazard assessments shall include buildings, structures,grounds, excavations, tools, equipment, work procedures and practices. 1676



When a new work process is introduced. This may involve the use of new or different 1677

materials, chemicals, equipment, etc. with which workers are unfamiliar.

When a work process or operation changes. This may include the introduction of a newprocess, operation, or piece of equipment.

Prior to construction of a new worksite or before the construction of significantadditions or alterations to the work site. This identifies potential problems being builtinto the new worksite and eliminates them at the design stage.

1686

If hazardous conditions are discovered every time an assessment or inspection is done, then 1687

assessments or inspections should be done more frequently, thus reducing the length of timethat workers are exposed to a particular hazard. The presence of numerous, uncontrolledhazards would suggest that the assessment was inadequate and efforts to eliminate or controlthose hazards were incomplete or ineffective.

If no hazardous conditions are found, assessment intervals should not be reduced. Ifeverything is being done correctly and hazards are not being missed, then the inspections aredoing what they are supposed to do – keeping conditions safe and under control.

1696

4.5 PROCESS OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 1697

In its simplest form, a hazard assessment answers the question “What if?”.For example, “What if…

I don’t put a guardrail around that elevated work platform? I don’t enforce the wearing of seat belts in all company vehicles? I don’t have our workers wear eye protection while grinding? I don’t have the workers test the atmosphere before entering a vessel?

1706

When assessing hazards, it is important to determine whether a hazard is significant and 1707

whether satisfactory precautions have been taken to reduce the chances of worker injury.

The hazard assessment process begins by listing all the types of work and work-relatedactivities that happen at the worksite or the work area within the worksite. The next step is tobreak it down into clearly identifiable worksites so that the assessment task becomesmanageable. Then consider the size and location of worksites, their geographical location, andthe activities that happen there. For example, the operation might be broken down as follows:

a. permanent worksite – office building, warehouse 1716

b. field worksite – locations where field operations are carried out 1717

c. mobile worksite – vehicles and mobile equipment

Once the worksites have been identified, proceed with the next four steps:

Step 1Describe the types of work and work-related activities carried out at each worksite.

1726



Step 2 1727

Determine the hazards associated with the listed work-related activities.

Hazards are often grouped into four categories:

Physical hazards, for example: Lifting and handling loads Slipping and tripping Moving parts of equipment/machinery Working at heights 1736

Pressurized systems 1737

Vehicles Fire Electricity Excess noise Extreme temperatures

Chemical hazards, for example: Chemicals (ie: solvents) Dusts (ie: from grinding, sandblasting) Fumes (ie: welding) 1746

Mists and vapours 1747

Biological hazards, for example: Viruses, bacteria Moulds Sewage

Psychological hazards, for example: Stress Fatigue Working conditions Workplace violence 1756

1757

Step 3Based on these activities and hazards present, create checklists or similar tools to helpidentify existing or potential hazards (refer to Hazard Assessment Tools and Checklists,Section 4.8).

Step 4Identify and prioritize (ie: high hazard jobs, tasks, work areas) in order to determinewhich hazards need to be assessed first.

1766

4.6 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS 1767

Formal and informal work site inspections are a critical process in recognizing potential hazardsand in taking the necessary steps to control them. Inspections require the full participationof all workers, supervisors and management, who must take responsibility for identifyingand controlling the hazards within their work area.

Any unsafe or harmful conditions found in the course of such inspections shall bedocumented, remedied and communicated to workers without delay.



4.6.1 On-Going Informal Inspections 1776

1777

All company employees and contractors should be continually on the look-outfor conditions or procedures that create circumstances which may lead toinjury, harm to the environment or risk to the public.

Workers should promptly report to their supervisor any hazards observed onthe work site.

4.6.2 Planned Inspections (Formal)1786

Supervisors must conduct and document regular inspections of process, 1787

equipment, work site conditions, employee actions and job procedures toidentify hazards. Contractor work site inspections are done cooperatively withboth the operating company and the contractor, using the standards set outby HARVARD, the government, and industry associations.

4.6.3 Safety Audits, Loss Prevention Surveys and RegulatoryInspections

Formal inspections may also be carried out by corporate safety personnel or 1796

outside agencies such as insurance underwriter representatives or 1797

Occupational Health and Safety inspectors. These inspections are carried outat varying frequencies depending upon perceived risks and location.

Copies of any inspection reports that are generated as a result of aninspection by an outside agency must be forwarded to the Head Office.

4.6.4 Equipment Preventive Maintenance

Proper equipment maintenance is a preventive measure against accidents 1806

and costly breakdowns of all equipment including pressurized vessels, 1807

rotating equipment, personal protective and safety equipment. Each areashould develop a detailed program with periodic and pre-shift equipmentchecklists, maintenance manuals, and maintenance procedures.

Supervisors are to ensure all company equipment has preventivemaintenance manuals and that proper maintenance is performed andrecorded. Supervisors must also check the condition of rented equipment andensure necessary maintenance before use. Operators or equipment areresponsible for bringing any equipment or machine deficiencies to the 1816

supervisor’s attention. 1817


OPX Consulting Inc.

4.6.5 Incident Investigation Findings

The findings of incident investigations may identify hazards involved. 1826

Unfortunately, this is an after-the-fact manner of hazard identification therefore 1827

this approach should only be used as a supplement to the above methods.

Figure 1: Hazard Identification, Elimination and Control Flowchart

Hazards cannot always be eliminated, however, assessing and understanding their natures and potentialsare critical to developing acceptable controls to avoid incidents, injury and losses in business.

1836

1837

INSPECTIONS

Ongoing (informal) Planned (formal) Safety & Loss Control Audit Physical Conditions Survey Loss Prevention Surveys Inspections Process Hazard Analysis (PHA’s)

(see Table 1, Summary of Inspections)

Identify Hazard from Inspection

Elcoiso

Adaspr

Us

You arrequire

YES *
Can hazard be corrected immediately?
o

NO *Harvard recognizesthat for the majority of

Evaluate haz

Corriminating or controls (ie: elimilation, automatministrative coreasonably achcedure, permite of personal p

e not restrictedthe combined

ard using the Risk Matrix

ect the hazard by:ntrolling by use of engineeringnation, substitution, redesign,ion, barriers, ventilation, etc.);ntrols that control hazard to a leveievable (ie: safe work practice,s, training, etc.);rotective equipment.

to a single approach. Some hazarduse of all three methods.

Section 4 - 6

l

s

field worksites, thehazards identified areaddressed immediatelyand would not require arisk ranking procedure.


OPX

4.7 RISK MATRIX

High: Requires Action Moderate: Action or further study Low: Investigation as resources permit

SE

MAJOR (Personnel: Permanen

or fatalityPublic: Exposed t

Environment: Large uncproduct/ch

Equipment Damage wdowntime

SEPersonnel: Lost time

partial orPublic: Exposed

injury acEnvironment: Large un

product/Equipment: Damage

downtim

M(Importan

Personnel: Injury reqfirst aid w

Public: No impaEnvironment: Product/

containeEquipment: Damage

downtim

NEGPersonnel: Injury reqPublic: No impaEnvironment: Product/

containeEquipment: Negligib

less than

Consulting Inc.

VERITY

FRExp

routinovefac

mont

Catastrophic)tly disabling injury

o life threateningaccident

ontainedemical release into waterhich results inof 10 days +

1

EXT

thorste

r

RIOUSinjury withno disabilityto potential

cidentcontained

chemical releasewhich results in

e of 1-10 days

2

H

EvalTak

steps

INORt / Noticeable)uiring medical/ith no lost time

ctchemical released on leasewhich results in

e less than 1 day

3

ME

Evappr

r

LIGIBLEuiring minimal or no first aid

ctchemical released in processle downtime of

6 hours

4

L

Evaalre

NONE

6

NE

Rep

LIKEEQUENT

ected to occurely or repeatedlyr the life of theility. Weekly orhly: probability –

0.1

PROBABLECommonly known tooccur but not routine.Likely to happen atseveral times in the

life of the facility.Yearly or longer:probability – 0.01

OCCLikely to

in thenormallyprecaut

fall. Oyears

REME RISK

STOP:Evaluateoughly. Takeps to reduceisks beforerestarting

2

HIGH RISK

Evaluate thoroughly.Take all necessary

steps to reduce risks.

3

MED

Evaappro

re

IGH RISK

uate thoroughly.e all necessaryto reduce risks.

3

MEDIUM RISK

Evaluate. Takeappropriate steps to

reduce risks.

4

LO

Evalualternat

DIUM RISK

aluate. Takeopriate steps toeduce risks.

4

LOW RISK

Evaluate. Consideralternatives forreducing risks.

5

MIN

Revieneed

po

OW RISK

luate. Considerternatives forducing risks.

5

MINIMAL RISK

Review and evaluateneed for reducing

potential risks.

6

NEGL

Revipo

GLIGIBLERISK

view to confirmotential risks

6

NEGLIGIBLERISK

Review to confirmpotential risks

7

N

No re

Section 4 - 7

LIHOODASIONALoccur sometimefacility life. Notexpected unless

ionary measuresnce every 10: probability –0.0001

REMOTE(Unlikely)

Has happenedsomewhere and

could conceivablyoccur at this facilitybut is very unlikely.

Probability –0.000001 to 0.001

IMPROBABLESo unlikely, assumed

impossible that this willever happen at thisfacility. Probability –

0.000001

IUM RISK

luate. Takepriate steps toduce risks.

4

LOW RISK

Evaluate. Consideralternatives forreducing risks.

5

MINIMAL RISK

Review and evaluateneed for reducing

potential risks.

W RISK

ate. Considerives for reducing

risks.

5

MINIMAL RISK

Review andevaluate need forreducing potential

risks.

7

NO RISK

No review required

IMAL RISK

w and evaluatefor reducing

tential risks.

6

NEGLIGIBLERISK

Review to confirmpotential risks.

7

NO RISK

No review required

IGIBLE RISK

ew to confirmtential risks.

7

NO RISK

No review required

7

NO RISK

No review required

O RISK

view required

7

NO RISK

No review required

7

NO RISK

No review required



4.8 HAZARD ASSESSMENT TOOLS AND CHECKLISTS

Checklists or worksheets are a popular means of conducting an assessment and they serve asa survey tool, directing the person or team performing the assessment to look at the specifichazards.

For each hazard identified, recommendations to eliminate or control it must be addressed. Thisprocess should include specific actions required to correct the problem, determine who isresponsible for performing the corrective action, and when each corrective action is to becompleted.

One approach for hazard identification is a checklist as follows:

Hazard Potential HarmAction Proposed /

ControlCompletion

DateBy who?

Frequency ofFollow-up

Noise from(indicateequipment)

Hearing lossassessed at morethan 85 dBA

No alternative machinery.Machine already enclosed.Workers to wear hearingprotection.

Notapplicable

Annual noisesurvey

Moving parts of(indicateequipment)

Cuts, bruising, armtrapped

Place guards over movingparts.

Within 2days

Checkcompliancemonthly

Chemical(indicatechemical)

Burns, inhalation,etc.

No adequate alternativechemical.Enclose process.Personal protectiveequipment – FR clothing,gloves, safety glasses.Review MSDS.

Within 1week

Checkcompliancemonthly



The following is an example of an equipment preventative maintenance checklist:

Equipment Monthly Yearly OtherBreathing Apparatus Visual Cylinders for air

quality Metal composite

cylinders – hydrostaticevery 3 years

Fibre-wrappedcylinders – hydrostaticevery 5 years

Cranes Visual As permanufacturer’sspecifications

Fire Extinguishers Visual As per “NFPA 10”Portable FireExtinguisher

Stored pressurehydrostatic every 5years

Cartridge operatedhydrostatic every 12years

Gas Detectors As per manufacturer’sspecifications

Hard Hats Visual Visual Every 3 yearreplacement

Oxygen Analyzers As per manufacturer’sspecifications

Pressure Vessels Per governmentregulations

Per manufacturer’sspecifications

Rigging (means rope, wirerope, chains, slings, etc.)

Before using Per government

regulations Per manufacturer’s

specifications



The following lists are intended as a guideline for controlling identified hazards whenconducting detailed site inspections. Additional controls and inspections may be requireddependent upon the activities and identified hazards at the work site.

INDEX OF HAZARD CONTROLS

4.8.1 Chemicals and Fuel 4.8.20 Mechanical Power Systems

4.8.2 Compress Gas Cylinders 4.8.21 Noise Exposure

4.8.3 Confined/Restricted SpaceEntry

4.8.22 Personal Protective Equipment

4.8.4 Electrical Power Systems 4.8.23 Platforms/Scaffolding

4.8.5 Emergency Instructions 4.8.24 Pneumatic Power Systems

4.8.6 Emergency RescueEquipment

4.8.25 Pressure Vessel and Piping

4.8.7 Energy Isolation 4.8.26 Signs and Tags

4.8.8 Ergonomic Factors 4.8.27 Stacking and Storage

4.8.9 Exit/Egress 4.8.28 Stairs

4.8.10 Eye Bath and Showers 4.8.29 Substance Abuse

4.8.11 Fatigue 4.8.30 Trenching/Excavating

4.8.12 Fire Protection 4.8.31 Valves and Mechanical Controls

4.8.13 First AidKits/Stations/Equipment

4.8.32 Vehicles and Equipment

4.8.14 Hand and Portable Tools 4.8.33 Ventilation and Extraction

4.8.15 Hydraulic Power Systems 4.8.34 Violence and Harassment

4.8.16 Ladders 4.8.35 Warning Systems

4.8.17 Lifting/Gear Equipment 4.8.36 Waste Disposal

4.8.18 Lighting 4.8.37 WHMIS/TDG

4.8.19 Material Handling 4.8.38 Work Surfaces, Floors &Roadways

4.8.1 Chemicals and Fuels

Tanks/drums are made of appropriate material. Tanks are adequately vented to a safe location. Pressure relief valves are provided on tanks. Tanks/drums are grounded and bonding provisions are made when

dispensing. Adequate spill containment is available. Proper spill absorbent materials and/or drainage are provided. Container corrosion prevention is in place.



Tanks/drums are adequately supported. Temperature is controlled to prevent boiling. Adequate storage cabinets are provided; fire resistant and vented. Sufficient cabinet storage space is available. Storage is heated by means not constituting a source of ignition. CSA or UL approved portable safety containers are used as required. No smoking signs are posted where required. Non arching type fans are installed in hazardous substance storage

areas. Materials are separated to avoid incompatibility reactions. Means of exit/egress have been prescribed. Piping exterior is colour coded. Water is available to flush eyes and skin.

4.8.2 Compressed Gas Cylinders

Stored upright and secured in accordance with manufacturer’sspecifications.

Segregated by contents and legibly marked. Caps are in place and hand-tight. Protection against rust/corrosion is in place. Stored separate from heat sources and compressed oxygen cylinders. Stored away from stairs, elevators and egress routes. Inspected for dents, corrosion and test records. Adequate ventilation in storage areas. WHMIS information is available.

4.8.3 Confined & Restricted Space Entry

Spaces that are restricted and which may become hazardous when aworker enters it due to the hazards identified.

Spaces that are partially enclosed and have a restricted access/egress. Procedures for entry are available. Equipment is available. Workers are trained in procedures, testing, breathing apparatus and

rescue. Toxic vapours, materials, and harmful atmospheric contaminants are

identified. Oxygen deficiencies/enrichment is rectified/noted.

4.8.4 Electrical Power Systems

High voltage and control panels are closed and secured. Control panels are identified and accessible. General conditions or wiring, insulation and fixtures are acceptable. Grounding is tested. Explosion-proof fixtures are installed in flammable areas. Flexible cords are free of splices. Energy isolation provisions as prescribed.



Equipment energy-isolating devices have provision for individualdisconnects.

Electrical equipment is protected from fluids. Adequate provisions for manual re-starting after power failures.

4.8.5 Emergency Instructions

Operational placards/decals are visible on emergency controls; forexample, on-off, open-closed, etc.

Potential emergencies have been identified and action plans established. Emergency instructions are posted at the primary telephone in each work

area. Fire hazard symbols are posted in facilities containing hazardous

substances. Back up communication systems are available. Emergency drills have been conducted.

4.8.6 Emergency Rescue Equipment

Adequate equipment is available and properly located. Proper serviceable condition is maintained. Employees are adequately trained and qualified in the use and limitations

of equipment.

4.8.7 Energy Isolation

Positive energy isolators are provided for all power systems andindividually powered equipment.

Scissor lock-outs permit group lock-out by multiple personnel. Tags or colour codes indicate user of lock-out. Energy isolation provides means to reduce system/equipment to a zero

energy state; for example – steam, air, electrical, hydraulic.

4.8.8 Ergonomic Factors

Design allows normal body positions when seated or standing. Controls are sized to permit operation with clothing/equipment normally

worn. Controls follow normal response patterns (down for off, etc.) Standard colour codes are used for warnings and informational displays. Hand tools used permit normal body positions. Mechanical listing device is available where required.

4.8.9 Exit/Egress

Sufficient exits for prompt escape. No locks or fastenings restrict escape.



Routes and exits are clearly marked. Exits and exit signs are adequately illuminated. More than one exit from work area is available. Approaches to exits are unobstructed. Flammable materials are kept out of exits. Cleaned of snow and ice. Open outward onto level floor/ground.

4.8.10 Eye Baths and Showers

Readily available and accessible in areas where caustic/corrosivechemicals are used.

Water supply provides a minimum of 15 minutes flush at a comfortabletemperature.

Proper signs and instructions are posted. Flushed frequently to eliminate contaminants.

4.8.11 Fatigue

Ensure workers have adequate recovery for sleep between shifts. Train company and contractor personnel in identifying and addressing fatigue related

concerns. Conduct safety meetings to ensure workers understand the risks associated with

working while fatigued.

4.8.12 Fire Protection

Area/operation has been evaluated for explosion potential and procedureshave been developed.

Hot work procedures are developed. Ignition sources are identified. The possibility of a static electricity problem is addressed. Hazardous areas have been identified and access is controlled. Fire retardant clothing is available. Portable extinguishers appropriate for type of materials are readily

available. Extinguishers are properly maintained and usable. Fire hoses are properly mounted, accessible and maintained. Fire equipment is visibly marked and access is unobstructed. Fire doors, lids and shutters are in good repair and unobstructed with

fusible links intact. Sprinkler heads have proper clearance from materials and furnishings. Sprinkler master control valves are accessible and locked open.

4.8.13 First Aid Kits / Stations / Equipment

Adequate materials and equipment are available and properly located. Sufficient number of people trained in first aid are available.



4.8.14 Hand and Portable Tools

Proper general conditions of tools, electrical cords and air hoses. Proper storage when not in use. Guards and safety devices are serviceable and used. Electrical grounding or double insulation protected. Power tools equipped with constant pressure switches. Tool retainers are installed on pneumatic tools. Adjustments are correct. Load rating is sufficient for work performed. Correct tools are provided with proper training.

4.8.15 Hydraulic Power Systems

Pressure is regulated within power limits. General conditions; examine for leaks, dents, nicks and severe scratches

of pressure lines and fittings. Fluid pressure lines are identified. Remote shut-off is available. Inspections are recorded.

4.8.16 Ladders

Meet CSA standard. Safety feet are in serviceable condition. Non-painted and free of grease and oil. Properly positioned; tied in at top. Doors are blocked open, locked or guarded if in front of a ladder. Supported in place against window openings. 1 m extension above roof if used for access to roof (or platform). Defective ladders have danger tags affixed. Metal ladders are not used in electrical areas. Fixed ladders have landing platforms every 6.5 m. Fixed ladders above 3 m have cages.

4.8.17 Lifting Gear / Equipment

General condition, damage, cleanliness, lubrication and servicing. Log books are maintained. Legibly labeled as to capacity and load testing. Safe access (steps or platform) to cab/seat. Limit stops are operational. Hoist motor brakes are operational. All controls are operational. Hooks are not deformed or damaged and safety latches intact. In-running nip points are guarded.



4.8.18 Lighting

Walking and working areas are adequately illuminated. Lighting fixtures are clean. Illumination level is sufficient for detail or work performed.

4.8.19 Materials Handling

Adequate equipment is available. Containers are in good repair. Pallets and skids are of the correct type and are in good repair. Chains, slings, and ropes are adequate for loads and are in good repair. Lifting equipment is properly stored. Wheel chocks are provided. Equipment inspection records are available.

4.8.20 Mechanical Power Systems

General condition and servicing is acceptable. Rotating collars, couplings, cams, clutches, fly-wheels, spindles, shafts,

shaft ends, bolt ends, key ends and nip points are guarded. Transverse moving chains, belts and slides are guarded. Emergency stops are operational. Speed is regulated within design limits.

4.8.21 Noise Exposure

Economically feasible engineering controls are implemented. Protection is available in areas where sound levels exceed standard. Hazardous noise areas are identified and marked.

4.8.22 Personal Protective Equipment

Clothing is suitable for the hazards. Fire retardant clothing is available where exposure to fire/explosion is

possible. Coveralls are done up. Gloves are worn to protect against cuts, blows, abrasions, chemicals. Clothing is clean and in good condition. Traffic safety vests are available where there is exposure to traffic

hazards. Hard hats are available. Hard hat shell and suspension are inspected regularly and are in good

condition. Eye protection that is CSA approved and appropriate to the hazards

(welding flash flying objects, dust and chemicals) is available. Eye protection is in good condition and stored properly. Proper CSA Grade of footwear is being worn.



Approved respirators, suitable for hazards, are available and a copy of theCode of Practice is available.

Hearing protection is available where required.

4.8.23 Platforms / Scaffolding

Working platforms are at least 0.5 m wide (light duty) or l m wide (heavyduty). REMOVE 1 m wide – repealed

Ladderjacks, pump jacks or similar systems may have a 0.3 m wideplatform.

Open spaces between the platform and structure must not be greater than0.25 m in width.

Adequate footing for workers in place. Continuous platform around obstructions. Maximum working load is identified. Toe boards are provided along all sides were prescribed. Proper non-skid flooring. Mesh screen below floor if open construction. Safe access to movable platforms. Access gates are self-closing and locking. Equipped with standard guard rail or other fall protection if higher than 1.2

m (permanent) or 3.5 m (temporary). Sound, rigid footing for scaffolds. No excess accumulation of tools or materials. No altering or moving of scaffolds in use. Condition of casters is acceptable. Condition of jacks and leveling screws is acceptable.

4.8.24 Pneumatic Power Systems

Pressure is regulated within limits. Restraining clips are on hose lines. Compressor is drained and tested. General condition of hoses and connections is acceptable. Air lines are identified. Water entry in pneumatic tools is controlled. Hoses and tools are in usable condition. Eye and hearing protection signs are in place (requirements as noted).

4.8.25 Pressure Vessels and Piping

Meters and controls are accessible. Safety valves are operational. Drains are clear and freeze protected. Inspection certificate/label appropriate to type is attached. Pipes, connections and vessels are free of dents, notches and severe

scratches. Shields, platforms and landings are installed as appropriate. Remote shut-off to pumps is operational.



Respiratory/rescue and confined space equipment is available. Piping can be properly isolated. Proper personnel control signs are available.

4.8.26 Signs and Tags

Hazard warning, directional and informational signs and tags are postedwhere there are immediate dangers, potential hazards, or where there is aneed for general instructions.

Signs and tags are used consistently throughout the facility. Tags are affixed to all defective equipment not secured against use. WHMIS labels are available. TDG labels are available.

4.8.27 Stacking and Storage

Aisles and access paths are clear and unobstructed. Small or irregularly shaped items are properly blocked and interlinked,

with proper limitations of storage height. All stacks are stable and secure against sliding/collapsing. Proper drainage in storage area. Storage area is clean and cleared of foreign objects/materials. Rack and platform load limits are posted. Dangerously reactive materials are separated.

4.8.28 Stairs

Stairs are provided where there is regular traffic between levels. At least 600 mm wide or as prescribed. Angled between 30º to 50º as prescribed. Steps are uniform in height and tread depth. Tread depth/clearance behind step is sufficient to allow safe footing. Outdoor stairs have grating type treads. Treads and nosings are slip resistant. Long flights are broken by rest platforms as prescribed. Handrails are provided on open sides. Handrails are on at least one side if closed. Sufficient vertical “head” clearance. Clear and unobstructed.

4.8.29 Substance Abuse

Develop policies/procedures to address substance abuse. Company employees and contractors must report to work free from effects of alcohol

and or illegal drugs. Inform workers if they are found to be under the influence or suffering from the affects

of alcohol/illegal drugs they will removed from location and suspended from workimmediately.



Workers shall report use of prescription drugs to supervisor. In the event of a worker committing a criminal act while working for the company, the

company will report the matter to the appropriate law enforcement or regulatoryagency.

4.8.30 Trenching / Excavating

Locates/crossing permits have been completed. Workers are hand locating the utilities. A spotter is available to assist the operator when visibility is restricted. Protection from cave-ins is adequate. Precipitation is controlled. Shoring is being installed properly. Spoil pile is set back at least 1m from the edge. Minimum depth of cover is maintained (stoppers, flanged tees, etc.) Access/egress is adequate and meets OH&S Code. Workers are staying clear of moving machinery. Vehicle/equipment vibration is accounted for. Ground water forces and/or displacement are accounted for. Barricades, fencing, signs, steel plates are used to protect the public. Workers are aware of the potential for an oxygen deficient atmosphere.

4.8.31 Valves and Mechanical Controls

Properly identified. Operational. Readily accessible. Measures are in place to prevent inadvertent operation.

4.8.32 Vehicles and Equipment

Emergency equipment (first aid kit, flares, fire extinguisher) is available. Interior and exterior are clean. Lights, horn, windshield, parking brake, etc. are in acceptable operating

condition. Back-up alarm is functioning. Load/objects are secured. Guards are in place. Operators complete pre-trip inspection (lights, oil, coolant, tires, etc.) Operators complete circle check. Operators adjust mirrors properly. Operators/passengers use safety belts. Operators use helper to assist with back-up.

4.8.33 Ventilation and Extraction

Monitors to monitor the working environment. Adequate means are provided to dilute or remove contaminants. Air inlets and openings are arranged to minimize escape of contaminants.



Enclosures provide continuous inward airflow. Gas and H2S exposure are monitored.

4.8.34 Violence and Harassment

Conduct risk assessment to determine risk of injury to workers from violence arisingfrom employment.

Establish procedures/policies and work arrangements to eliminate or minimize therisk.

Train company and contractor personnel in identifying and addressingviolence/harassment in the workplace.

Establish procedures for reporting, investigating and documenting incidents ofviolence and harassment.

Respond to incidents of violence/harassment (i.e. incident investigation, takingcorrective actions, assisting in referrals to physician for treatment.

4.8.35 Warning Systems

Emergency alarm systems are operational. Hazard warning systems are installed on appropriate vehicles and

equipment. Over-pressure warning systems are installed on pressure vessels. Over-temperature warning systems are installed on fired pressure

vessels, hazardous material storage and powered equipment. Personal monitors are adequate for the job, and workers are trained and

qualified to use them.

4.8.36 Waste Disposal

Adequate number of appropriate metal refuse containers is available. Separate containers are provided for oily rags, smoking materials, dusts,

flammable scrap and chemical wastes. Safe disposal facilities for wastes are available. Anti-static devices are fitted as necessary. Chemical spill absorbent materials are available in work areas.

4.8.37 WHMIS / TDG

Labels are affixed to all containers in storage and in use. Placards/labels are affixed to vehicles transporting hazardous materials

meeting legislated requirements. Labels are legible and visible. Workers are adequately trained. MSDS are readily available and current.

4.8.38 Work Surfaces, Floors and Roadways

Surfaces are in good repair.



Free of slip, trip, or fall hazards. Free of protrusions, nails, etc. Sufficient width and vertical distance. Aisles are marked. Standard signs and marks are in place and in good condition. Prepared for seasonal weather extremes; i.e. snow, rain, heavy usage. Drainage is maintained. Openings are covered or barricaded. Load limits are posted on upper floors. Safe speeds are posted.



4.9 WELL SERVICING SPACING REQUIREMENTS



4.10 DRILL SITE SPACING REQUIREMENTS



4.11 BATTERY SPACING REQUIREMENTS



SECTION 4 – FORMS

Well Safety Checklist and Hazard IdVehicle Safety Inspection ChecklistHazard Identification & Control FormService Rig Inspection ChecklistDrilling Rig Inspection Checklist


Well Safety Check & Hazard Identification

Facility Name: Date Inspected:

Location: Completed by: 67

Item

SITE

Proper signage

Housekeeping. general appearance

Snow removal - sufficient or piled Bydoors or on pipes.Driving Hazards flagged(risers, lines, etc)Bull plugs in place

Fire extinguisher access andinspection datesPiping secured

Slipping and tripping hazards

Location access, road

Flammable liquid storage (safedistance from heaters)Proper storage of chemicals

Adequate WHIMIS labeling

Date PSV’s serviced

Vegetation Control

Steps and handrails

Vibration

Shutdowns not bypassed

Safety equipment: SCBA

Burn Blankets

Eye wash stations

First aid kits, clean/full

ESDV’s in service and block valveslocked openCombustible materials present

Guards on moving equipmentsatisfactoryElectrical equipment secure

Tanks Secondary Containment

Truck Loading – cable, containment

Comments and/or if answered“Unacceptable”, describe Action Proposed /

Control

DateCompleted


1 = Acceptable X = Unacceptable N/A = Not applicable/assessed


Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist

Vehicle No.__________________________ Date: ______________________

Items to be checked Comments/Deficiencies

Brakes (Pedal Pressure) _______________________________________

Emergency Brake _______________________________________

Both Tail Lights _______________________________________

Windshield Wipers _______________________________________

Turn Signals _______________________________________

Horn _______________________________________

Back up lights _______________________________________

Both headlights (high & low beam) _______________________________________

Tires _______________________________________ Tread Inflation Spare

Brake Lights _______________________________________

Hazard Lights _______________________________________

Seat Belts _______________________________________

First Aid Kit _______________________________________

Tow Rope ______________________________________

Flares/Reflectors ______________________________________

Fire Extinguisher ______________________________________

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & CONTROL

The purpose of this form is to ensure a written, documented process, which both identifies hazards and establishes controls for all

workplace tasks. Emphasis should be placed on the elimination of existing hazards.

Corporation: Work Permit # (if applicable):

Location: Date:

Task:

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS:

List all hazards associated with the task in the spaces provided below. Please consider all hazards and not just the references listed.

Ground Disturbance (Excavation/Trenching)

Working around moving vehicles

Road/Lease Conditions Protruding Objects/Pinch Points

Excessive Noise/VibrationExtreme Weather ExposureOverhead Hazards (powerlines)

Noxious Vapours (Benzene) Suspended Overhead Equip.

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE CONTROLS

List a control (s) for each identified hazard in the space provided below. Please consider all controls, not just the reference list given.

Confined Space Permits/Plans

LEL Monitoring/Function Testing

Safety Standby/Safety Watch

Secondary Containment/Spill Control

Explosion Proof Equipment

Safety Harness/Lifeline/Fall Protection PlanUnsure? Call a Supervisor!

HAZARDS CONTROLS

Signature Printed Name

Tailgate Meetings

Flammable GasFlammable LiquidsPressure

H2S

Iron SulphidesNORM/AsbestosChemicals

Rotating Equipment

Driving Hazards/ATV use Fatigue

Inadequate Equipment GuardsSlips/Trips

Warning Signs

Hot/Cold Piping Equipment

Working at heightsWorking AloneWildlife Encounters

Violence/Harassment

Restricted Areas

Muster Area

Confined Space / Restricted Space

Poor Illumination

Defective Tools/EquipmentHoisting Equipment

Corporation Policies

High LEL & H2S Shutdowns

Safe Work PracticesHouse Keeping

Incident Reporting/Investigation

Air Monitoring

Isolation (Blinding/Blocking)Forced VentilationSCBA/SABA

Hearing Protection

Safe Work PermitsFire ExtinguishersFirst Aid Plan

Training/Certifications

Equipment De-energized

Safety Inspections (CAODC, walkabouts etc.)

IDENTIFIED HAZARDS & CONTROLS

This Hazard Identification & Control Form completed by:

Personal H2S Monitor Guards/Shields

RespiratorWash FacilitiesAudits/HSE Contract Inspections

PPE (Fire Retardant Coveralls)


F

SERVICE RIG INSPECTION CHECKLISTNOTE: ANY HAZARD OR DEFICIENCY MUST HAVE AN EXPLANATION AND BE CORRECTED

*Transcribed from the CAODC Manual*

Company: ______________________________________________ Rig No.: _____________ Rig Mgr: _____________________________________________

Rig Operator: ___________________________________________ Operating Company: _________________________________________________________

Operating Company Representative: _________________________ Date: _____ _____ _____ Time: __________ am/pm Location: _____________________(yr) (mo) (day)

Current Operation Being Performed: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

GENERAL RIG1 – All guards in place and in good condition Yes ______ No ______2 – Matting in good condition Yes ______ No ______3 – Leveling jacks properly matted, locked and

derrick centered over well properly Yes ______ No ______4 – Guy lines properly anchored Yes ______ No ______

- Pull tested Yes ______ No ______- Rating __________________ lbs.

5 – Escape line pull test preformed Yes ______ No ______- Rating __________________ lbs.

6 – Guy line come-alongs, etc. in good condition Yes ______ No ______7 – Minimum required clamps properly installed on:

(a) Guy lines Yes ______ No ______(b) Load lines Yes ______ No ______(c) Escape line Yes ______ No ______

8 – Air shutoffs checked by operator and operational Yes ______ No ______9 – Emergency shutoff control positions:

(1) Operator’s panel Yes ______ No ______(2) Sandline controls Yes ______ No ______

10 – Operator’s controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______11 – Weight indicator working properly Yes ______ No ______12 – Crown saver - Installed N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______

- Set and tested Yes ______ No ______13 – Exhaust pointed away from well and shielded Yes ______ No ______14 – Railings in place on side walkways and stairs Yes ______ No ______15 – Condition of handrailings, walkways and stairs Good ______ Hazard ______16 – Hand tools: condition, clean and properly stored Good ______ Hazard ______17 – Working floor, housekeeping, toe plates, ladders

and handrails Good ______ Hazard ______18 – Catwalk conditions N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______19 – Walkway from ground to catwalk (stairs) Yes ______ No ______20 – Walkway from working floor to catwalk or ground Yes ______ No ______21 – Rig properly secured in drawworks gear Good ______ Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

DRAWWORKS22 – Conditions of drill line (slipped regularly) Good ______ Hazard ______

(a) Slip and cut record Yes ______ No ______23 – Sufficient wraps (min.7) left on drum with blocks

down Yes ______ No ______24 – Braking system - Linkage/pin satisfactory Yes ______ No ______

- Block wear Good ______ Hazard ______25 – Condition of sandline & rope socket to sinker bars Good ______ Hazard ______26 – Handling winch/line Good ______ Hazard ______

Condition at: - Winch anchor points Good ______ Hazard ______- Winch line Good ______ Hazard ______- Winch line thimble Good ______ Hazard ______- Tall chain Good ______ Hazard ______- Safety hook Good ______ Hazard ______- Hydraulic hoses & connections Good ______ Hazard ______- upper shivs & assembly Good ______ Hazard ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

MAST27 – Stand pipe properly anchored to mast Yes ______ No ______28 – Kelly hose in good condition Yes ______ No ______29 – Kelly hose safety lines or chain attached to derrick

and swivel ends while in use Yes ______ No ______30 – Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as

required in CAODC RP 3.0 Yes ______ No ______31 – Ladders in good condition Yes ______ No ______32 – Rod basket in good condition N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______33 – Crown sheaves greased and in good condition Yes ______ No ______34 – Safety cables attached to fingers on tubing board Yes ______ No ______35 – Derrick locking pins in place Yes ______ No ______36 – Derrick hydraulic system in good condition Yes ______ No ______37 – Mast lighting secured adequately Yes ______ No ______38 – Dead lines anchor and retainer properly placed Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

TRAVELING ASSEMBLY39 – Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as

required in CAODC RP 4.0 Yes ______ No ______40 – Blocks - nuts, safety pins in place and in

good condition Yes ______ No ______- Sheave guards/lock in good condition Yes ______ No ______

41 – Balls/links - good condition Yes ______ No ______42 – Elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______43 – Rod hook - good condition Yes ______ No ______44 – Transfer elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______45 – Safety latch/ring in place Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

POWER TONGS46 – Back-up in place and functional Yes ______ No ______47 – Torque arms safety line, clamps in good

condition Yes ______ No ______48 – Tong positioner - operational and in good

condition Yes ______ No ______49 – Hoses, gauges and hydraulic fittings in good

condition Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING50 – Light bulbs enclosed with vapour-proof and

shatter-proof covers Yes ______ No ______51 – Covers on unused receptacles Yes ______ No ______52 – Light switches vapour-proof Yes ______ No ______53 – Electric motors within 8.5 metres radius must

be explosion-proof Yes ______ No ______54 – Equipment properly grounded Yes ______ No ______55 – All cords and plug ends in good condition Yes ______ No ______56 – Proper clearance from power lines Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

RIG PUMP AND TANK57 – Condition of pipe and unions Good ______ Hazard ______58 – Pump and return lines laid out and secured Yes ______ No ______59 – Kill line attached to well with valve open

(steel lines only) Yes ______ No ______60 – Pressure relief valve (proper size and rating) Yes ______ No ______61 – Relief valve set at or below system working

pressure NOTE: Only shear pins appropriate Yes ______ No ______to the pop valve requirements as specified bythe manufacturer shall be used

62 – Relief valve discharge points down and awayfrom pump motor and is securely fastened Yes ______ No ______NOTE: No valve on relief line

63 – Manifold conditions Good ______ Hazard ______64 – Check valve in place on pump discharge Yes ______ No ______65 – Exhaust away from rig tank Yes ______ No ______66 – Emergency shutoff checked and operational Yes ______ No ______67 – Pump controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______68 – All railings in place on walkways/stairs of rig

pumps and tank Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENTATION69 – Necessary transportation documentation and

equipment present (i.e. registration, insurance) Yes ______ No ______70 – Required inspection certificates available Yes ______ No ______71 – Derrick log book available and updated Yes ______ No ______



F

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

BLOWOUT PREVENTER SYSTEM72 – BOP function tested - From remote controls Yes ______ No ______

- From accumulator controls Yes ______ No ______73 – All studs used on BOP stack Yes ______ No ______74 – Hydraulic preventers installed Yes ______ No ______

- Pipe rams Yes ______ No ______- Blind rams Yes ______ No ______- Annular preventer Yes ______ No ______

75 – Condition of ram rubbers and elements Good ______ Hazard ______76 – Fire-shielded hoses and their condition within 7 metres

of wellhead Good ______ Hazard ______77 – Remote stand 7 metres from well - Class I & II

- Refer to BOP regulations Yes ______ No ______- Or at remote accumulator - Class III Yes ______ No ______

78 – Nitrogen back-up supply pressure __________________kPa- Min. 12,500 kPa if annular preventer is installed- Min. 7,000 kPa when only rams are installed

79 – Pre-charge check date ____/____/____ Good ______ Hazard ______80 – BOP's adequately heated Yes ______ No ______81 – Lines protected in vehicle crossing area when

remote accumulator is used Yes ______ No ______82 – Safety valve fully opened with proper thread

connection on rig floor c/w closing wrench Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

ENVIRONMENTAL83 – All equipment free of leakage Yes ______ No ______

- If no, adequately contained Yes ______ No ______84 – Rig site free of material that may create a fire

hazard NOTE: Equipment spacing must ensureunimpeded access to well at all times Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

BOILER85 – Chemical storage Good ______ Hazard ______86 – Blowdown line labeled Yes ______ No ______87 – Pop valve line labeled Yes ______ No ______88 – Controls - Labeled Yes ______ No ______

- Condition Good ______ Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

HEALTH & SAFETY89 – Occupational Health and Safety manual at rig

site Yes ______ No ______90 – Proper BOP regulations at rig site (i.e. G-37) Yes ______ No ______91 – Clothing policy in place Yes ______ No ______92 – Rig Safety Equipment:

(a) CSA approved full body harness Yes ______ No ______(b) Escape line and buggy at station of work Yes ______ No ______

93 – Wind flags -Guy lines Yes ______ No ______- Pump/tank area Yes ______ No ______

94 – Clothing - Hard hats Yes ______ No ______- Safety boots Yes ______ No ______- Protective clothing Yes ______ No ______

95 – Safety glasses or goggles available Yes ______ No ______96 – Hearing protection available Yes ______ No ______97 – Fire extinguishers: - Minimum 4 working and

readily available for use (13.6 kg) Yes ______ No ______- Extinguishers in good condition Yes ______ No ______

98 – First aid kit adequately stocked Yes ______ No ______99 – Record book in place Yes ______ No ______100 – Eyewash bottle Yes ______ No ______101 – Stretcher and blanket Yes ______ No ______102 – H2S detector - Chemical tube type Yes ______ No ______103 – Breathing apparatus requirements met Yes ______ No ______

- Condition Good ______ Hazard ______- Bottles full Yes ______ No ______- Spare bottles Yes ______ No ______

- Date of hydrostatic test on bottles ____/____/____104 – Signs - No smoking Yes ______ No ______

- H2S area (if applicable) Yes ______ No ______- No vehicles beyond this point Yes ______ No ______

105 – Housekeeping - Rig Good ______ Hazard ______- Changeroom Good ______ Hazard ______- Vehicles Good ______ Hazard ______- Rig pump Good ______ Hazard ______- Rig tank Good ______ Hazard ______- Lease Good ______ Hazard ______- Boilers N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______

Winterizing - Pre-tab, heaters etc. Yes ______ No ______106 – Condition of Fall Protection equipment Good ______ Hazard ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

OTHER COMMENTS ON THIS INSPECTION:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

VALID CERTIFICATES ON LEASE:

Rig Manager: ______________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____

□ First Aid Exp. ____/____

□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Operator: _________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Derrickman: _______________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Floorhand: ________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Floorhand: ________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

N ROUGH IN LEASE DIAGRAMWater/fuel tanks – WT/FTMud Pump – MPBoiler – BLight Plant – LPCrew change unit – CCUAccumulator – ACCFire Extinguisher – FEOthers – Specify

Inspection completed by: _________________________ Position: ______________

In company with:________________________________ Position: ______________

50 m

25 m


Page 1 of 3

DRILLING RIG INSPECTION CHECKLISTCONTRACTOR: ________________________________________________________ RIG NO.: _______ RIG MGR.: ___________________________________________________________

LEASE LOCATION AND LSD: __________________________________________________________________________________________ CRITICAL SOUR WELL (Y/N): ______________

INSPECTED BY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______/______/______ TIME: ____________ h rs(Yr) (Mo) (Day ) (24 hr clock)

Mark a check if adequate ‘A’ or inadequate ‘I’ or blank If not applicable(Note: Any ‘INADEQUATE’ must have an explanation and be corrected)

(A) / (I)A. FUEL/WATER TANKS

01. No leaks02. Pumps guarded03. Signs at water/fuel tanks:

a) No smoking sign postedb) Fuel sign postedc) Dangerous Goods placard posted

B. BOILER HOUSE

04. No clothing etc.05. Sight glass guarded06. Pump guarded07. Fire extinguisher08. Safety valves: one year certificate09. Boiler 25 m from wellheads10. Housekeeping11. Flammables removed from around boiler12. Boiler License posted13. Blow down line – location & installation

of steam deflector14. Fuel/water and steamline leaks15. Chemical addition vessel (pot) at boiler

properly labeled (WHMIS)

C. GENERATOR BUILDING

16. Generator/motor control centre -size; condition

17. Receptacles/circuit breakers identified18. Properly grounded (2 grd rods 3 m apart)19. Wiring off the ground & properly secured20. No clothing/storage21. Fans and belts guarded22. No fuel/oil leaks23. Compressor belts guarded24. Fire extinguisher25. All lights protected26. Housekeeping27. Rubber mat on floor at Motor Control Centre28. Battery condition29. Signs at Generator Building

a) Auto Start sings postedb) Hearing Protection sign postedc) Electrical/High Voltage signs postedd) Water Hose Caution sign postede) Lockout and Procedures

30. Wiring/electrical fixtures – condition31. Current turned off prior to

connecting/disconnecting extension cords

D. ACCUMULATOR AND TOOL HOUSE

32. No leaks/spillage33. N2 bottles (12500 kPa/1800 psi)34. Housekeeping35. Storage of compressed gas cylinders,

secured36. Controls identified/accessible37. Safety device blind/sheer ram controls38. Fire extinguisher39. Grinder tool rest40. Eye protection available41. Compressor guarded42. Signs at Accumulator and Tool House

a) Eye Protection signs postedb) Auto Start signs: compressor / accum pumpc) Dangerous Goods placard/WHIMS label

43. Accumulator reservoir vented outside ofbuilding/enclosure

E. MUD PUMP AREA

44. Pop valve shear pin correct size and length45. Pop valve cover in place46. Guards in place and in good repair47. Hoses safely chained48. Fire extinguisher (No.________)49. Housekeeping

(A) / (I)

50. Piping, valves and unions meet pressurerating

51. Pulsation dampeners52. Eyewash facility53. Pop/bleed off lines secured and drained54. Signs at Mud Pump area:

a) Lockout Procedures postedb) Auto Start sign postedc) Hearing Protection sign postedd) No Smoking sign posted

55. Wiring/electrical fixtures – condition

F. MUD TANK AREA

56. Mud degasser(s) (size and placement)57. Shale shaker belts guarded58. Handrails, walkways59. Adequate ventilation60. Adequate lighting61. Personal protective equipment –

eye protection, dust masks,rubber gloves/apron

62. Housekeeping63. Tank level indicators operative64. Trip tank level indicator

Tank location_____________________________65. Mud van, stairs, lighting66. Safety line rail – sump side of tanks67. Eyewash facility68. Sings at Mud Tank area:

a) Eye Protection at hoppersb) No Smoking signs postedc) Corrosive sign at caustic drumd) Applicable WHIMS labeling

69. Wiring/electrical fixtures – conditions

C. SUBSTRUCTURE

70. General condition71. Matting condition72. Drive pins installed c/w safety pins73. Spreaders in place74. Vent doors/fan75. Illumination76. Winterization condition77. Hydraulic control lines – condition

fire guarded hose78. Flow nipple split79. Stripper/mud catcher split80. Scaffolding/ladder(s) condition81. Cellar area cribbed and drained82. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition83. Housekeeping (oil leaks, etc.)

H. BOP’S

84. BOP and rig equipment conform toGovernment regulations

85. BOP secured properly86. Non-steel hydraulic lines fire sheathed87. Mud gas separator adequately connected

meets minimum requirements, includingline size and tie down

88. Required casing wear tests being preformed89. BOP pressure tests recorded and test

procedures satisfactory90. Adequate heating91. Manual ram locking wheels available

I. DOGHOUSE

92. Heated as per regulations93. Adequate exits94. Intercom meets regulations95. Storage area, crew change area96. Housekeeping97. Fire extinguisher98. Eye and hearing protection available99. Eyewash available


Page 2 of 3

(A) / (I)

100. First Aid kit stocked and cleaned101. Safety belts102. Condition of available hand tools103. BOP controls, electrical, manual, air104. Bulletin board105. Drilling License posted106. Emergency phone numbers posted107. Signs at Doghouse:

a) Hard Hat sign postedb) Hearing Protection sign postedc) No Smoking sign postedd) Maximum holdback casing pressure postede) Blowout procedure posted and readablef) MSDS’ available

108. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition

J. BREATHING APPARATUS INSPECTION

109. Number of packs available110. Location of air packs

_________________________________111. General condition of apparatus and case112. Condition of face piece113. Condition of nose cup114. Cylinder pressure115. Low pressure alarm operational116. Cleanliness and storage117. Positive pressure capability118. Number/condition of spare cylinders119. Location of spare cylinder (chained)

________________________________120. Cascade system or safety trailer121. SCBA cylinders hydrostatic test dates current122. Other ___________________________

K. RIG FLOOR

123. Lockout on drawworks124. Compound/drawworks guard125. Crown saver (check)126. Catline127. Catline divider and spool128. Spinning chain/wrench line129. Headache post130. Kelly cock condition131. Kelly hose condition132. Kelly hose safety line – both ends133. Line spooler/safety line134. Backup post condition135. Tongs – condition136. Tong line and tong line clamps137. Slips – condition138. Dog collar – condition139. Stabbing valve and handle and X/O subs140. Test plugs141. Mud can condition142. Drilling controls and identification143. Brake handle hold-down cable/chain144. Non-skid material around rotary145. Lighting operational, floor and motor area146. Motors:

a) Fans and belts guardedb) No fuel/oil leaksc) Motor shutoffd) Fire extinguisher (No. ______)e) Exhaust system

147. Stairs (min. 3 exits) from rig floor148. Warning horn working149. Hydromatic and guards150. Brakes satisfactory151. Tugger line condition, guards152. V-door opening safety chained153. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition

L. DERRICK (Certification Date:____________________________________________)

154. Block hanging line155. Bumper blocks secured156. Fingers straight157. Fingers chained158. Wind board installed159. Ladder condition160. Escape line installed. No blockage of

line (i.e. tank or vehicle)161. Escape buggy installed and accessible162. Climbing device/cages163. Derrickhand’s belt and condition164. Guy lines/outrigger

(A) / (I)

165. Condition of crown sheaves166. No loose tools – equipment cabled on derrick167. All safety pins in place, secured168. Lighting operational and safety

cables/chains attached169. Inspection prior to raising/lowering170. Condition of tong counterweight assembly171. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition

M. TRAVELING ASSEMBLY

172. Blocks173. Bails/links174. Elevators/latches175. Weight indicator assembly176. Weight indicator safety line177. Automatic driller178. Drilling line condition (slip/cut program)179. Deadline anchor condition

N. PIPE RACK AREA

180. Racks butt firmly to each other andcatwalk

181. Catwalk in good condition182. Stairs in good condition183. Pipe rack level184. Pipe rack ends properly pinned185. Spacer between racks sturdy and secure186. Derrick stand in good condition187. Housekeeping188. V-door ramp in good condition189. Catwalk, tugger, guarded190. Lay down line and block condition191. Layers of drill pipe or casing properly

choked192. Adequate lighting

O. MANIFOLD HOUSE

193. Heated194. Valve handles installed195. Proper gauges installed and positioned196. Drill pipe pressure gauge installed197. Unobstructed view to rig floor198. Housekeeping199. Manifold design meets Government requirements200. Flare lines properly secured201. Lighting operational202. Choke/valve open to degasser203. Well to:

- End of flare line 50 m- Rubbish burn pile 50 m- Crude oil storage tank 50 m

204. Signs at Manifold House:a) Hold Back Pressure notice postedb) No Smoking sign posted

205. Choke and degasser lines and manifold prepared

P. LEASE AREA

206. Lease clean and dry207. Flare pit properly dug 50 m from wellbore208. Adequate ditching and drainage209. Incinerator/garbage bin210. Open pits (e.g. sump) guarded/fenced211. Sump fluids properly contained212. Lease properly diked213. Overhead lines flagged214. Signs at Lease area:

a) H2S Warning signs, if applicableb) Poisonous Gas signs postedc) ‘Tight Hole Status’ sigh posted

Q. CAMP/GENERAL FACILITIES

215. Propane tanks location (No._______)Propane distance from camp (min. 4 m)

216. Garbage disposal: incinerator - bins217. Walkways218. Kitchen First Aid kit219. Kitchen fire extinguisher220. Fire extinguisher (No._______)


Page 3 of 3

(A) / (I)

221. Generator Building:a) Groundedb) No clothing, storagec) No fuel/oil leaksd) Fire extinguisher

222. Furnace rooms223. No unnecessary storage224. Fire alarm system225. Bedrooms exit to outside (shutters open)226. Adequate distance from well centre227. Housekeeping228. Signs at Camp area:

a) Hearing Protection sign posted229. Exit signs over doors installed and

illuminated230. Emergency lighting installed and functional231. Wiring/electrical fixtures – condition

R. RIG SITE TRAILERS

232. Adequate distance from well centre233. Propane system234. Door or knock out window (bedroom)235. Emergency phone numbers posted236. Intercom237. Smoke detectors238. Gas detection equipment239. Breathing apparatus240. Fire extinguisher241. First Aid Kit

S. TICKETS/DOCUMENTS (‘–‘where not applicable)

242. BOP checks daily with record243. BOP drill with records and signs by

Rig Manager and Foreman244. Motor kills weekly with records245. Trip sheets completed246. Weekly safety meeting with records247. Well control ticket: Rig Manager and Foreman248. BOP ticket – Drillers249. First Aid certificate (one per crew)250. H2S training (all crew members)251. Drilling prognosis252. Emergency Response Plan253. Well Site Emergency Contingency Manual254. Company policy statement posted255. Government Regulations available256. OH&S Regulations available257. Drilling Rig Health and Safety Committee

Guidelines258. WHMIS training – all crew members259. MSDS’ available – current260. Daily rig check by Foreman and Rig Manager261. Slip and cut program recorded262. Equipment certification/maintenance records

available and current263. Clothing policy posted264. New employee orientation training

(A) / (I)T. SAFETY/GENERAL

265. Condition of electrical tools266. Personal safety equipment being used267. Visitor hard hats268. Toxic gas equipment (detector and tubes)269. Oxygen resuscitator available270. Adequate emergency vehicle available271. Accident reporting and recoding272. Directional rig signs273. Stretcher, location (No.________)274. Condition of handrails and stairs –

toe boards275. Fire retardant clothing available276. Fire extinguishers checked weekly and

hydrostatic test dates are current277. Suitcasing/walkways

U. ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES

278. Company manual(s) On-site and Current279. CAODC Waste Wall Chart Posted280. Contractual Responsibilities Reviewed

V. GENERAL LEASE CONDITIONS

281. Lease site clean and free of debris282. Special Conditions283. Berm integrity

W. SPILL RESPONSE

284. Employees trained285. Sorbents available286. Spill response report form available287. Emergency response procedure

X. WASTE MANAGEMENT

288. Waste separated into hazardous/non-hazardous289. Secondary containment for hazardous waste290. Waste bin in good condition291. Recyclable waste properly segregated and stored292. Non-Hazardous recyclable waste properly

segregated and stored293. Light plant waste properly stored

Y. WASTE DOCUMENTATION

294. Waste manifests complete and maintained on file295. Used oil recycled and documented296. Used oil filters recycled/drained and documented297. Oily rags recycled and documented298. Batteries recycled and documented299. Glycol recycled/properly disclosure and documented300. Land filled wastes and sites indicated and

properly documented

Z. COMMENTS/EXPLANATIONS

DRILLING FOREMAN__________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE____________________________________________________________________

RIG MANAGER _______________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE___________________________________________________________________



5.0 COMMUNICATION

Communication is the most essential element in a safety program. Effective communicationbetween all levels of workers is necessary to monitor and improve safety and environmentalperformance. In addition, good communication creates an opportunity for management todistribute information and receive the necessary feedback. 6

7

5.1 MEETINGS

Safety meetings provide the opportunity for the sharing of information among allstakeholders. These meetings should include project kick-off safety meetings, tailgate safetymeetings, and/or regular scheduled monthly meetings. The frequency and type of meeting mayvary but the Occupational Health and Safety legislation states that employers hold regularmeetings at least once each month for the review of:

i) Reports of current accidents, near misses and hazards, identifying root causes and 16

means of prevention. 17

ii) Remedial actions taken or required by reports of assessments/inspections andproviding investigations.

iii) Any other matters pertinent to health and safety.

Additionally, Project/Pre-Job/Tailgate Meeting are to be conducted for project or contractorwork. Supervisors are required to hold pre-job meetings to discuss the scope of the task,hazards, and control measures implemented.

A summary of these meetings is provided, as well as samples of meeting agendas. 26

27

5.1.1 General Health, Safety & Environment Meetings

Should be held regularly Have an agenda (published and circulated). (See attachments for

additional planning information and sample agendas). Minutes recorded and circulated. Held with all workers including contract personnel, consultants,

contractors and sub-contractors. An annual safety meeting should be conducted for all HARVARD 36

personnel. 37

Topics may include:

Safety rules and policies, hazard assessment and controls. Recent accident/incidents – cause and prevention. Work procedures (new/revised/review) equipment use and condition

review. Current issues including environment, insurance, emergency

response plans, government acts and regulations, safety grams, 46

bulletins, memos, etc. 47

Training – general and formal courses that can be worked on as agroup. (e.g. Off-Highway Driving, Working with Propane).

Presentations by area workers, Company departments or suppliers.



Figure 1: PLANNING A GENERAL HSE MEETINGWhat is the purpose of the General HSE Meeting?To Improve:

Safety Quality Communication Cost Control Team relations Environmental Awareness Clarity of goals, rules, and procedures

To Reduce: Injuries and loss Rejects and rework Misunderstandings Mistakes and waste Resistance to change Environmental damage Problems and confusion

What are the components of a good meeting? Time is used efficiently There is a clear agenda There are clear results (who does what, by

when) Expected results are clearly summarized in

meeting minutes

There is a set start and finish time There is open and active group discussion Signatures of all meeting attendees are

obtained.

What skills do I need to lead the meeting?Before:

Plan: objectives, agenda, actions Communicate: purpose, time, place, subjects, expectations Prepare: meeting place, supplies, equipment presentation

During: Get it going: start on time, thank attendees, introduce the subject, lay the groundwork Maintain momentum: promote participation, apply the art of asking questions, deal with sticky

situations or problem participants, use repetition, memory and audiovisual aids Bring it to a stop: summarize, highlight action steps, thank participants, end on time

After: Issue minutes and/or reports Express special appreciation Follow-up Evaluate and improve

Is there a suggested format?I know the basics, but what else isclassified as new business?

Opening Remarks – 2 min. Old Business – 5 min. Presentation – 15 min. Discussion of Presentation – 5 min. New Business – 20 min. Closing Remarks – 3 min.

Safety grams Hazard Assessment / Identification /

Controls Incident / Accident / Spill Statistics Emergency Preparedness WHS/OH&S / WCB bulletins Key policies and procedures

Where can I get help, especially with my presentation? Your supervisor or co-worker Formal training, self-teach programs,

training videos



5.1.2 Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Meetings 56

57

Project Meetings are:

• Held prior to start of construction project.• Include principle contractor, consultants (company representatives), prime

contractor(s), and sub-contractors.• Minutes recorded and circulated.

Pre-Job Meetings are:66

• Held prior to start of a major job or project (ie: turnarounds, workovers, 67

major overhauls, jobs where others may be affected, special projects suchas environment clean-up, and tie-ins.

• Minutes recorded and circulated.

Tailgate and/or Toolbox Meetings:

• Should be held daily• Are crew or site-specific• Task has limited scope. 76

• Review work permit and work procedure. 77

• Record of meeting documented (minutes or general entry in logbook).

The following is list of topics that could be discussed at these meetings.This list is intended as a guide and topics may be added or deleted asnecessary.

86

87



Figure 2: Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Agenda(add or delete items as necessary)

1. HARVARD expectations of contractors and orientation (see also handbook orientation quiz

in Section 9.0).

2. Authority of Company Representatives to shutdown contractor work. 96

3. Right and responsibility of any worker to refuse unsafe work. 97

4. Scope of work and work area layout

Outline of Job (layout, duration, manpower, etc.)

Tracking of Workers on Location – Check In / Check Out

Location of Restricted Work Areas

Trespassing Implications

5. Schedules

Project Schedule

Hours of Work

Days off and Holidays 106

Schedule Delays 107

Critical Points on Project Schedule

Permit Approvals – When, Who, How?

6. Work Permit and Work Clearance System

7. Requirement to Report – Hazards / Close Calls and Incidents

8. Hazard Assessment & Identification (written – see Hazard Assessment & Identification

section), ie:

H2S

Driving hazards & restrictions

Overhead powerlines 116

Location of buried lines & cables 117

Equipment/material lifts

Hot work

Confined/Restricted space entry

Combustible atmospheres

Housekeeping

Working at heights



WHMIS / TDG

Housekeeping

9. Job Procedures/Drilling and Completions – general and critical tasks 126

Fracing 127

Drill Stem Testing, Swab Testing, Flow Testing

Acidizing

Coiled tubing

Pressure Testing

Energy-isolating device activated (electrical or auto- start equipment)

In-the-Derrick Work

Other non-regular operations

Use of the Man Basket

10. Safety and Emergency Response 136

Equipment (Safety / Emergency) and Location – ie: outline of PPE requirements, 137

location of first aid supplies, eye wash stations, etc.

Emergency Response / Procedures:

o Company Emergency Response Plan

o Contractor Plan

o Site-specific details such as emergency alarm system, safe areas, medical aid

procedures (first aid transportation plan), name and location of first aider, first

responder locations and contacts (ie: doctor, ambulance, hospital, fire

department, police)

11. Review of Regulatory Requirements* 146

12. Communication Requirements / Methods (Mobile Telephones, Radios, etc.) 147

13. General Discussion and Other Job-Related Business

*An employer must ensure that a current paper or electronic copy of the ProvincialOccupational Health and Safety Act, Codes and Regulations are readily available forreference by workers.



5.2 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM

HARVARD has a work permit system which specifies the safety precautions to be taken 156

when certain types of potentially hazardous work is being undertaken. Before any work 157

begins the need for a JSA or work permit must be established.Overall work permit requirements are as follows:

1. All Calgary staff initiating and/or supervising in the field are required to obtain awork permit or a work clearance. No work will commence without a work permit orclearance in place unless otherwise authorized by the foreman responsible for thearea.

2. A work permit, as defined by OH&S is required for: 166

167

Hazardous or Hot Work Confined Space Entry Ground Disturbance Contractor Involvement

3. The existing work permit form will be used for both work permits and workclearance. If being used as a work clearance, the permit should identify the lengthof time the clearance is valid for. 176

177

4. If necessary, the work permit or clearance should be accompanied by a “safetychecklist” or work procedure. At the discretion of the permit issuer, an ERP manualmay be issued to the job supervisor at the time the work permit or clearance isissued.

5. Any HARVARD employee has the authority to suspend work until an approvedwork permit or clearance is in place. Any non-compliance problems will be referredto the employees/consultants manager for appropriate disciplinary action.

186

Each area is responsible for developing site-specific guidelines for when work permits should 187

be used.

All work permits must be checked off as being one of the following designations:

WORK CLEARANCE:This is a special work permit that is issued when the complete control of a site isturned over to another person. The person accepting the work clearance isresponsible for ensuring continued site safety and for issuing any other safe workpermits that may be required. This type of permit is good for the duration of the 196

tasks to be carried out. 197

NOTE: This is the type of permit that is given by the Production staff when they areturning a lease over to the well site supervisors of the Drilling and Completionsdepartment.



WORK PERMIT:Hot Work – This is issued whenever work is carried out that may introduce an 206

ignition source in areas where combustible materials may or do exist. This includes 207

such things as cutting, welding, burning, air gouging, riveting, drilling, grinding,chipping or using non-classified electrical equipment.

Cold Work – This is issued for work where no danger exists from ignition but whereother potential hazards exist. This includes such things as toxic fumes, dust,vapours, chemicals, steam or pressure.

BLANKET WORK PERMIT:This type of permit may be issued for an extended period of time (one year 216

maximum). It is intended to be used for tasks that are carried out on an ongoing 217

basis and where procedural guidelines have been established and agreed to by thecontractor. An example of where this type of permit is used is for the hauling offluids in a production area.

NOTE: This type of permit would not be used in a drilling/completion operation.

WORK ORDER:This permit is used by operating staff to communicate with maintenance staffregarding maintenance work needing to be done. In this case the operator will be 226

his name on the “Requested by:” line and given an explanation of the work needing 227

to be done in the “Description of Work to be Done” section.

NOTE: This type of permit would not be used in a drilling/completion operation.

5.2.1 WORK CLEARANCE, PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ANDPRE-JOB SAFETY MEETING REQUIREMENTS FORDRILLING & SERVICE RIG OPERATIONS

To address government regulations and HARVARD Safety Program 236

requirements, this work permit system must be established for drilling and 237

service rig operations. Work clearances and work permits are to be issuedusing HARVARD 'S work permit form (sample form attached). Many servicecompanies have developed their own work permit system. It is permissible touse the contractors' work permit system when the contractors' work permit ismore stringent or more applicable to the work being completed.

A. WORK CLEARANCE PRIOR TO BEGINNING WELL OPERATIONS

The intent of the work clearance is to ensure all known hazards or 246

operating conditions that may affect safety at the site are identified, 247

understood and communicated and all appropriate control measures havebeen implemented.

When well operations work involves a well within an existing productionarea, the Well Site Supervisor is required to obtain a written workclearance from either the Production Superintendent or Foreman or theirdesignate prior to commencing well operations. The Well Site Supervisormust also ensure the necessary emergency response support is available.



It is the work clearance issuer's responsibility to advise the Well Site 256

Supervisor of any known hazards relative to the planned well operation. 257

B. WORK PERMIT REQUIREMENTS DURING WELL OPERATIONS

While drilling, completing or servicing a well, work permits are to be issuedby HARVARD 'S Well Site Supervisor for the following operations:

1. HOT WORK: As defined by OH&S. This includes any cutting, welding,burning, air gouging, riveting, drilling, chipping or other work where flameis used or sparks are produced, including operation of an internal 266

combustion engine. 267

There are two levels of hot work that need to be considered.

Hazardous Hot Work - A work permit must be completed for any hot workcarried out on the well site inside a designated hazardous area or in anarea where flammable substances or residues have been detected or arelikely. Hazardous areas for drilling and service rigs are summarized in theequipment spacing diagrams found in the Section 4.0 of this manual.

276

Routine Hot Work - Work carried out on the well site outside any 277

designated hazardous areas and away from any flammable substances.Hot work is prohibited in an atmosphere which exceeds 10% of the lowerexplosive limit. Field welding on fuel trucks, and other enclosed tankssuch as accumulators or oil bunkers are also prohibited. This type of workmust be performed in a shop.

2. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY: As defined by provincial OH&S regulations,is a restricted space which may become hazardous to a worker entering itbecause of an atmosphere that is or maybe injurious because of: 286

287

a. An oxygen deficiency or enrichment, flammability, explosivity ortoxicity.

b. A condition or changing set of circumstances within the space thatpresents a potential for injury or illness

c. The potential or inherent characteristics of any activity which canproduce adverse or harmful consequences within the space.

296

For each confined space entry requirement, the following steps must be 297

taken in accordance with HARVARD’s Confined Space Entry Code ofPractice. Primary steps include:

Providing proper ventilation; Testing the atmosphere; Providing proper respiratory equipment if hazards exist after testing; Assigning an attendant worker.

A copy of HARVARD’s Confined Space Entry Code of Practice can be 306

found in Section 8.0 of this manual. 307



Preplanning for the emergency rescue of the worker is critical. Prior towork commencing, any special rescue equipment required must be onsite. Emergency response drills are encouraged to ensure that rig staffunderstands how to safely use specialized rescue equipment

3. GROUND DISTURBANCES IN THE VICINITY OF BURIED PIPING OREQUIPMENT: This includes work around buried pipelines or otherunderground equipment and would include installing anchors, cat orbackhoe work. HARVARD’S requirements for ground disturbances are 316

discussed in the Ground Disturbances Code of Practice which is found in 317

the Work Procedures section of this manual (Section 8.0). GroundDisturbance Permits are valid only for that specific task and a specificlocation and are valid for a maximum of seven days.

C. PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETINGS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITHCRITICAL OPERATIONS

For other potentially hazardous operations, Well Site Supervisors willensure that crews conduct a documented pre-job safety meeting. This 326

would include, but not limited to, the following operations or procedures: 327

Fracing Drill Stem Testing, Swab Testing, Flow Testing Acidizing Coiled tubing Pressure Testing Energy-isolating devices activated (electrical or auto-start

equipment) In-the-Derrick Work 336

Use of the Man Basket 337

Other non-regular operations

Work permits are not normally required for these operations. The Well SiteSupervisor may elect to use the work permit to improve communicationsor to facilitate a pre-job safety meeting. The Well Operations Pre-JobSafety Meeting checklist found in this section of the manual can also beused for identifying and documenting the issues to be discussed.


OPX Consulting Inc.

5.2.2 ISSUING A WORK PERMIT346

347Reschedule Work!

Review work permitrequirement at

YES
Can task be postponed until: Turnaround Scheduled shutdown Other suitable time suitable time.
Do ALL workers involved: Understand the scope of the work / task? Understand required work procedures? Have required training and are competent to complete the

required task? Are trained to use and have necessary equipment available?

NO

What hazards does task involve?- Hot Work - Third Party Contractor- Cold Work - Chemicals, H2S, HVP, etc.- Confined Space - Breaking of system integrity
-
Consider: Is this Is a ge How d

operati

Post w

Develo

Other

STOP

a critical task?neral or site-specific work procedure available?oes work to be done impact on other aspects ofons and/or workers?

Complete Work Permit: Ensure permit issuer is competent and understands task. If necessary, review work procedures and attach to permit. Review completed permit with worker / crew.

ork permit at work site.

When task is completed: Review work permit. Amend necessary work procedures.

Section 5 - 10

p work procedure.



5.2.3 DEFINITIONS –Please Read Prior to Issuing Access/Work Permit

COLD WORK: Used in hazardous maintenance work that does notinvolved “hot work”. Cold work permits are issued whenthere is no reasonable source of ignition, and when allcontact with harmful substances has been eliminated orappropriate precautions taken.

356

HOT WORK: Means cutting, welding, burning, air gouging, riveting, 357

drilling, grinding, chipping, using non-classified electricalequipment or introducing to a work process area acombustion engine or any other work where flame isused or sparks produced in a location where aflammable substance is or may be in the atmosphere orstored, handled, processed or used.

CONFINEDSPACE: A restricted space which may become hazardous to a 366

worker entering it because of an atmosphere that is or 367

maybe injurious because of oxygen deficiency,enrichment, flammability, explosivity or toxicity orbecause a condition or changing set of circumstanceswithin the space that presents a potential for injury or thepotential or inherent characteristics of any activity whichcan produce adverse or harmful consequences withinthe space.

376

WORK 377

CLEARANCE: Work to be done that requires no preparation byoperations personnel (environmental clean-up, etc.)

TESTS: Determination of whether the atmosphere contains aFLAMMABLE substance in a quantity sufficient to ignite,TOXICITY above the O.E.L. of a given chemical orOXYGEN CONTENT above or below considered safelimits. No testing shall be conducted inside aconfined/restricted space unless a non-flammable 386

atmosphere is established from outside the space 387

providing the person testing is equipped with adequatepersonal protective equipment and no flammableatmosphere exists within the space.

FLAMMABLEATMOSPHERE: For Cold Work, or for entry without breathing apparatus,

must not exceed 10% L.E.L.For Hot Work, must not exceed 0% L.E.L.

396

397



TOXICATMOSPHERE: Above the Occupational Exposure Limited (O.E.L.) of a

given substance. No person shall enter into an areawhere a toxic atmosphere exists without utilizing theproper personal protective equipment, e.g. approvedrespiratory equipment, protective clothing, eyewear,head gear, footwear, and appropriate rescue equipment 406

and procedures. (Toxic atmosphere for H2S is above 407

O.E.L. – 10 ppm).

OXYGENDEFICIENTATMOSPHERE: Any atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent by

volume of oxygen in air. Approved breathing apparatusmust be worn by persons entering into any area thatcontains less than 19 percent by volume in air. (Normaloxygen content is 20.5 percent by volume in air). 416

417

OXYGENEXCESSIVEATMOSPHERE: Any atmosphere which contains more than 23 percent by

volume oxygen in air. No person shall enter into orperform hot work in any oxygen excessive atmosphere.

ENERGY A condition that prevents movement of control devices toISOLATION: the operating or “on” position.

426

ENERGY 427

ISOLATION A mechanism or arrangement that will hold and maintainDEVICE: a control device in an inoperable or “off” position.

COMMUNICATIONAND ALERT: Where the atmosphere contains a harmful substance or

a deficiency of oxygen, a worker must be attended by,and be in communication with another worker stationedat or near the entrance. Medical support must be 436

contacted at the time of an alarm. 437

NOTE: If any of the above gas levels are subject to change during theoperation due to the agitation of sludge, temperature change, welding orcutting, use of solvents, purging with inert gases or deviation fromprocedures previously set, they may be required to be monitored on acontinuous basis. Procedures to be followed may change accordingly.Given this situation, a new permit may be required.

446

447



SECTION 5 – FORMS

Drilling and Completions HSE Meeting ReportMonthly HSE Meeting ReportWork Permit 456

457


Page 1 of 2

Monthly Health, Safety &Environment MeetingReport

Location: Start Time:

Adjournment Time:

Chair Person: Date:

Meeting Agenda:

Presentation (video / speaker / other):

Old Business: (record outstanding issues until resolution)Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Additional Agenda Items:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

New Business:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Handouts Circulated:


Page 2 of 2

Health, Safety & Environment Meeting Report – Page 2

Incident Reviews:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Safety Grams / Regulatory Bulletins:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Hazard Alerts:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Next Meeting Location: Date:

Start Time:

Chair Person: Topic:

Attendee Sign In:

Permit Hot Cold

Clearance Confined Space/ Restricted Space

Order Requested by: PERMIT No:

Supervision Continuous Intermittent

Issued by: Phone No:


Description of Work to be Done / Comments:

COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES

Req'd Complete N/A Req'd Complete N/A

1 Job discussed with Worker/Contractor/Maintenance 24 Stand -by Man/Continuous Gas Monitoring

2 Work Procedures Reviewed 25 Electrical Equipment/Valve Handles Locked & Tagged

3 Safety Regulations Received/Reviewed 26 Grounding/Bonding Required

4 M.S.D.S. Reviewed 27 Equipment Cooled/Ventilated/Isolated

5 Safety Meetings 28 Blinds Installed/Bleeds Open

6 Area Roped Off & Warning Signs Up 29 Vessels/Lines Purged

7 Radio on Hand 30 Shoring/Cut Back Required

8 Review Code of Practice (Site Specific)

9 Specific Training Identified PERSONAL PROTECTIVE & SAFETY EQUIPMENT

31 Air Hood/Dust Respirators

HAZARDS 32 Breathing Air - SABA / SCBA

10 Combustible Material Removed 33 Face Shield/Goggles/Safety Glasses

11 Drains Covered/Sumps Covered and Sealed 34 Hearing Protection

12 No Vessels/Pumps to be Vented/Depressured 35 Protective Clothing

13 Overheard Lines, Clearance Established 36 Safety Harness and Life Line

14 Underground Line, Located & Identified 37 Safety Belt and Lanyard

15 Other Hazardous Material 38 Explosion Proof & Low Voltage Electrical Equipment

16 High Voltage 39 Air Movers/Ventilators

17 Intrinsically Safe Equipment 40 Scaffolding

41 Wash Facilities

EMERGENCY PLANNING

18 Safe Egress from Work Areas Identified

19 Fire Extinguisher Ready to Use Note: Completed checkbox , should be completed by permit receiver after

20 Steam/Water hose Ready to Use all requirements have been met.

21 Emergency Air horn

22 ERP Manual Discussed

23 Atmosphere Testing (Explosive, Toxic & Oxygen Deficiency ) Record Below

AREA FREE OF(appropriate box)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Combustible Gas (vapour) % LEL % LEL % LEL % LEL

Hydrogen Sulphide ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S

Toxic Gas ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S

Oxygen Content % O2 % O2 % O2 % O2

Tester's SignatureNOTE

Validity (Permit - only valid for single shift)

Issued Date: Time: Expiry Date: Time:

We have read & understand the required precautions/instructions.

Approval by: Accepted By:

work indicated above has either been: completed orcannot be continued until the issuance of a new work permit.

Signed:Contractor Representative/WorkerSupervisor

This permit is valid only as long as work conditions existing at the time of its issuance continue and expires upon occurrence of any hazard such as gas leak, liquid spill, drastic operating change in equipment, or change in

wind direction blowing vapours into the work area. Any worker will have the right to stop the job if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the job is, or likely to become unsafe. Work shall not resume until a new permit is

issued.

Supervisor Contractor Representative/Worker

HoursRETESTS

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

Hours HoursRETESTS

HoursFIRST TEST RETESTS

WORK

Location:

Contractor:



6.0 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS

6.1 OVERVIEW

Regulations require that incidents be reported, investigated, and analyzed to determinecorrective actions and prevent recurrences. Incident investigation involves specifying whatactually happened, and determining the root and basic causes. Analysis is an overall study ofaccident types, frequencies, locations and common causes. It also involves identifying riskareas, safety needs and accident trends to determine where improvements are necessary.

6.2 INCIDENT REPORTING

Every employee and contractor must immediately report all incidents, no matter how small, toHARVARD Supervisor. Supervisors must report accidents and close calls to their managerimmediately to ensure the root cause of the incident has been identified and the follow upprocess is in place. Supervisors must also assist in the investigation all incidents, at least to theextent that the risk potential is determined, and then submit reports as required (i.e. ERCB,OGC, OH&S).

All injury accidents must be classified as either first aid, medical aid, modified work, or lost time.

Any non-compliance is to be reported immediately to the regulator and an incident reportcompleted and submitted to HARVARD supervisor. This means at the first availableopportunity without jeopardizing the safety of personnel responding to an incident, not when itis convenient and the emergency is over. You should be aware that failure to report an incidentis often seen to be more serious than the incident itself and can result in administrative penaltyor other enforcement action by the regulator.

All non-compliance events will be reviewed to determine what factors led to the non-compliance and actions items identified to ensure the non-compliance will not reoccur.

Additionally, all regulatory audits and inspections are to be reported as soon as results aremade available to company staff or representatives.

6.3 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP

The first line supervisor may initially being investigating all incidents and makingrecommendations to prevent occurrences. The HARVARD HSE person is responsible forcompleting and signing off on all incident investigations. Assistance of a safety professional incarry out the investigation may be required if the incident is, or has the potential of being, amajor loss.

6.4 LOSS CONTROL STATISTICS

Incident statistics are maintained and reviewed on a regular basis to determine theeffectiveness of the safety program. These reports are also used to help determine the types ofaccidents occurring, common causal factors, where they are occurring, high risk tasks, programneeds, accomplishments and trends. The statistics are reviewed by HARVARD’s management.


OPX Consu

6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY FLOWCHART

Did the event have a significantpotential of being a SERIOUS

incident?YES

LEVEL 1Did the incident involve? – Equipment damage under $10,000
First aid injury or medical aid injury
NO

Minor Incident Notify Production Manager * Line supervisor assumes

responsibility of senior investigator An interim report is to be submitted

within 24 hours. Submit completed Incident Report

Form within 5 days

NO

Did the event have a significantpotential of being a MAJOR

incident?

YE

S

YES

LEVEL 2Did the incident involve? – Equipment damage between $10,000

and $250,000 A lost time injury

lting Inc.

Ensure proper government and insurance nomade

Field form to be submitted to HSE Departme Level 2 incidents require a formal Incident In

Report completed by Harvard HSE Departme

A potential threat to public safety

Exposure of public to injury

YES

NO

Serious Incident Notify Production Manager * Area supervisor assumes

responsibility of senior investigator Submit initial report immediately Submit final report after all

documentation is complete

NO

YE

S

Major Incident Notify Production Manager * Area supervisor assumes

responsibility of senior investigatorand incident review committee

LEVEL 3Did the incident involve? – A fatality A permanent disabling injury Equipment damage in excess of

$250,000

Section 6 - 2

tifications are

ntvestigationnt.

Submit interim report within 48 hoursand final report after alldocumentation is complete


OPX Consulting Inc.

6.6 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY FLOWCHART

SENIOR INVESTIGATOR / INCIDENT REVIEW COMMITTEE

COLLECT EVIDENCE:- Photograph - Tear down analysis- Sketch and map - Analyze position- Test materials - Analyze parts- Reconstruct accident - Interview witnesses- Examine response and loss

limitation actions

DETERMINE IMMEDIATE CAUSES:
- Substandard Practices - Substandard Conditions
DETERMINE BASIC CAUSES:
- Personal Factors - Job Factors
DEVELOP AND TAKEREMEDIAL ACTIONS

FOLLOW-UP:- Ensure action items

REPORT FINDINGS AND ACTIONS:- Incident report form for all incidents.- WCB form (employer’s and employee’s) for all medical and lost time

accidents.- Include copies of any supporting documents such as police reports, lab

Section 6 - 3

reports, witness statements/reports, and pictures. identified have beencompleted and areworking effectively

- Advise regulator ofsteps taken to correctnon-compliance.

- A written report tothe regulator may berequired and is to besubmitted by themanager.



6.7 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

Completing the Incident/Accident Report

When determining the events surrounding an incident there are six key questionsthat will assist in the investigation process.

WHO? Who saw the accident? Who was working with the employee? Who was injured? Who had instructed/assigned the employee? Who else was involved? Who assigned the work? Supervisor? Who else can help prevent recurrences? Who were the witnesses?

WHAT? What was the accident/incident? What was the injury? What injured the employee? What was the employee doing? What had the employee being told to do? What tools had the employee being using? What machine/equipment was involved? What operation was the employee performing? What instructions had the employee been given? What specific precautions were necessary to FSM/FSH/Manufacture’s operation manual? What specific precautions was the employee given by the supervisor? What protective equipment was the employee issued by the supervisor? What protective equipment was the employee using? What training had the employee been given to use the protective equipment correctly? What were the environmental conditions? (Hot/dry, wind/rain, ice, snow, etc.) What training had the employee received to perform the assignment? What were the initial precautions given to the employee in the Job hazard analysis? What additional precautions had the employee received in the tailgate safety session? What was the employee’s tour of duty? What tour had the employee actually been working? What communication did the employee have? What communication equipment was required for the job?

WHEN? When did the accident occur? When did the employee begin that job? When was the employee assigned on that job? When were the hazards pointed out to that employee? When had the employee’s supervisor last checked on the job progress? When did the employee first sense something was wrong? When was the employee’s last work/rest days? When was the employee tested/certified/carded to operate the equipment/machinery? When did the employee last check in?



WHERE? Where did the accident occur? Where was the employee at the time? Where was the supervisor at the time? Where were co-workers working at the time? Where were other people who were involved at the time? Where were witnesses when the accident occurred?

WHY? Why was the employee injured? Why did the employee do what he/she did? Why was the protective equipment not used? Why were specific instructions not given to the employees? Why was the employee in the position he/she was in? Why was the employee working beyond his/her scheduled tour of duty? Why did the employee not check with the immediate supervisor when they noted that things were

not as they should be? Why was the employee using the tools or machinery he/she was using? Why was the employee not trained/certified to perform the job/operate the equipment? Why did the employee continue, even under the circumstances? Why was the supervisor not there at the time? Why was the employee working alone?

HOW? How was the employee injured? (Based on facts only) How did the accident occur? ( Based on facts only)

Summary of Responsibilities and Explanations for Filling out the Form

A copy of the incident report form with section numbers referenced is provided at the end of this section.

SECTION 1

This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial report form:

• Environment is checked if it is an oil, water, chemical spill, gas release or a TDG incident etc.• Safety is checked if it is an injury, vehicle accident, damaged property, etc.

SECTION 2

This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report form.

• Close Call is checked if the incident did not result in an injury, environmental release,damaged equipment or property leading to a loss of production, etc.

• Injury is checked if the incident resulted in any type of injury no matter how small tocompany or contract personnel working for or on one of HARVARD’s locations.

• Vehicle is checked if the incident involved a company vehicle even if there was nonoticeable damage to the vehicle. This is also checked if the incident involved acontractor’s vehicle.

• Release is checked if the incident involved a release of oil, water, produced water, gas(sweet or sour) or chemical, etc.

• Property Damage is checked if the incident involved damage to company equipment,property or theft of equipment or property.



• Non-Conformance / Compliance is checked if the incident involved a non-compliance orcontravention of a permit or license. This is also checked if the incident involved equipmentnon-conformance, which includes issues such as equipment alterations, material orspecification changes etc. that are not consistent with HARVARD QMPQAP. Deficienciesidentified as a result of an inspection by a regulatory body such as ERCB or OH&S,Saskatchewan Labour, Workplace Safety and Health (Man.) & SER.

SECTION 3

This section should be filled out by HARVARD Supervisor.

• Interim Report is checked when the report is missing information such as final costs,follow-up action to identified assignments, etc.

• Final Report is checked when it is the final report completely filled out including final costs,injury information, cleanup description and follow-up, etc.

NOTE: It is most important to complete a thorough incident investigation. Ifadditional time is needed to complete a proper review of incident and to identify therequired follow-up actions, an INTERIM report should be forwarded to Calgary by theend of the next working day with basic incident information. The FINAL reportshould be submitted once the investigation is completed, typically within one week.

SECTION 4

This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial accident report.

• District is• Field is

SECTION 5

This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report.

• Date of Occurrence is the date and time that the incident took place.

SECTION 6


• Date Reported is the date and time that the incident was first reported to the CalgaryOffice.

SECTION 7


• Location is the LSD the incident occurred on.• Exact Location of Incident is the actual location on the lease that the incident

happened (e.g. separator building, water injector building or 400 bbl. tank). If it is avehicle incident this would be the location the accident occurred (e.g. Corner of 100th

Avenue and 108th St., Kilometre 21 on Road 234).



SECTION 8 - NOTIFICATIONS

This section should be filled out by the person who is doing the notifications.

• Notifications include all government agencies or landowners that are notified. Thename of the person and time they were contacted should be recorded.

Following are the notification requirements for safety and environment incidents. (The followingis meant as a guide only. The appropriate regulation should be consulted for full details).

SAFETY INCIDENTS

AB WCB: Employer’s Notification Requirements:

a. Complete and submit an Employer’s Report of Injury or OccupationalDisease to the WCB if the accident disables or is likely to disable theworker beyond the date of accident. You should report the injury within24 hours of being notified. Failure to report injuries within 72 hours couldresult in a penalty.

b. Report fatalities immediately.c. Report the accident if the worker needs medical aid not covered

under basic health services; e.g. drugs, dressings, prostheticreplacement, dental repair and eyeglass replacement.

Other Employer Responsibilities Include:

a. Keep records of all first aid administered.

b. Provide the worker with immediate transportation from the injury siteto a medical treatment facility. You must ensure that adequatemeans of transport by land, water or air is available at all times.

c. Pay the worker his regular salary for the day the injury occurred. Ifdisablement goes beyond the accident day, compensationpayments start the first regular working day afterward. Cheques areissued every two weeks. If you continue to pay the worker his fullsalary, you may arrange to receive compensation cheques onassignment by notifying the WCB.

d. Work with the WCB and health care providers in developing aneffective return to work plan for the injured worker.

Injured Worker’s Responsibilities Include:

a. Submit a Worker’s Report of Injury or Occupational Disease toWCB.

b. Keep employer’s informed of their progress to help employer planfor their return to work.

c. Maintain ongoing communication with the WCB.

d. Follow the advice of health care providers in order to recover asquickly as possible.



AOH&S:a. An injury or accident that results in death.

b. An injury or accident that results in a worker being admitted to ahospital for more than two days.

c. An unplanned or uncontrolled explosion, fire or flood that causes aserious injury or that has the potential of causing a serious injury.

d. The collapse or upset of a crane, derrick or hoist.

e. The collapse or failure of any component of a building or structurenecessary for the structural integrity of the building or structure.

BC WCB: Employer’s Notification Requirements:

a. Report every work-related injury. The report must be made withinthree days of the injury’s occurrence.

b. Report every disabling occupational disease, or allegation of anoccupational disease. The report must be made within three days ofreceiving the worker’s report of the disease.

c. Report every work-related death immediately to the Board and theBoard’s local representative.

d. The report must be on the form prescribed by the Board and muststate:

• The name and address of the worker.• The time and place of the disease, injury or death.• The nature of the injury or alleged injury.• The name and address of any physician or qualified

practitioner who attended the worker, and• Any other details required by the board or by regulation.

Employer’s responsibilities include the OccupationalFirst Aid Regulation under Section 5.70(1) of theWorker’s Compensation Act.

Injured Worker’s Responsibilities Include:

a. Report an injury or disabling occupational disease as soon aspossible to the employer. The report must include:• The name of the worker.• The time and place of the occurrence.• A description of the disease or injury and its cause.

MAN WCB: Employer’s Notification Requirements:

a. Complete and submit “Employer’s Report of Injury Form” to theWCB. You should report the injury within five business days of theaccident.



b. Report any fatalities immediately.

Other Employer Responsibilities Include:

a. Keep records of all first aid administered

b. Provide the worker with transportation from the injury site to themedical treatment facility. You must ensure that adequate means oftransport by land, water, or air is available at all times.

Injured Worker’s Responsibilities:

a. Report the incident to your employer as soon as possible

b. If you miss time from work because of the work related injury, report theaccident to WCB by phone, fax or mail.

c. Be sure and get medical attention

d. Keep in contact with your employer and let them know how you arerecovering

e. Be sure to follow the advice of your medical professional

MAN WHS:a. An incident that results in death or serious injury

b. Collapse or structural failure of a building, tower, crane, hoist, temporaryconstruction support system or excavation

c. An uncontrolled spill or escape of a toxic, corrosive or explosivesubstance

d. Explosion, fire or flooding

SASK WCB: Employer’s Notification Requirements:

a. Must report injury within five days of it occurring

b. Provide appropriate first aid

c. Arrange for immediate transportation so worker can receiveappropriate treatment from a qualified health care professional

Injured Worker’s Responsibilities:

a. Get medical help if you need it

b. Have your caregiver report to WCB

c. Report the incident to your employer immediately

d. Complete and submit Worker’s Initial Report of Injury as soon aspossible



e. Participate with your employer, caregiver and WCB in setting up apersonalized return-to-work plan

SASK OH & Sa. OH&S notification is required for any hospital stay of 72 hours or

more due to medical aid, restricted duty or lost time accidents

POLICE: Any fatality

LANDOWNER/OCCUPANT: Any incident that impacts or has the potential to impact the

landowner/occupant.

ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS

LANDOWNER/OCCUPANT: Any incident that impacts or has the potential to impact the

landowner/occupant.

GOVERNMENTAGENCY: See Regulatory Reporting Requirements in Forms at the end of this

section.

SECTION 9 – DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT

This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial report and reviewed by theProduction Foreman and the Production Engineer/Manager or their equivalent.

• Detailed Description of Incident is a complete detailed description of the incidentincluding What, When, Where, Why, Who information, equipment, site diagrams, QMPreports, vehicle report forms and any other appropriate documentation.

• Vehicle Report is information that is necessary for insurance reporting requirements.There is a time limited for reporting an incident to the insurance company that mayresult in a claim. That can be done with a phone call.

• Unit Number is the vehicle number if the incident involved a HARVARD vehicle.

• Severity Potential section should be filled out by the Production Engineer orequivalent:

MinorPersonnel: Injury requiring minimal or no first aid.Public: No impact.Environment: Product or chemical release contained on lease or in

process (Non-reportable spills – typically less than 2m3 ).

Regulatory: Written or verbal warning only. No fines or controlorders likely to result.



SeriousPersonnel: Injury requiring medical first aid with no lost time.Public: Public exposure with potential to result in a

complaint.Environment: Reportable product or chemical off-lease release or

large spill contained on lease (Priority 3 spills -typically 2-20 m3).

Equipment: Damage which results in down time less than 1 day.Regulatory: Infraction resulting in potential for a fine control order.

MajorPersonnel: Serious injury or health effects (Lost time injury).Public: Exposed to potential accident or injury.Environment: Large uncontained product or chemical release

(Priority 1 and 2 spills – typically over 20 m3).Regulatory: Potential for a significant fine or a control order

requiring facility or operations shutdown.

Probability of Occurrence

• Seldom is checked when the likelihood to occur is sometime in the facilities life.Not normally expected unless precautionary measures fail. Once every 10years.

• Occasional is checked when it is commonly know to occur periodically. Likelyto happen several times in the life of the facility. Usually yearly or longer withinthe district.

• Frequent is checked when it is expected to occur routinely or repeatedly overthe life of the facility. Usually monthly or weekly within the district.

This information is summarized in the Risk Matrix located in Section 4.

NOTE: When evaluating the severity and probability of an incident, thedescription should note if the hazard was identified beforehand and if thenecessary work permits were issued.

SECTION 10 – INJURY INFORMATION


• Copy of Applicable WCB Form Attached is checked when there was a reportableinjury. An injury that involved medical aid, modified work, lost time or fatality isresponsible. The applicable WCB form(s) are to accompany the incident form.

All injury incidents must be classified as either first aid, medical aid, modified work, or lost time.The classification standard endorsed by the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers andbeing used by HARVARD is ANSI Z16.4. To assist you in accurately filling out our incidentreport forms, outlined below are the four categories of injury accidents and some explanation ofwhat type of incident fits into each category.



1. First Aid

This is defined as any one treatment and subsequent observation of minorscratches, cuts, burns, splinters and so forth, which do not ordinarily require medicalcare by a physician. The transport of an injured worker to a physician forobservation or for diagnosis as a safety precaution can still be considered a first aidcase.

2. Medical Aid

The decision as to whether a case involves medical aid should be made on thebasis of whether the case normally would require medical treatment. The decisioncannot be made on the basis of who treats the case. A physician can administerfirst aid. Medical aid is defined as a work injury other than a first aid which requirestreatment by a physician or other medical professional and includes:

• Impairment of body functions (e.g. loss of consciousness).• Damage of a non-superficial nature to physical structure (fractures, cuts

requiring stitches etc.)• Complications (e.g. – debridement following burns, treatment of infections

arising from injury).• Ongoing medical treatment (e.g. physiotherapy, repeat administration of

a prescription pain killer, etc.)Diagnostic procedures such as x-rays or preventive procedures such as tetanus shotsare not in and of themselves considered medical aid.

3. Modified Work

This is any work injury which results in a temporary work assignment that doesnot include all the normal duties of the person’s regular job. The temporary workassigned must be considered meaningful.

Initiation of Modified Work Plan

Employee reports to supervisor about need for medical limitations due toinjury or illness.

Employee presents medical information from recognized health careprovider using HARVARD’s Medical Limitation report.

Employee has his/her supervisor develop a Modified Work Plan.

Content of Modified Work Plans

All modified work plans will specifically identify the: Medical limitations that require modified work Work duties or tasks to be modified Assigned work duties and the hours of work Physical demands of the assigned work duties Any change in assignment of supervision Employees commitment to follow and continue rehabilitation and medical

care Frequency of medical progress reporting Employee and supervisor’s commitment to adhere to the plan.



Informal Modified Work Plan

Medical advice indicates that normal job duties may be resumed within two weeks.The work plan may be developed and documented between the employee and theirfront line supervisor based on the medical limitations and work capabilityrecommended by a recognized health care provider.

Formal Modified Work Plan

Medical advice indicates that modified work will be required for longer then twoweeks. The work plan will be developed between the employee, the front-linesupervisor and the area supervisor. A more detailed description of the physicaldemands of the proposed work duties may be required. The work plan will bedocumented and submitted to the appropriate health care provider and, whenneeded, by other interested stakeholders for input or approval.

Return to Work

Before employees return to work following a disability that resulted in medicallimitations, the employee will present a progress report providing medical clearanceto full work duties.

4. Lost Time Injury

This is defined as an injury where the injured worker is unable to report for the nextscheduled day of work or to modified work.

Injured Party

• Company is checked when the injured party is a HARVARD employee.

• Public is checked if the person injured was someone that is not working forHARVARD as an employee or contract worker.

• Contractor is checked if the injured person was working for HARVARD as acontract operator, consultant or working for a company doing work forHARVARD. HARVARD that the injured party is working for must also be notedhere.

• Name is the name or names of the injured person or persons.

• Employee Number is the injured person’s HARVARD employee number.

• Phone Number is the injured person’s home phone number.

• Address, City and Postal Code is the injured person’s home address.

• Occupation is the occupation of the injured person.

• Experience is the number of years the person has been doing their present job.

• Injured Part of Body identifies which part of the body was injured in theincident.



• Immediate Supervisor is the injured person’s direct supervisor be it a contractor HARVARD person.

SECTION 11 – ENVIRONMENT

The first part of this section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incidentreport. The second part should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent.

• Liquid is checked if the release was an unrefined petroleum product, produced water, freshwater or crude oil.

• Gas is checked for any accidental sweet or sour gas release.

• Other is checked if the release was a chemical or a refined petroleum product such asdiesel, gasoline, etc.

• Terrain Affected

o Land is checked if the release affected any of the surrounding area including onlease.

o Water is checked if the release got into any river, creek or body of water.o Both are check when the release affected the surrounding area and body of water.

• Contained on Lease

o Yes is checked if no product got off the lease or right-of-way.o No is checked if product did get off the lease or right-of-way.

• Rehabilitation Required

o Yes is checked if work may have to be done at a later date to restore the spill areaback to its original condition.

o No is checked if no work is required other than the initial clean up.

• Waste Manifest is checked if a waste manifest needs to be filled out for any materialhauled off location.

• Public Complaint is checked if there is a complaint from any party not working forHARVARD or if a spill or release is reported by a landowner, etc.

GAS

• Discharged is the estimated amount of gas released expressed in m3. This should includeaccidental or emergency flared gas volumes.

• Sweet or Sour indicates if the release contained H2S levels in excess of 10 ppm.

WATER BASE MATERIAL

• PW is checked if the spill involved produced water.• FW is checked if the spill involved fresh water.• DISCHARGED is the estimated amount of water release expressed in m3.• RECOVERED is the actual amount of water cleaned up expressed in m3.



LIQUID HYDROCARBON

• Discharged is the estimated amount of hydrocarbon released expressed in m3.

• Recovered is the actual amount of hydrocarbon cleaned up expressed in m3.

OTHER

• Discharged is the estimated amount of chemical, refined petroleum product releasedexpressed in m3.

• Recovered is the actual amount of chemical etc. cleaned up expressed in m3.

• H2S% is the H2-S content of the release expressed in %.

• Smoke is checked yes if there was a fire involved in the release or a flare stack or lit pitwas involved. Otherwise no is checked.

• Odour is checked yes if there was a release that emitted an odour that may benoticeable to the surrounding public or contract personnel. Also if there was a complaintin the area. No would be checked if none of these apply.

• Noise is checked yes if there was a condition resulting in noise exceeding permittedlevels. Also if there is a complaint from the public. Otherwise no is checked.

• Wind Direction is the direction the wind was blowing during or after the release.

CONTROL MEASURES

• Description of Clean Up and Rehabilitation is a detailed description of what wasdone on location. How was the spill contained? What was the area affected? What wasused to recover the fluid? Where was the recovered fluid taken and how was itdisposed of? If hauled away – to where? Was it treated on location? Were any of thefluids recycled? What special activity took place during the spill response and why?What amendments were applied to the site? A sketch of the spill area should beincluded with the report. (See Forms at the end of this section).

AMENDMENTS APPLIED

• Quantab Values is the initial values obtained using the Quantabs provided in the spillkits. The final report should state what values were achieved.

• Date is the date the amendments were started or applied.

• Government File Number is the file number issued by the government at the time therelease was reported. This number should be asked for when reporting the release.

• Date Rehabilitation Was Completed is the final date work was performed on thelocation.

• Calcium Nitrate is the amount of calcium nitrate used in the reclamation expressed in Kg’s.

• Ammonium Nitrate is the amount of fertilizer (ammonium nitrate) used in thereclamation expressed in Kg’s.



• Seed Mixture Applied is the type and amount of seed used in the reclamation.

• Other is any other product that may have been used in the reclamation of the lease –e.g. straw, hay or Oil-Gator, etc.

SECTION 12 – VESSEL PIPELINE

This section should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent. This section isused by the Calgary office for creating a history of failures on a particular line. This informationcan then be used to indicate if the entire line may need replacing.

• License Number is the Board license number found on the pipeline application to thegovernment.

• Line Number is the number found on the license application.

• Line OD is the outside diameter of the line in the area of the failure (expressed in mm).

• Grade is the grade or type of pipe used: sour, sweet, schedule 40 etc.

• MOP is the maximum operating pressure of the failed line as stated on the pipelinelicense (expressed in kPa).

• Type of Wrap is the type of outside coating of the line (e.g. yellow jacket).

• Internal Coated – yes is checked if the line has any type of internal coating. If notcoated – check no.

• Wall Thickness is the pipe thickness in the area of the failure (expressed in mm).

• Normal Operating Pressure is the operating pressure of the line under normaloperating conditions (expressed in kPa).

• Depth of Cover is the amount of material that is covering the line in the area of thefailure.

• Type is the type of line (e.g. fiberglass, plastic, etc.)

• Vessel I.D. is the Alberta Number or CRN registration number off the vessel.

NON-CONFORMANCE RELATED TO:

• Repairs and Alterations is checked if the cause of the failure was related to anyrepairs or alterations done to the line or vessel.

• Material or Specification Changes is checked if the material or specifications in thearea of the failure were not the same as on the licensing agreement or if any changesare being made.



SECTION 13 – SUMMARIZE ALL COSTS RELATING TO INCIDENT’

This section should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent.

Note: This information is used by our insurance company to determine if a claimshould be initiated.

• Final Costs is checked if this is the known final cost of the incident.

• Estimated Costs is checked if the costs are not known or there may be more costsadded at a later date.

• Covering Costso Company is checked if HARVARD is covering all the repair or clean-up costs.o Third Party is checked if the costs are being charged to or paid for by a

contractor, trucking company, or someone else’s insurance company, etc.

• Estimated Repair Replacement Costs is an estimated cost of the repair orreplacement of a vehicle, piece of equipment or pipeline repair, etc. For larger incidentsthis information is needed right away for insurance reporting requirements. There is atime limit for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may result in a claim.This can be done with a telephone call.

• Final Repair Replacement Costs is the actual cost of repairs or replacement.

• Estimated Clean-Up Costs is the estimated cost of the clean-up including alltransportation, disposal, clean-up and seeding costs, etc. For larger incidents thisinformation is needed right away for insurance reporting requirements. This is a timelimit for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may result in a claim. Thiscan be done with a telephone call.

• Final Clean-Up Costs is all actual costs associated with the clean-up of the site.

SECTION 14 – WHAT WAS THE CAUSE OF THE INCIDENT

The first part of this section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incidentreport. This section should be checked by the Production Foreman and the ProductionEngineer / Manager or their equivalent.

• Describe any Unsafe Conditions. This is a detailed written explanation of any unsafecondition or conditions and should include the what, how and why. Any unsafecondition or conditions that contributed to the incident should be checked off. Thewritten description should also discuss any unsafe conditions that are not included inthe check boxes.

• Describe any Unsafe Acts. This is a detailed written explanation of any unsafe act oracts and should include the what, how and why. Any unsafe act or acts that contributedto the incident should be checked off. The written description should also discuss anyunsafe acts that are not included in the check boxes.



SECTION 15 – CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TOADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSE OF THE INCIDENT

This section should be filled out of the Production Foreman and reviewed by the ProductionEngineer/Manager. If required, the Calgary office may be asked to help with the investigationdepending on the severity of the incident.

• Corrective Action is a detailed explanation outlining what actions have or will be takento prevent the recurrence of a similar incident. The written description should alsodiscuss any recommended actions not included in the check boxes.

NOTE: Corrective actions should be based on an understanding of the basiccauses. A summary of basic or root causes is provided in the Forms at the end ofthis section.

SECTION 16 – BLANK

SECTION 17 – FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS

This section should be filled out by the Production Engineer/Manager.

• What is a brief description of follow-up that needs to be done to prevent a recurrence orto finish rehabilitation.

• Who is the person responsible to make sure the follow-up is completed.

• When is the date this follow-up is expected to be completed.

• Submitted By is the operator or person initiating the original report.

• Reviewed and Approved by is the Foreman or the Rig Construction Supervisor.

Reports should be forwarded to HARVARD Calgary Office via fax(403) 229-0603



SECTION 6 – FORMS

Incident Investigation ReportSpill Site Assessment SheetBasic Causes of LossRegulatory Reporting Requirements for Spills and ReleasesReportable Spill Volumes for TDG Controlled Substances

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORTPlease ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting Note: See Instructions in Section 6.0 for completing form.

ENVIRONMENT NEAR MISS INJURY VEHICLE RELEASE INTERIM REPORT

SAFETY PROPERTY DAMAGE NON CONFORMANCE / COMPLIANCE FINAL REPORT

DISTRICT: FIELD: Date of Occurrence: Date Reported:

YYYY / MM / DD TIME YYYY / MM / DD TIME

LOCATION ERCB / MEM Name: Time:

LSD SEC TWP MEI / SEM / NEB Name: Time:

W MER WCB / OH&S Name: Time:

EXACT LOCATION OF INCIDENT: AEP / MELP Name: Time:

POLICE Name: Time:

LANDOWNER Name: Time:

PROVIDE AN EXACT DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT, NON CONFORMANCE AND / OR PROPERTY AFFECTED: (attach diagram if appropriate)

EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE INFORMATION - (including QMP) VEHICLE FORM ATTACHED UNIT NO.

SEVERITY POTENTIAL Minor Serious Major PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE Seldom Occasional Frequent

INJURY INFORMATION COPY OF APPLICABLE WCB FORM ATTACHED

First Aid Medical Aid Lost Time Fatality Other Specify

Injured party: Employee Public Contractor (Company Name) :

Name: Employee # Phone #

Address: City: Occupation:

Postal Code: Experience: Yrs Injured Part of Body

Immediate Supervisor: Modified Work _________________________________________________________________________

Any product spill - Off Lease, Into a Water Course, or Over 2m³ on Lease is to be reported. On Lease spills under 2m³ do not need to be reported.

ENVIRONMENTAL Liquid Other Terrain Affected Land Water Both

Contained on Lease? Yes No Rehabilitation Required ? Yes No Waste Manifest Yes No Public Complaint? Yes No

Gas: Water Base Material (m3) PW FW Liquid Hydrocarbon (m3): Other:

Discharged: Discharged: Discharged: Discharged:

Sweet/Sour Recovered: Recovered: Recovered:

H2S %: Smoke: Yes No Odour: Yes No Noise: Yes No Wind Direction:

CONTROL MEASURES INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION: (Recovered product recycled? - Contaminated Soil? - Treated? Hauled Away? - Where?)

Quantab Values:

Amendments Applied: Date: Government File: Date Rehab Completed:

Calcium Nitrate: kg Ammonium Nitrate: kg Seed Mixture Applied: Other: Straw etc.

VESSEL / PIPELINE INFORMATION - (if applicable)

License No. Line No: Line OD (mm):

Grade: MOP (kPa): Type of Wrap:

Internal Coat: Yes No Wall Thickness (mm): Normal OP. Press (kPa):

Depth of Cover (m): Type: Vessel I.D. #:

NON CONFORMANCE RELATED TO: Repairs or Alterations Material or Specification changes Page 1 of 2

N

O

T

I

F

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORTPlease ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting

Summarize all costs relating to incident Indicate Final Costs Estimated Costs Company Third Party

Estimated Repair / Replacement Costs $ Final Repair / Replacement Costs $ Estimated Clean-Up Costs $ Final Clean-Up Costs $

What was the cause of the accident? (Determine the cause by analyzing all factors concerned. A person, a machine, or a physical condition? How? Why?

A. Describe any UNSAFE CONDITIONS:

CONGESTED WORK AREA OR RESTRICTED ACTION DEFECTIVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:

UNSAFE FLOOR, RAMPS, STAIRWAYS OR ROADWAY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE (GASES, DUST SMOKE, VAPOUR)

INADEQUATE GUARDS OR PROTECTION INADEQUATE OR IMPROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IMPROPER MATERIAL STORAGE

INADEQUATE WARNING SYSTEM HIGH OR LOW TEMPERATURE INADEQUATE VENTILATION

EXCESSIVE NOISE INADEQUATE / EXCESSIVE ILLUMINATION POOR HOUSEKEEPING

RADIATION EXPOSURE INTERNAL CORROSION / EROSION

UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS EQUIPMENT FAILURE (WEAR & TEAR)

B. Describe any UNSAFE ACTS:

VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT

FAILURE TO SECURE / LOCK-OUT FAILURE TO USE PROPER TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT FAILURE TO USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

FAILURE TO USE GUARDS PROVIDED IMPROPER LIFTING, LOWERING OR CARRYING MAKING SAFETY DEVICES INOPERABLE

IMPROPER LOADING OR PLACEMENT UNSAFE POSITION FOR TASK SERVICING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION

OPERATING AT UNSAFE SPEED OPERATING WITHOUT AUTHORITY INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND/OR DRUGS

USING DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT USING EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY LACK OF SKILL OR KNOWLEDGE

UNNECESSARY HASTE HORSEPLAY UNSAFE ACT OF OTHER (3RD PARTY)

UNAWARE OF HAZARD PHYSICAL LIMITATION / MENTAL ATTITUDE FATIGUE

CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSES OF THE INCIDENT:

Explain what you have done or what you recommended to prevent a recurrence of a similar incident / accident

IMPROVED LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMPROVED / INCREASED SUPERVISION ADDITIONAL / PROPER JOB PROCEDURES

IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS IMPROVED HIRING STANDARDS INCREASED ON THE JOB INSTRUCTION

IMPROVED EQUIPMENT STANDARDS IMPROVED JOB PLACEMENT STANDARDS INCREASED ENFORCEMENT OF WORK STANDARDS

IMPROVED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE IMPROVED JOB PLANNING METHODS INCREASED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

INCREASED INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY ADDITIONAL TRAINING OR AWARENESS ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR CONTROLS

CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR QMP CONFORMANCE:

SUBMITTED BY: (please PRINT) REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY:

DATE

FORWARD REPORT TO: Page 2 of 2

Covering Costs

SUPERINTENDENT / MANAGERSUPERVISOR / FOREMAN SIGNATUREINCIDENT REPORTED BY

WHEN?

WHAT?

WHO?

DATESIGNATURE: INSPECTOR

FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS:

This report is required as part of Harvard obligations under the Occupational Health & Safety Act of Alberta and is subject to the protections of sections 18 and 19 of that act. Further, any

statements given herein are made subject to the protections provided by section 6 of the Alberta Evidence Act and section 5 of the Canada Evidence Act to the extent that they may apply.


OPX Consulting Inc.

N

SPILL SITE ASSESSMENT SHEET

Contractor: ____________________________________________________________________ SITE SKETCH

Weather: ____________________________________________________________Date:_________________

Legal Description: ______________________________ W _______ M

NTS Location: _______________________ Longitude: ______________ Latitude: ____________

Legend: Wellhead

Underground tank

Spills/Contaminati

Drainage direction

Comments:_________________________________________________________________

ust

Sump Erosion Slope Buildin

Pipeline Riser Flare Pit Surface Tanks

on Top soil pile Sub soil pile

Berm Trench ac Access

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

S bl

fp st

tsp ssp

Section 6 - 20

g

____________________



BASIC CAUSES OF LOSSPERSONAL FACTORS JOB FACTORS

Inadequate Physical/Physiological Capability- inappropriate height, weight, size, strength, reach etc.- restricted range of body movement- limited ability to sustain body positions- substance sensitivities or allergies- sensitivities to sensory extremes (temperature, sound, etc.)- vision deficiency- hearing deficiency- other sensory deficiency (touch, taste, smell, balance)- respiratory incapacity- other permanent physical disabilities- temporary disabilities

Inadequate Mental Physiological Capability- fears and phobias- emotional disturbance- mental illness- intelligence level- inability to comprehend- poor judgment- poor coordination- slow reaction time- low mechanical aptitude- low learning aptitude- memory failure

Physical or Physiological Stress- injury or illness- fatigue due to task load or duration- fatigue due to lack of rest- fatigue due to sensory overload- exposure to health hazards- exposure to temperature extremes- oxygen deficiency- atmospheric pressure variation- constrained movement- blood sugar insufficiency- drugs

Mental or Psychological Stress- emotional overload- fatigue due to mental task load or speed- extreme judgment decision demands- routine monotony, demand for uneventful vigilance- extreme concentration perception demands- “meaningless” or “degrading” activities- confusing directions- conflicting directions- preoccupation with problems- frustration- mental illness

Lack of Knowledge- lack of experience- inadequate orientation- inadequate initial training- inadequate update training- misunderstood directions

Lack of Skill- inadequate initial instruction - infrequent performance- inadequate practice - lack of coaching

Improper Motivation- improper performance is rewarding- improper performance is punishing- lack of incentives- excessive frustration- inappropriate aggression- improper attempt to save time or effort- improper attempt to avoid discomfort- improper attempt to gain attention- inappropriate peer pressure- improper supervisory example- inadequate performance feedback- inadequate reinforcement of proper behaviour- improper production incentives

Inadequate Leadership and Supervision- unclear or conflicting reporting relationships- unclear or conflicting assignment of responsibility- improper or insufficient delegation- giving inadequate policy, procedure, practices or guidelines- giving objectives, goals or standards that conflict- inadequate work planning or programming- inadequate instructions, orientation and/or training- providing inadequate reference documents, directives and guidance publications- inadequate identification and evaluation of loss exposures- lack of supervisory management job knowledge- inadequate matching of individual qualifications and job task requirements- inadequate performance measurement and evaluation- inadequate or incorrect performance feedback

Inadequate Engineering- inadequate assessment of loss exposures- inadequate consideration of human factors ergonomics- inadequate standards, specifications and/or design criteria- inadequate monitoring of construction- inadequate assessment of operational readiness- inadequate monitoring of initial operation- inadequate evaluation of charges

Inadequate Purchasing- inadequate specifications on requisitions- inadequate research on materials & equipment- inadequate specifications to vendors- inadequate mode or route of shipment- inadequate receiving inspection and acceptance- inadequate communication of safety and health data- improper handling of materials- improper storage of materials- improper transporting of materials- inadequate identification of hazardous items- improper salvage of waste disposal

Inadequate Maintenance- inadequate preventive - inadequate reparative

assessment of needs communication of needslubrication and servicing scheduling of workadjustment assembly examination of unitscleaning or resurfacing part substitution

Inadequate Tools and Equipment- inadequate assessment of needs and risks- inadequate human factors ergonomic considerations- inadequate standards or specifications- inadequate availability- inadequate adjustment repair maintenance- inadequate salvage and reclamation- inadequate removal and replacement of unsuitable items

Inadequate Work Standards- inadequate development of standards- inadequate communication of standards- inadequate maintenance of standards

Wear and Tear- inadequate planning of use- improper extension of service life- inadequate inspection and/or monitoring- improper loading or rate of use- inadequate maintenance- use by unqualified or untrained personnel- used for wrong purpose

Abuse or Misuse- condoned by supervision- not condoned by supervision- unintentional/intentional


Regulatory Reporting Requirements – Page 1TYPE PRODUCT/ INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/ SEVERITY ALTA B.C. Federal

Any situation or dangerous occurrence that had the potential forserious injury of workers (ie: structural failure or collapse of asupport system, excavation, or contact with a pipeline)

Any WHS WCB NEB/TSB

Actual injury / fatality of employee or contractor

Notes:1) In Alberta, WHS notification includes any hospital stay >2 days

due to medical aid, restricted duty or lost time accidents2) WCB notification must occur immediately for fatalities or within

72 hours for injuries3) Confirm with Incident Commander that local ambulance service

or Stars Link Centre (Alberta) has been notified.

Any WHSWCB

WCB NEB/TSB

Life Safety

Any situation that has or potentially may threaten the health andsafety of the public

Any ERCBLDDSEMAPolice* AT-via EMA

PEPOGC/PEPPolice* DTH

NEB/TSB

On-Lease crude oil / salt water spillORProduct losses / vandalism

AB: 2m3 or moreBC: 100 L oil and >200 Lsalt water

ERCB OGC/PEPWLAP

Off-Lease crude oil/ salt water spill or any pipeline release or anypipeline release that may, has, or could cause an adverse effect

Any volume ERCB OGC/PEPWLAP

NEB/TSB

Crude oil/ salt water spillInto watercourse

Any volume ERCBAE–PCD

OGC/PEPWLAP

ECANDFONEB/TSB

Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) incident involvingrefined or unrefined products. This includes – On or Off lease truckloading/ unloading spills

Volumes according to TDGregs

EMALocal Police

OGC/PEPLocal Police

Refined product or chemicals: Any significant spill, or a spill intowater, or a spill that may, has or could cause an adverse effect

Reportable volumes inTDG regs and CEPA

AE–PCDEMA

OGC/PEPWLAP

Spills

Refined or unrefined spills involving PCBs or spills on aboriginalland, in National Parks or on railway right of ways

In addition to above spill notification requirements notify ECAN

cont’d on next page


Regulatory Reporting Requirements – Page 2TYPE PRODUCT/ INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/ SEVERITY ALTA B.C. Federal

Sour Gas Any volume ERCB OGC/PEPWLAP

NEB/TSB

Releases Odours/fugitive gas emissionsIn Alberta EUB unless from a refined product then notify AE-PCD

Nuisance / noticeable,public complaintreceived

ERCB OGC/PEPWLAP

Unscheduled or Emergency Flaring AE-PCD: Exceeds facilityapprovalERCB: exceeds approvedvolume or flaring for morethan 24 hours

AE-PCD orERCB

OGC/PEPWLAP

Flaring –report toagency whichissued approval

Black Smoke or flaring that may cause an adverse effect ie: public complaintreceived

AE-PCD orERCB

OGC/PEPWLAP

PipelineContact/Failure/Rupture

Any EUB or NEB licensed pipeline is contacted, fails or rupturesNote: WHS must also be notified if situation causes or had potentialto cause serious injury

Any ERCB or NEB, asapplicableWHS – seeNote

NEB/TSB

Fire/Explosion

Any explosions and On or Off lease firesNote: As required, confirm with that local fire fighters/ forest fire/ orindustrial fire fighters have been notified.

Any ERCBWHSLDDS

OGC/PEPWCB

NEB/TSB

Pressure vessel Incident involving pressure vessel, boiler or pressure piping Any ABSA ML-BVS NEB/TSBElectrical Incident involving/possibly caused by electrical equipment Any SCO ML-ES NEB/TSBVehicle accident Single or multiple vehicle accidents Any Local Police Local Police NEB/TSB

Security IncidentThreatening phone call or trespassers on company property. Any Local Police

* AT-via EMALocal Police* DTH

Abbreviation Government Regulatory Agency Phone # For Spill ReportingERCB Energy Resources and Conservation Board Regional Offices 24 hrs.: Bonnyville (780) 826-5352, Drayton Valley (780) 542-5182, Grande Prairie (780) 538-5138, St. Albert (780) 460-

3800, Calgary/Midnapore (403) 297-8303, Medicine Hat (403) 527-3385, Red Deer (403) 340-5454, Wainwright (780) 842-7570AE-PCD Alberta Environment – Pollution Control Division Pollution Control Division 24 hr. Spill Reporting Line (780) 422-4505EMA & AT*;LDDS

Emergency Management Alberta (*Alberta Transportation);Local Director of Disaster Services

Emergency Coordination Centre 1-800-272-9600; Emergency Management’s Local Director of Disaster Services for the region can also benotified via 1-800 number.

WHS Workplace Health & Safety (also notifies WCB) 24 hr. reporting 1-866-415-8690OGC / PEP; DTH*;WLAP

BC Oil & Gas Commission & Provincial Emergency Program;(*Dept. of Transportation & Highways); Water, Lands, Air &Parks

PEP 24 hr. (Provincial Emergency Program) 1-800-663-3456 – Effective April 1, 2004 all incidents previously reported to OGC or WLAP areto be routed to the PEP emergency line.

BC – WCB BC Workers Compensation Board 24 Hour 1-888-6221-7233ECAN Environment Canada In Alberta (Alberta Ministry of Environment) – 1-800-222-6514

In BC (ECAN) – 604-666-6100DFO Department of Fisheries and Oceans – navigable waters only Environmental Emergencies 1-800-889-8852; Navigable Waters Protection Branch – Alberta (780) 495-3701 or B.C. (604) 775-8867SCO Safety Codes Officer – Alberta Municipal Affairs Safety Services, Electrical Discipline – 780-415-0481NEB & TSB National Energy Board & Transportation Safety Board NEB Regulated Lines Only - NEB Emergency Line 1-800-632-1663, Transportation Safety Board Incident Reporting 24 hr. (819) 997-7887ABSA Alberta Municipal Affairs Regional Offices (daytime reporting) Edmonton (780) 437-9100 Calgary (403) 291-7070 Grand Prairie (780) 538-9922

Fort McMurray (780) 714-3067 Lethbridge (403) 381-5465 Red Deer (403) 341-6677 Medicine Hat (403) 529-3514After Hours # for deaths or serious accidents (780) 437-9100.

(* Highway Authorities for emergencies that impact or require closure of 1 or 2 digit highway

Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 3

TYPE PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/SEVERITY SASK. MAN. FEDERAL

Any situation or dangerous occurrence that had the potential for serious

injury of workers: (ie: structural failure or collapse of a support system, Any OH&S WSH NEB/TSBexcavation, or contact with a pipeline)

Actual injury / fatality of employee or contractorOH&S WSH

Notes: 1). In Saskatchewan there must be notification to OH&S for anyhospital stay of over 72 hours due to work related injury Any WCB WCB NEB/TSB

Life Safety

2). In Man. & Sask. WCB & OH&S (WHS) must be notified immediatelyfor fatalities and within 5 days for any injuries

Any situation that has or potentially may threaten the health and safety Any OH&S WSH NEB/TSBof the public Police Police

On-Lease crude oil/salt water spill Sask: 1.6m3 or more SER

ManitobaConservation

OR Man: 0.5m3 or moreProduct losses/vandalism

Off-Lease crude oil/salt water spill or any pipeline release or any Any Volume SER


pipeline release that may, has, or could cause an adverse effect NEB/TSB

Spills Crude oil/salt water spill into watercourse Any Volume SERManitobaConservation ECAN,

Dept. ofEnvironment DFO,

NEB/TSB

Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) incident involving refined or Volumes according to

Dept. ofEnvironment


unrefined products. This includes - On or Off lease truck TDG regulations Local Police Local Policeloading/unloading spills

Refined product or chemicals: Any significant spill, or a spill into Reportable volumes in

Dept. ofEnvironment


water, or a spill that may, has or could cause an adverse effect TDG regulations & CEPA

Refined or unrefined spills involving PCBs or spills on aboriginal In addition to above spill notification requirements notify ECANland, in National Parks or on railway right of ways

Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 4TYPE PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/SEVERITY SASK. MAN. FEDERAL

Sour Gas Any Volume SER

ManitobaConservation NEB/TSB

Releases

Odours/fugitive gas emissions Nuisance/noticeable, SER


public complaint received

Exceeds Facility Approval SER


Flaring - report Unscheduled or Emergency Flaringto agency whichissued approval

Black Smoke or flaring that may cause an adverse effect IE: Public complaint SER


Any Provincial or NEB licensed pipeline is contacted, fails or ruptures SER


Pipeline

NOTE: OH&S or WSH must also be notified if situation causes or hadpotential to cause serious injury Any

EngineeringServices Branch NEB/TSB

Contact/Failure/Rupture

Any explosions and On or Off lease fires SER WSH

Fire/Explosion NOTE: As required, confirm with the local fire fighters/forest fire or Any Fire Dept. Fire Dept. NEB/TSBindustrial fire fighters have been notified.

Pressure Vessel Incident involving pressure vessel, boiler or pressure piping AnyCorrections &Public Safety

Man.Labour/Imm.Mechanical &EngineeringBranch

NEB/TSB

Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 5TYPE PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/SEVERITY SASK. MAN. FEDERAL

Electrical Incident involving/possibly caused by electrical equipment Any Sask Power

Labour/Imm.Mechanical &Engineering NEB/TSB

Vehicle Accident Single or multiple vehicle accidents Any Local Police Local Police NEB/TSB

Security Incident Threatening phone calls or trespassers on company property Any Local Police Local Police

Abbreviation Government Regulatory Agency Phone # For Spill Reporting

SER Saskatchewan Energy and Resources Regina - 1-866-727-5427, Saskatoon - 1-800-667-5023Regional Area Offices Petroleum Dev. Branch: Area I - Lloydminster - 1-(306) 825-6434 - Area II - Kindersley - 1-(306) 463-5400 - Area III - Swift Current1-(306) 778-8252 - Area IV - Estevan - 1-(306) 637-4541

OH&S Saskatchewan Occupational Health & Safety 1-800-567-7233 - Office: 1-(306) 787-4496

Sask. WCB Sask. Workers Compensation Board Filing Claim - 1-800-787-9288

Sask. Dept. of Env. Saskatchewan Dept. of Environment Spill Control Centre: 1-800-667-7525Dept. of Pipeline Sask. Petroleum & Development Branch Pipeline Conserv. Contact - 1(306) 787-2603

Corrections & PublicSafety Sask. Corrections & Public Safety Pressure Vessel Reporting: 1(306) 787-4524

Man. Conserv. Manitoba Conservation Emergency Number: 1(204) 994-4888

WSH Manitoba Workplace Safety & Health Reporting Line: 1(204) 945-6848 After Hours - 1-(204) 945-0581

Man. WCB Manitoba Worker's Compensation Board Reporting Line: 1-800-362-3340

ECAN Environment Canada ECAN - Man. 1-(204) 945-4888

ECAN - Sask. 1-800-667-7525

DFO Department of Fisheries and Oceans Environmental Emergencies 1-800-889-8852navigable waters only Navigable Waters Protection Branch

NEB/TSB National Energy Board & NEB Regulated Lines Only - NEB Emergency Line 1-800-632-1663Transportation Safety Board Transportation Safety Board Incident Reporting 24hr. (819) 997-7887


Reportable Spill Volumes For TDG Controlled Substances

TDG Act 1992; Transportation of Dangerous Goods “Clear Language” Regulations 2002

ITEM CLASS DIVISION QUANTITIES OR LEVELS

1 1 Explosives Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety or 50 kg

2 2.1 Flammable Gases

3 2.2Non-Flammable,

Non-Toxic

4 2.3 Toxic Gases

Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety or anysustained release of 10 minutes or more

6 3 Flammable Liquids At least 200 L (44 Gallons)

7 4 Flammable solids At least 25 kg (55.12 lbs)

8 5.1 Oxidizing substances At least 50kg or 50L (110.2 lbs)

9 5.2 Organic Peroxides At least 1 kg (2.2 lbs) or 1 L (0.22 Gallons)

10 6.1 Poisonous Substances At least 5 kg (11.02 lbs) or 5 L (1.10 Gallons)

11 6.2 Infectious Substances Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety

12 7

Radioactive Materials (asper section 20 of the“Packaging and Transportof Nuclear SubstancesRegulations)

1) Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety; 2)packages transported under exclusive use - any discharge or aradiation level exceeding 10 mSv/h external surface, 2 mSv/h onsurface of conveyance, 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 2 m fromsurface of conveyance; 3) packages not being transported underexclusive use – 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 1 m from package, 2mSv/h on surface of conveyance, 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 2 mfrom surface of conveyance.

13 8 Corrosive Substances At least 5 kg (11.02 lbs) or 5 L (1.10 Gallons)

14 9Miscellaneous Products,Substances or Organisms

At least 25 kg (55.12 lbs) or 25 L

* Additional B.C. Reporting Requirements as per Waste Management Act – Spill Reporting Regulation 166/93(Items above listed in B.C.’s Spill Reporting Schedule are reflected above as per new Federal “Clear Language” TDGRegulations)

17 Waste asbestos as defined in section 1 of the SpecialWaste Regulation.

50 kg

18 Waste oil as defined in section 1 of the Special WasteRegulation.

100 L

19 Waste containing a pest control product as defined insection 1 of the Special Waste Regulation.

5 kg

20 A substance not covered by items 1 to 19 that can causepollution.

200 kg

21 Natural Gas 10 kg, if there is a breakage in a pipeline orfitting operated above 100 psi that results in asudden and uncontrolled release of natural gas.



7.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

7.1 OVERVIEW

Although proper hazard assessment procedures will identify and address most worksite hazards,some unanticipated emergencies must be planned for. The primary objectives of emergencypreparedness preparations are: to save lives, implement protective actions, and restore operations.Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that emergency response requirements for their area areidentified and addressed.

Emergency Response Plans

Harvard’s mandate and commitment is to conduct all business in a competent and safe manner.Harvard believes that although the likelihood of an emergency situation occurring is low, thepotential certainly exists. Therefore Harvard has developed both a Corporate EmergencyResponse Plan and site or job-specific plans.

Emergency Response Plans must be developed to provide a “seamless” response structure andbuilt from an implementer’s perspective. They also outline the responsibilities of both Company andcontract personnel, as well as government agencies should an emergency incident occur.

Corporate ERP

All Company operations will be covered under a Corporate ERP. The Corporate ERP givesgeneral guidelines of what to do, who to notify, and how to plan for and manage an emergency.Higher risk worksites such as: sour facilities, densely populated areas, drilling, or remote locationsmay require higher levels of emergency response planning and site specific ERP’s.

Harvard’s Corporate Emergency Response Plan defines the major categories of an emergency,which are:

Serious injury or fatality; Incidents, including automobile incidents that result in or could result in a serious injury

or loss of life; Plant, pipeline, facility, or other explosion; Well blow-out or other emergencies related to drilling or service rig operations; Major fire, or incidents where damage has occurred or threatens Company and/or

public property; Uncontrolled spill of product or chemicals; Telephone threat, explosion, bomb threat, hostage taking, or ransom; and Natural disasters including but not limited to flooding and tornados.

The Corporate Emergency response Plan contains telephone numbers of key Corporationpersonnel and appropriate provincial regulatory agencies to contact in times of emergency.

Regulatory Requirements

In accordance with Alberta OH&S Code Part 7, Emergency Preparedness and Response, thefollowing applies in relation to the development and maintenance of an ERP.



An employer must establish an emergency response plan for responding to an emergency thatmay require rescue or evacuation. The employer must involve affected workers to ensure theemergency response plan is current, and lastly, provide training and emergency simulationexercises in keeping with sections 115 (1-3) and 117(3).

In accordance with Canadian Standards Association CAN/CSA-Z731 employers are required todevelop, maintain and implement their ERP in accordance with the requirements of theaforementioned Standard.

ERCB Directive 071 (revised April 8, 2008) states that when a site-specific ERP is not required, acorporate level ERP is used by the license to handle emergency events.

1) All licensees must have a corporate-level ERP with preplanned procedures that willaid in effective response to handle emergency events.

Licensees are expected to determine the level of detail required to address each itemin a corporate level ERP, depending on the nature of the operations that the plancovers.

2) As a minimum, the licensee must include information in its ERP on

a) key licensee contacts including 24 hour numbersb) classing incidents and response actions for specified incidents,c) a communications plan that address

communications with response team, support services, and government, communications with the public and media and downgrading emergency levels, Responsibilities of licensee personnel and Incident management centers.

3) The licensee must include the following in the corporate level ERP:

The “Assessment Matrix” for Classifying Incidents (see Directive 71 Appendix 5) As a minimum, the actions outlined in “Responses for Specified Incidents” (see

Directive 71 Appendix 5)

4) The licensee must define appropriate actions including protection measures that would betaken for each level of emergency.

The following sections of Directive 071 should be consulted for:

1) Corporate Level ERP’s - Part A Section 2-4 & Part B Section 11-132) Sour Well Site-Specific Drilling/Completions ERPs - Part A Section 3-6 & Part B Section 12-153) Sour Operations ERPs - Part A Section 3-5, 7 & Part B Section 12- 144) ERP’s for High Vapour Pressure Pipelines - Part A Section 3-5, 8 & Part B Section 12-145) ERP’s for Cavern Storage Facilities Storing HVP Product - Part A Section 3-5, 9 & Part B

Section 12-146) Spill Cooperative Response Plans - Part A Section 10 & Part B Section 16



Note: The reader is advised that the above references are for the Province of Alberta only.Reference material for British Columbia can be found with BC-Oil and Gas ConservationRegulation, BC Oil and Gas Handbook, BC Pipeline Act and Regulation, BC DrillingRegulations. For Saskatchewan, the only reference identified is the CAN/CSA – Z731.



8.0 WORK PROCEDURES

Detailed work procedures for critical tasks are important to both management and workers. Ineach jurisdiction, the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations require that safe workprocedures be developed and implemented where work to be performed constitutes a hazardto the worker. Most importantly, work procedures set guidelines for operating performance and 6

provide reference for training. 7

Job Safety Analysis (JSA) and Observation

Job Safety Analysis (JSA) and observation help to eliminate hazards before they causeproblems. Supervisors must regularly observe the work site and work practices to assess thesafety of operations and determine where improvements are needed.

The key to successful work procedures is to continually encourage safe and efficient workpractices. Shortcuts which compromise safety are unacceptable. 16

17

The following HARVARD Codes of Practice and Work Procedures are included in this sectionto help guide supervisors in maintaining safe working conditions at the work site:

8.1 Codes of Practice8.1.1 Asbestos 8.1.4 Release of Harmful Substance8.1.2 Benzene 8.1.5 Respiratory Protective Equipment8.1.3 Confined Space Entry 8.1.6 Sour Service

8.2 Work Procedures8.2.1 Air Craft Awareness 8.2.22 Hot Oiling8.2.2 All Terrain Vehicles (ATVs) 8.2.23 Hot Taps8.2.3 Blowdowns 8.2.24 Hot Work Procedures8.2.4 Cables, Chains And Ropes 8.2.25 Housekeeping8.2.5 Chemical & Biological Hazards 8.2.26 Hydrate / Ice Plug Handling8.2.6 Communication Equipment 8.2.27 Managing Control of Hazardous Energy8.2.7 Compressed Gas Cylinders 8.2.28 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM)8.2.8 Cranes And Hoisting Devices 8.2.29 Noise Exposure8.2.9 Critical Lift Procedure 8.2.30 Pigging Guidelines8.2.10 Crown Savers 8.2.31 Portable Pumping Equipment8.2.11 Driving Conduct 8.2.32 Purging

8.2.12 Fall Protection 8.2.33 Rig Anchors8.2.13 Fire Prevention 8.2.34 Safe Work Permits8.2.14 Fire & Explosion Hazard

Management8.2.35 Tank Truck Loading Procedures For Flammable

Fluids8.2.15 Flammable & Hazardous Liquid 8.2.36 Timber Removal8.2.16 Flowbacks 8.2.37 Trailers & Bunkhouses8.2.17 Fuel And Chemical Storage 8.2.38 Trenching8.2.18 Ground Disturbances 8.2.39 Vehicle, Mobile Equipment & Machinery8.2.19 Hand And Power Tools 8.2.40 Welding & Burning8.2.20 Heaters & Open Flame

Equipment8.2.41 Wildlife Awareness

8.2.21 High Pressure Gas Wells 8.2.42 Working Alone8.2.43 Working Near Overhead Powerlines



8.1 CODES OF PRACTICE26

8.1.1 ASBESTOS – Code of Practice 27

SCOPE AND PURPOSE

• Outline type and uses of asbestos• Identify health hazards• Identification and control• Removal

TYPES AND USES 36

37

Asbestos is the name given to a group of naturally occurring silicate mineralfibres. The three most common forms are:

• Chrysotile (White Asbestos)o Most commono Insulating pipes, boilers, furnaces

• Amosite (Brown Asbestos)o Sprayed coatings 46

o Insulating (as above) 47

o In Cement Products

• Crocidolite (Blue Asbestos)o No longer used (was used very rarely in past)

USES INCLUDE

• Roof tiles, floor tiles, wallboard, brake shoes, clutch plates, gaskets56

NOTE: Most insulation used before 1975 was asbestos or 57

asbestos based.

HEALTH HAZARD

• Primary hazard of asbestos results from breathing asbestos fibres.• Three principle diseases associated with asbestos are:

o Asbestosis is a chronic lung disease resulting from prolongedexposure to asbestos dust. The fibres gradually cause the lungs tobecome scarred and stiff, resulting in increased breathing difficulty. 66

o Lung Cancer may be caused by asbestos fibres in the lung. The 67

exact way in which asbestos causes lung cancer is not fullyknown. The combination of smoking and inhaling asbestos fibresgreatly increases the risk.

o Mesothelioma is a rare but very malignant form of cancer affectingthe lining of the chest or abdominal cavity.



IDENTIFICATION76

Four step process: 77

1. Visual Inspectiono Check drawings and blueprintso Exposed asbestos may be soft or hardo Check under physical barriers: gyproc, plywood, metal sheeting,

paint

NOTE: Asbestos that is encapsulated behind a barrier or sealed posesvery little risk to the worker, unless it is disturbed. 86

87

2. Collect Sample(s)o Identification coupons (samples) should be taken as deep as

possible as other types of insulation may have been put overtop of asbestos insulation.

o See attached procedure

3. Sample Analysiso Use only experienced specially equipped laboratories (contact the

Calgary Office for the list). 96

97

4. Inventoryo Indicate on drawings and blueprintso Establish an asbestos log book. Record areas, removal and

disposalo Identify area with placard:

CAUTION: INSULATION CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBRES –DO NOT DISTURB or use label system similar to WHMIS Identification.

106

ASBESTOS REMOVAL 107

General Information

• All projects of moderate to high risk removal require governmentnotification (see OH&S Regulations).

• Transportation of asbestos waste must follow TDG regulations:o Manifests requiredo Placards in place if over 550 kilograms

116

A. Low Risk 117

• Definitiono No more than 2 workers are requiredo Volumes to be removed will fit into Glove Bago Task is no longer than one shifto Worker can be protected by PPEo No power tools are used



• Removal: 126

o Glove Bag (see attached procedure) 127

B. Moderate to High Risk

• Definitiono More than 2 workers are requiredo Area to be removed is large than Glove Bag method can

accommodateo Power tools are usedo Task lasts more than one day 136

o Medical surveillance of workers required by provincial regulations 137

o Disposal is, or can be, a problem

• Removalo If one or more of the above conditions are present, removal by an

approved Removal and Abatement Contract is required.Contact the provincial government for a list of approvedcontractors. (Contractors must meet standards of PartnershipsProgram and be able to supply references).

146

147

156

157

166

167



ASBESTOS – REMOVAL VIA GLOVE BAG

AREA: _____________________________________________________________________

INCIDENT POTENTIAL ______ Major LIKELIHOOD ______ High176

______ Serious ______ Moderate 177

______ Minor ______ Low

SCOPE AND PURPOSE:

• Remove asbestos from piping up to 16” in diameter and 10’ in length using glovebags and no power tools.

POTENTIAL HAZARDS: 186187

• Breathing asbestos dust

PPE REQUIRED:

• Rubber gloves (disposable)• Rubber boots• Respirator with asbestos cartridge• Disposable hooded coveralls

196

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED: 197

• Glove bag(s) 6 ml (suitable size)• Scraping blades, wire brush• Tin snips or wire cutters• Wetting agent with detergent• Coating or sealant for sealing raw edges• Disposal bag (6 ml), duct tape, bucket of detergent water, barricades of warning

signs206

TRAINING: 207

• Review provincial regulations

ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:


216

217



ASBESTOS – REMOVAL VIA GLOVE BAG

• Issue work permit

• Erect barricades or signsSigns to State: “ASBESTOS WORK IN PROGRESS”

• Put on PPE226

• Put all equipment in glove bag 227

• Fasten glove bag to pipe

• Remove cladding, lay in bottom of glove bag

• Wet pipe and clean with scraper and brushesBag may be moved along pipe at this point

• Seal any exposed insulation with sealant 236

237

• Put all equipment into one glove

• Remove glove bag and seal

• Pull glove with equipment inside out, cutoff and seal with duct tape

• Place glove with equipment under waterand clean 246

247

• Remove coveralls, cut off glove, respiratorcartridge and glove bag in 6ml disposal bag

• Label disposal bag

Label to state:

“CONTAINS ASBESTOS – CANCER HAZARD, AVOID BREATHING DUST”256

• Wash face, hands and respirator face piece 257

• Dispose of all bags in approved land fillContact Calgary Head Office



ASBESTOS – BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION

AREA: _____________________________________________________________________266

INCIDENT POTENTIAL: ______ Major LIKELIHOOD: ______ High 267

______ Serious ______ Moderate

______ Minor ______ Low

SCOPE AND PURPOSE:

• Steps to collect bulk samples276

POTENTIAL HAZARDS: 277

• Breathing asbestos dust• Clothing contamination

PPE REQUIRED:

• Rubber gloves (disposable)• Respirator with asbestos cartridge (if doing more than one sample)• Disposable hooded coveralls (if doing more than one sample) 286

287

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:

• Coating and sealant• Glass jar with screw top lid• Ziploc plastic bag(s)• Utility knife• Spray bottle with detergent water• Duct tape

296

TRAINING: 297

• Review provincial regulations• Work permit (if more than one sample taken)

ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:


306

307



ASBESTOS – BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION

• Remove cladding sample size(approximately 1”)

• Wet down insulation with water 316

317

• Collect sample in jar or Ziploc bag

• Seal cut area (use sealant and duct tape)

• Label sample contained with location Label to state and date:

“DANGER, CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBRES – AVOID BREATHING”

• Remove gloves, coveralls and respirators 326

(if used) and dispose of in 6ml plastic bag 327

(landfill trash)

• Wash tools, face and hands

• Send sample to approved laboratory

Contact Calgary Head Office

336

8.1.2 BENZENE – Code of Practice 337

This code of practice is intended to provide guidance andinformation to workers at facilities likely to come into contactwith fluids containing Benzene.

Potential Hazards

Benzene and the associated compounds, Toluene,Ethylbenzene and Xylene (BTEX) have an anesthetic effect 346

and primarily attack the central nervous system. Prolonged 347

exposure to Benzene concentrations of 100 ppm will haveadverse consequences.Benzene is most commonly taken into the body throughinhalation of vapour but can be taken in to a far lesserextent, by absorption through the skin. Inhaled Benzenevapours are eliminated from the body by the lungs when thevictim is taken into fresh air.BTEX compounds are normally found as liquids in gascondensates and Crude Oil streams. If liquid hydrocarbon 356

streams at gas plants show that concentrations of Benzene 357

exceed the 0.1% level and are in the range of 0.5% to 1.5%,extra caution must be taken. Normally, condensate is storedand transported in a closed system of vessels, lines and



pumps, but workers can be exposed when those systemsare opened for maintenance. Benzene has also been foundas a vapour at the vents of dehydrators at levels of 50 ppm,which can be a concern if there is prolonged exposure tothose vapours.

366

Occupational Exposure Limits 367

The current Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL) for Benzenein:Alberta – 0.5 ppm average for 8 hours, 2.5 ppm for 15minutes.BC - 0.5 ppm average for 8 hours, 2.5 ppm for 15 minutes

Benzene is a skin sensitizer, known carcinogen and anALARA substance meaning that all exposures must be kept 376

As Low As Reasonably Achievable. 377

Employer Responsibility

Surveys will be conducted to identify all steams atfacilities where Benzene is likely to be present atsignificant levels;

All tasks and activities will be studied to determine whereexposure to condensate could occur. This will include allroutine job s, such as process surveillance and sampling, 386

as well as occasional tasks, such as routine preventative 387

maintenance and component replacement; When tasks are identified where worker exposure could

occur, procedures will be developed to control thatexposure. This will involve the provision of suitableworkplace ventilation and or use of appropriate personalprotective equipment (PPE);

Workers who may have to work in an area whereexposure to Benzene containing streams could occur willbe given training in controlling Benzene exposure; and 396

Workers shall attend information sessions on the health 397

hazards associated with Benzene and participate intraining with required PPE.

Worker Responsibility

Workers must be aware that respiratory protectiveequipment on its own will not fully protect a worker;

Workers must be aware of which streams containBenzene and the potential for exposure involved with 406

specified tasks, and must follow all written and verbal 407

instructions; and\ These responsibilities are incumbent on contractors’

employees as well as company employees.



Site Specific Procedures

Each facility shall develop site-specific procedures tocover its own operations;

These procedures must identify streams where Benzene 416

is present, list routine operational or maintenance jobs 417

involving those streams, and specify measures to betaken to prevent worker exposure; and

The procedures must allow for action at 25% of the OELor Critical Limit, to ensure that over exposure does notoccur.

Caution: This program does not represent a completeguideline to the subject area, consult your supervisor beforecontinuing. 426

427

8.1.3 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY – Code ofPractice

This code of practice is intended to provide assistance in the recognition,evaluation and control of potentially dangerous or unhealthy atmospheres inconfined spaces that could lead to illness, injury, death or property loss.Where confined space work is to be performed by workers, responsibility forsafety, both at the time of entry and during the entire operation rests with the 436

employers on-site supervisor. The work to be performed shall be under the 437

direction of a competent supervisor who is knowledgeable of the hazardsthat may be encountered, accident prevention requirements and rescuemeasures. All workers performing the work in the confined space shall,before entry, be informed of the hazards they may encounter, precautionarymeasures required and rescue measures and methods required.

AREA: _________________________________________________________________446

INCIDENT POTENTIAL: ______ Major LIKELIHOOD: ______ High 447

______ Serious ______ Moderate

______ Minor ______ Low

SCOPE AND PURPOSE:

Detailed site/job specific procedures must be developed identifying key 456

aspects of this task such as: 457

• Isolation points• Energy Isolation Requirements• Venting procedures• Site-specific hazards



POTENTIAL HAZARDS:

• Physical hazards – mixers, trays etc.• Chemical hazards (sludge, scale)• H2S Gas 466

• Explosive atmosphere 467

• Oxygen deficient atmosphere

PPE REQUIRED:

• SCBA/SABA• Fire retardant clothing• H2S monitor• Oxygen analyzer• Explosive meter 476

• Safety harness and other rescue equipment 477

• Head, eye, face, hand, foot and body protection as indicated byhazards

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:

• Blanks/blinds or equipment for other acceptable methods of isolation• Water, steam, or nitrogen where purging is necessary• Vacuum truck• Catch pan 486

• Hand tools 487

• Energy isolating devices

TRAINING:

• Safety Orientation (ie: task, handbook, etc.)• Confined space entry/rescues• H2S• WHMIS

496

ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS: 497

• HARVARD HS&E Handbook• Work Permit• Applicable provincial OH&S regulations

PROCEDURE/ACTION:

General:506

• Work permits must be issued and discussed with the workers each 507

day. Other topics to be discussed with workers include:o At Operating Facilities – any alarms that may occur and their

meaning.o MSDS sheets of any chemicals that may be encountered.



• The method of worker rescue must be planned and discussed priorto vessel entry. Additional safety equipment (tripod) that may benecessary to effect a rescue must be in place before a confinedspace entry occurs.

• Ensure unauthorized personnel and vehicles are kept out of the 516

area. 517

• Caution exercised and atmosphere testing should be carried out inenclosed areas around the confined space (e.g. inside dikes aroundtanks).

• Proper bonding and grounding procedures must be followed andexplosion proof electrical equipment used where necessary.

• No person shall walk on a tank roof unless there is a properwalkway or is wearing a safety belt and line.

Preparation: 526

527

• Confined space must be depressurized and/or fluid levels pumpedas low as possible.

• All inlet and outlet lines will be isolated by the use of blanks/blinds oran approved alternate method (listed in the CAPP PetroleumIndustry Guideline for Entry into Confined Space) that provides anequal level of safety. Breathing apparatus may be necessary toperform these functions.

• All hazardous energy sources to the confined space shall besecured by an energy-isolating device. 536

• Where purging is necessary to prevent the development of 537

hazardous atmospheres in the confined space, water, steam ornitrogen may be used. Caution must be exercised with any exhaustvapours.

Ventilation:

• The confined space will be thoroughly ventilated, preferably by apositive method of mechanical ventilation.

• If ventilation requires opening manways or clean out doors then a 546

catch pan and possibly a vacuum truck should be available to 547

control and take away the flow of liquids/sludge coming out of theconfined space.

• Ventilation should continue throughout the project.

Inerting:

• The introduction of an unreactive gas such as nitrogen into aconfined space may be required to displace all oxygen.

• Inerting may need to be considered where it is very difficult to control 556

ignition sources in a confined space. The inerting creates an oxygen 557

deficient atmosphere and workers entering this environment must beproperly trained and equipped with self-contained breathingapparatus or supplied air breathing apparatus with escape bottle.

• Refer to work procedure on Purging for additional information.



Initial Entry:

• All atmospheres that have not been tested should be considereddangerous to life and health. 566

• Initial testing for H2S, LEL and oxygen can be taken in the exhaust 567

air.• If the exhaust air is considered safe, (above 19.5% oxygen, below

20% LEL and less than 10 ppm H2S – CAPP guideline) a qualifiedworker wearing breathing apparatus and other appropriate PPE maynow enter to do further testing of all areas of the confined space.

• Disturbance of any sludge that is present in the confined space mayresult in the release of hydrocarbon gases. This may result in thedevelopment of a toxic, flammable or an oxygen deficientatmosphere. All efforts should be made to remove the sludge prior 576

to a confined space entry or when this is not possible, a breathing 577

apparatus must be worn at all times.

Ensuing Entries:

• The work should be performed from the outside as much aspossible.

• If the atmosphere tests safe as stated above, workers wearing theappropriate PPE may enter the confined space. Caution must alsobe exercised to address any physical hazards (mixers, blades, etc.) 586

in the space. 587

• Where an ignition source is to be introduced into the confined space,combustible gas testing must confirm that the atmosphere is andremains at 0% LEL (CAPP Guideline).

• Monitoring should take place from upon each entry to ensure acontaminant has not unpredictably re-entered the confined space, ifwork is suspended for a significant period of time, or if Hot Work is tobe carried out.

• A stand-by/safety watch must be in place at all times while a workeris in a confined space. This person must be knowledgeable of the 596

confined space rescue plan and be in communication with the 597

person in the confined space. He must also be available to call foradditional help in the event of an emergency. Consideration shouldalso be given to having additional stand-by men if more than oneworker is in the confined space.

Waste Disposal:

• All wastes generated during the cleaning process should be properlymanaged including: manifested, characterization, classification and 606

disposal. Consult the facility Waste Management Wall Chart or 607

contact HARVARD’s Calgary Office for assistance in classifying andmanifesting the waste.



Job Completion:

• A thorough inspection must be conducted to ensure that no workers, 616

tools or equipment has been left behind. 617

• Ensure all blanks/blinds or other isolating devices are removed andvalves are returned to their correct positions. When returning theconfined space back into service, caution must be exercised toavoid the possibility of an ignition source being introduced to aflammable atmosphere (nitrogen purge or controlled flow rate).

• Return the work permit to the responsible supervisor.

8.1.4 RELEASE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCE – Code of 626

Practice 627

Purpose

In accordance with regulatory agencies this Code of Practice is intendedto provide guidance on the steps to be taken to prevent an uncontrolledrelease and, should such an event occur, the steps to mitigate its harmfuleffects.

Prevention 636

637

In order to prevent an uncontrolled release, the following proceduresapply: The design of new facilities will comply with appropriate codes and

accepted industry engineering practices; Equipment will be operated within the design limits as required by

the manufacturer; Regular inspection of piping and vessels will be conducted to

ensure equipment integrity; When building new facilities or maintaining or upgrading existing 646

ones, suitable materials will be selected to contain the hazardous 647

substances under the conditions of temperature, pressure, andcorrosiveness normally expected;

Workers will demonstrate competence in maintenance proceduresand operation of equipment, prior to working independently; and

Equipment will be maintained and not allowed to continue tooperate outside its prescribed tolerances.

Controlled Release656

There may be times in our operations when quantities of H2S (or other 657

hazardous substances) will be released during the course of normaloperation and maintenance activities. These releases are consideredcontrolled releases because they are anticipated and planned for.Systems and procedures shall be in place to control the amount releasedso that workers and the public are not at risk.



Many controlled releases must also be reported or approved.

Uncontrolled Release666

Occasionally there are unplanned events in the movement or storage of 667

substances. Where this occurs, company and contract personnel will:

Protect people; Take action to control the effect on the environment; Not enter the area where the release has occurred unless equipped

with appropriate personal protection; Initiate controlled shut down of affected equipment when failure to

do that would present greater risks; Isolate and contain the release; 676

Document and report all occurrences in a proper manner to the 677

appropriate authorities; and Investigate the occurrence to determine root cause, so as to prevent

future occurrences.

8.1.5 RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT – Code ofPractice

8.1.5.1 SELECTION, MAINTENANCE AND USE OFRESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 686

687

In accordance with occupational health and safety regulations,HARVARD’S Code of Practice for the Selection, Maintenance andUse of Respiratory Protective Equipment is outlined as follows:

1. Selection and Use of Air Purifying and AtmosphereSupplying RespiratorsThe overall requirements to be considered whenselecting respiratory protective equipment aresummarized in Figure 1. A work sheet to assist with the 696

selection of equipment is provided together with more 697

detailed information regarding common petroleumindustry hazards and the most appropriate equipment forthat hazard.

2. Fit Testing Requirements and ProceduresThe requirements and procedures for fit testingrespiratory equipment.

3. Inspection of Air Purifying and Atmosphere 706

Supplying Respirators 707

The requirements and procedures for properly inspectingrespiratory equipment.



4. Cleaning and Storage of Respiratory ProtectiveEquipmentThe requirements and procedures for properly cleaningand storing respiratory equipment.

5. Training of Workers 716

The requirements for proper training of workers using 717

respiratory equipment.

In addition, commonly used definitions relating to the use ofrespiratory equipment are summarized in this Code ofPractice.


OPX Consulting Inc.

Figure 1: SELECTION OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

HAZARD

OxygenDeficiency

IDLH(Immediately

dangerous to life orhealth)

ChemicalCartridgeRespirator Respirator

CoCartri

R

ToxicContaminant

Gas or Vapour

GasMask

Particulate

FilterRespirator

Non-IDLH(Not immediately

dangerous to life orhealth)

Contaminant exceedsOccupational

Exposure Limits(Consult Provincial

Chemical Regulations)

Gas or Vapour
and Particulate
mbinationdge Plus Filter

SCBA(Self-Contained (Suppl

Gas Mask
PoweredAir-Purifying
Section 8 - 1

espirator Breathing Apparatus) Apparatus w

SABAied Air Breathing

7

ith escape provision)



RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WORKSHEET

AREA: _______________________________________________________________

LOCATION:6

HAZARD: 7

• Particulate (dust)• Gas• Vapour• Mist• Fume• Combination• Oxygen Deficiency

16

NOTE: Review MSDS and Provincial Regulations for toxic limits. 17

WORKER EXPOSURE

• Short Term (minutes, hours)• Long Term (hours)

RESPIRATOR

• Type ______________________________ 26

27

• Model _____________________________

• Training

• Available Air Capacity (time)

• Expiry Date _________________________ (cartridge type filters)

• Manufacturer/Supplier Information 36

37



RESPIRATORY HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITHPETROLEUM INDUSTRY

HAZARD TYPE OF PROTECTION RECOMMENDED

Ammonia Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) orSupplied Air Breathing Apparatus (SABA)

46

Asbestos P100 or HEPA Filter (asbestos approved), Powered 47

Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR), full or half maskrespirator

Biological (low levels) P100 or HEPA Filter (ie: sewage lagoons, HantaVirus)

Chemical Fumes Chemical Cartridge (specific to components ofChemical involved) or SCBA

56

Chlorine SCBA or SABA 57

Heavy Metals P100 filter and metal-specific cartridge combination

Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) SCBA or SABA

Hydrocarbon Vapours:

1. Painting Combination P100 filter / organic chemical cartridge(spray painting – disposable type, brush – reusable, 66

solvents/organic vapours - chemical cartridge) 67

2. General Chemical Cartridge (organic vapours), protectionagainst low level concentration hydrocarbons (ie:benzene)

3. Process Areas SCBA or SABA used in case of leak, equipmentfailure or turn-around.

Nuisance Dusts P100 or HEPA filter (disposable)Nuisance Odours Chemical cartridge filter (typically organic,

disposable) 76

Oxygen Deficiency SCBA or SABA 77

Radioactive (NORM) P100 filter (disposable, preferably half or fullface mask)

Sandblasting (Major Operation) Total body-encapsulated suit with SCBA or SABASilica P100 or HEPA filter (disposable, preferably half or full face mask)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Chemical cartridge or SCBA

Welding Fumes Combination P100 or HEPA filter and chemicalcartridge (disposal or half mask) 86



AIR-PURIFYING RESPIRATORS – SELECTION & USE

TYPE OF DEVICE USED FOR LENGTH OF SERVICEPRECAUTIONS FORUSE & SELECTION STYLES AVAILABLE

Mechanical Filter Use for airborne aerosols,including all dusts, mists, metalfumes, smoke.

1. Filters, cartridges or disposablerespirators may be used untilbreathing resistance increases toan uncomfortable level.

2. Disposable units should bediscarded after each use.

3. Filters and cartridges may beused in successive days, untilbreathing resistance indicatesreplacement is necessary.

1. Not for use in IDLHatmospheres.

2. Not for use in oxygen deficientatmosphere.

3. High-efficiency filter cartridgemust be used if wearer isexposed to highly toxicparticulate matter (e.g. asbestos)

4. A combination chemicalcartridge filter mask must beused if particulate contaminantand gases and vapourcontaminant are present.

5. Full face-piece must be wornwhere eye irritation is possible.

6. Consult manufacturer or supplierfor proper unit.

1. Quarter mask with singlefilter.

2. Half mask with twinfilters.

3. Full face-piece withsingle or double filters.

4. Disposable

Chemical Cartridge Use for low concentrations oforganic vapours and gases,alkaline and acid gases, mercuryvapours, pesticides, paint vapoursor any combination of the above

1. Cartridges can be used until theodour of the contaminant canbe smelled, irritation occurs, orthe substance can be tasted bythe wearer.

2. Cartridges must not be usedafter the expiration date printedon the label (control inventory).

1. Not for use in IDLH atmosphere.2. Not for use in oxygen deficient

atmosphere.3. Must not be used in

environments where odour orirritation is not easily detected ornot reliable stopped by thecartridge.

4. Not for use where the odourthreshold is above therecommended OEL.

5. Full face-piece must be wornwhere eye irritation is possible.

6. Consult manufacturer and/orsupplier for proper unit.

1. Half mask with twincartridges.

2. Full face-piece with twincartridges.




Gas Masks Use for relatively highconcentrations of organic vapoursor gases, alkaline and acid gases,pesticides, paint vapours andmists, and radioactive particulate

1. Canisters can be used until:- indicator changes colour- contaminant is detected by

wearers: smell, taste orirritation

- breathing resistance develops2. Never re-use a used canister3. Never use an outdated canister.

Check expiry date on label(inventory control)

1. Gas masks may be used forescape from IDLH atmosphere,but never for re-entry into suchatmospheres.

2. Not for use in oxygen deficientatmospheres.

3. Additional precautions same asabove for chemical cartridgerespirators.

1. Chin type canister withfull face-piece.

2. Canister type with fullface-piece connected toface-piece with hose.

Self-Contained BreathingApparatus (SCBA)

• oxygen-deficient environment• area containing multiple

hazards• confined space (providing

egress and mobility allow foruse of unit)

• environment may be subject torapid change

• environment where super-heated air may be present

1. Unit can be worn until low-airwarning bell advises wearer toexit area.

2. Cylinder capacity determineslength of wearing times (30 to60 minutes).

3. Hydrostatic testing of cylinders:• Steel - every 5 years• Fibreglass wrapped

aluminum - every 3 years.

Testing to be done by approvedsupplier.

1. Weight of unit may reduce worktime.

2. Air supply may be reduceddepending on individual taskbeing done.

3. Wearer may be claustrophobic(test before sending wearer intoenvironment).

4. Ensure all units within area arefrom the same manufacturer.

5. Positive-pressure only should beused.

1. Half face-piece (shouldnot be used in ourindustry).

2. Full face-piece.




Supplied Air BreathingApparatus (SABA)

• Same as above (SCBA)• Where extended periods of

work are required• Confined space where

- there is limited mobility- egress is difficult and/or time

consuming

1. Select most appropriate airsupply:a) single cylinder: 210 cu. ft,

about 6 hrs for/manb) cascade system supply

dependent upon number ofcylinders

c) compressor air supplyunlimited

1. Not for use in:a) long distance separation

(over 300 ft between wearerand source)

b) areas where air-line couldsustain mechanical/chemical damage

c) areas where air-line mayentrap worker

d) areas where the compressorintake may pick upcontaminants (if used)

2. Specification for breathing airhose:a) max length: 300 ftb) min diameter: ¼" (6mm)c) min working pressure: 250

psi (1725 KPa)d) connections installed by a

approved installer3. Positive pressure only should be

used

1. Same as above



8.1.5.2 FIT TESTING REQUIREMENTS ANDPROCEDURES FOR RESPIRATORYPROTECTION

Persons who are or may be required to wear respiratoryprotection equipment must be clean shaven where the face- 6

piece seals with the skin to ensure an effective facial seal. 7

Every time a respirator is used, one of the following testsshould be included:

A. Negative Pressure Fit Test

B. Positive Pressure Fit Test

During fit testing, the face-piece head straps should be as 16

comfortable as possible. 17

A. NEGATIVE PRESSURE FIT TEST

To conduct a negative pressure fit test:

• Put on a respirator (should be comfortable)• Close off inlet with the palm of your hand; or shut off air

supply on SCBA/SABA’s• Inhale so that face-piece collapses slightly 26

• Hold breath for about 10 seconds 27

Fit is considered adequate if:

• Face-piece remains slightly collapsed• No inward leakage is detected

B. POSITIVE PRESSURE FIT TEST

Note: This test may be difficult or impossible to carry out 36

on valveless respirators. 37

To conduct a positive pressure fit test:

• Put on respirator (should feel comfortable)• Close off exhalation valve• Exhale gently into face-piece

Fit is considered adequate if:46

• A slight positive pressure builds-up in face-piece 47

• No outward leakage is detected



8.1.5.3 INSPECTION OF AIR PURIFYINGRESPIRATORS AND ATMOSPHERESUPPLYING RESPIRATORS

1. Before and after each use, inspect for:

• Excess dirt 56

• Cracks, tears, holes or physical distortion of shape 57

from improper storage• Inflexibility of rubber face-piece (stretch and knead to

restore flexibility)• Cracked or scratched lens in full face-piece• Incorrectly mounted full face-piece lenses• Broken or missing mounting clips• Cracked or broken air-purifying element holders, badly

worn threads, or missing gaskets (if required)• Nose cap 66

67

2. Examine the head straps or head harness for:

• Breaks• Loss of elasticity• Broken or malfunctioning buckles and attachments• Excessive worn serration on head harness which might

permit slippage (full face-piece only)

3. Examine the exhalation valve for the following (after 76

removing its cover) 77

• Foreign materials such as detergent residue, dustparticles, or human hair under the valve seat

• Cracks, tears, or distortion in the valve material• Improper insertion of the valve body in the face-piece• Cracks, chips or breaks in the valve body, particularly

in the sealing surface• Missing or defective valve cover• Improper installation of the valve in the valve body 86

87

4. Check and examine:

• Regulator• Gauges• Hoses• Connections• Cylinder for condition and hydrostatic test date

96

97



5. Examine the air-purifying element for:

• Correct cartridge, canister or filter for the hazard• Incorrect installation, loose connections, missing or

worn gasket or cross-threading in the holder 106

• Expired shelf-life date on cartridge or canister 107

• Cracks or dents in the outside case of filter cartridge orcanister (indicated by absence of sealing material,tape, foil, etc. over the inlet)

6. If device has a corrugated breathing tube, examine itfor:

• Broken or missing connections• Missing or loose hose clamps 116

• Deterioration (determined by stretching the tube and 117

looking for cracks)

7. Examine the harness of a front or back mounted gasmask for:

• Damage or wear to the canister holder (which mayprevent its being held in place)

• Broken harness straps for fastening126

8. Miscellaneous 127

• Condition of carrying cases and boxes

Note: Use of Authorized Parts only is permitted. Checkwith supplier as to when service must be conducted bytrained personnel.

8.1.5.4 CLEANING AND STORAGE OFRESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 136

137

1. All types of respirators should be cleaned anddisinfected after each use and stored in a clean,sealable container. This is particularly important ifnot individually assigned

• Remove filters, cartridges or canisters on APR’s• Disassemble face-pieces, removing speaking

diaphragms and any valves or valve assemblies• Wash all components in 122ºF (55ºC) 146

• Drain components 147

• Where cleaner does not contain a sanitizing agent,the components should be immersed for 2 minutes ina solution of 9 parts water to 1 part laundry bleach

• Rinse components as above ensuring all sanitizingagent is rinsed away

• Drain



• Hand dry all components with clean lint-free cloth orair-dry

• Reassemble face-piece, install filters, canisters, or 156

cartridges where necessary 157

• Watch shelf-life date• Store in appropriate area

2. Respiratory protection equipment should be sortedto protect against:

• Dust• Direct sunlight• Excessive heat 166

• Extreme cold 167

• Excessive moisture• Damaging chemicals

3. Respirators placed in work areas should be stored inclearly marked containers which are quicklyaccessible at all times.

4. Respirators stored in lockers or tool boxes shouldbe protected from contamination, distortion and 176

damage. 177

5. Breathing air compressors should be turned on for20 minutes every week to reduce contaminant build-up and tested semi-annually by accreditedlaboratory.

8.1.5.5 TRAINING OF WORKERS IN THESELECTION, USE, CARE ANDMAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORY 186

PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 187

All employees who may be required to use respiratoryprotection equipment must be trained in:

• Selection of protection equipment (including MSDStraining)

• Care and maintenance• Use

196

Supervisors must: 197

• Receive the same training as employees• Monitor the selection, care and use of all respiratory

protection equipment



On-the-Job Training206

As a minimum, OTJ training should include: 207

• The nature, extent and effects of respiratory hazards thewearer may be exposed to

• The operation, limitations and capabilities of the selectedrespirator

• Inspecting, wearing, fit testing, maintaining and storingrespirators

• Emergency situations using different respirators216

Training Resources: 217

• Suppliers and Manufacturers• Outside consultants• Other experienced workers• Other companies’ studies and reports

8.1.5.6 DEFINITIONS – RESPIRATORY HAZARDS

• Confined/Restricted Space: As defined by the regulatory 226

authority. Examples include: storage tanks, process 227

vessels, boilers, silos, tank cars, pipelines, tubes, ducts,sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels and PITS. Allconfined spaces are considered IDLH unless provenotherwise.

• Dust: Solid, mechanically produced particles or fibres.

• Exposure Limited (EL): A permissible exposure limit toairborne contaminants as defined by the regulatory 236

authority. Also know as Occupational Exposure Limit 237

(OEL).

• Fume: Solid particles generated by condensation from thegaseous state, generally after volatization from meltedsubstances (e.g. welding) and often accompanied by achemical reaction such as oxidation.

• Gas: A substance that is in the gaseous state at ambienttemperature and pressure. 246

247

• Hazardous Atmosphere: Any atmosphere that is oxygen-deficient or that contains an air-borne toxin or disease-producing contaminant in concentrations exceeding theexposure limit.

• High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filter (HEPA): A filter thathas been tested to assure an efficiency equal to orexceeding 99.97% for removal of particles having a meanaerodynamic diameter of 0.3 um from the air. 256



257

• Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH): Acondition in any worksite, space, or area where ahazardous atmosphere exists to such an extent that aperson without appropriate respiratory protection could befatally injured or suffer immediate, irreversible orincapacitating health effects.

• Lower Explosive Limited (LEL): The lower limit offlammability of gas, vapour, or dust, or any combination of 266

these at ambient temperatures. For gases and vapours, 267

this is expressed as a percentage in air by volume.For dusts, this is expressed as weight of dust per volumeof air.

• Mist: Liquid particles in a gaseous medium.

• Oxygen Deficiency: As defined by the regulatory authorityfor physiological effects. For certain respirators, refer to theminimum oxygen concentration where such devices may 276

be utilized. 277

• Particulate: Includes air-borne dust, fumes or mist.

• Respirator: A device designed to protect the wearer frominhaling a hazardous atmosphere.

• SCBA: Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

• SABA: Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus 286

287

• Vapour: The gaseous state of a substance that is solid orliquid at ambient temperature and pressure.

8.1.6 SOUR SERVICE – Code of Practice

APPLICATION AND SCOPE

A facility is considered sour at 10 ppm H2S. If workers can be exposed to 296

H2S levels exceeding 10 ppm, Occupational Health and Safety 297

Regulations require:

Detection:

• To determine the level of H2S in a work area, either a continuous orpersonal monitor is to be used. In addition, oil and gas regulationsrequire poisonous gas warning signs to be posted at all wells andfacilities when the potential H2S content is 10 ppm or greater.

306

Note: Wells and facilities with a H2S content less than 10 ppm 307

must have a flammable gas/liquid warning sign.



Training:

• Workers are to be provided H2S training. Employers are required todevelop and communicate safe work policies for sour operations.

Protection:

• When H2S is present in an area, either an approved supplied air or 316

self-contained breathing apparatus must be worn when OH&S 317

maximum time exposures are exceeded. These are:

H2S Concentration Maximum Time Exposure

10 ppm 8 Hours15 ppm 15 Minutes / Ceiling

HARVARD’s safe work guideline for working in sour production areas areas follows: 326

327

1. H2S Monitoring:

H2S detection must be used to monitor the work environment inareas where the potential of exposure to H2S levels above 10 ppmexists. Detection equipment can be either continuous or personalmonitors. Personal H2S monitors shall be worn at all times by fulltime personnel. Contractors shall wear H2S monitors as directedby HARVARD representative and/or their work permit. Knowndanger areas must be clearly posted in accordance with 336

Occupational Health and Safety requirements. 337

2. Normal Routine Operations

Normal routine operations in sour production areas may beperformed by an operator working alone subject to the followingrestrictions:

a. When entering sour locations, employees are to ensure that:346

• H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all 347

times when on location.• Communication equipment is in good working order.• A breathing apparatus in good working order with an

adequate supply of air must be available.

b. Caution should be taken before entering any building that doesnot have a permanent H2S monitor. Ventilation may berequired.

356

c. Workers should not enter dike areas and tank gauging should 357

only be done using external gauges unless breathingapparatus is worn.



d. A site specific operating procedure may be developed forcompleting a routine operation where sour product may bereleased but the potential for H2S levels to exceedoccupational exposure limits is known to be minimal. A back-up man is not needed in these situations.

366

e. If an H2S monitor alarms at any time while a worker is entering 367

or working at a location, all workers are to immediately retreatto a safe area. Report conditions at the site to the appropriateHARVARD representative.

3. Operations when H2S Levels Exceed Occupational ExposureLimits

a. No employee shall work alone in an area where the measuredatmospheric H2S levels exceed occupational exposure limits. 376

The appropriate HARVARD representative must be notified 377

immediately and suitable precautions taken before work iscontinued.

b. Under no circumstances is a worker to don a breathingapparatus to repair an uncontrolled release without a back-upman present. The back-up man must also be equipped with abreathing apparatus.

c. When completing any operation and the release of gas is 386

expected to expose a worker to H2S levels that exceed the 387

occupational exposure limits, a breathing apparatus isrequired. A back-up man is required in these situations.

d. For any job requiring the use of a breathing apparatus, theforeman or supervisor will determine deployment of workerstaking into account the scope of the job, H2S exposure levelsand the availability of required safety equipment and workprocedures, including the need of a back-up man.

396

H2S GENERAL INFORMATION 397

All personnel (company and contract) working in H2S areas shallhave a valid H2S Alive Certificate and shall be made aware of sitespecific procedures where applicable.

The 8-hr time weighted average Threshold Limited Value (TLV.-TWA) or Occupational Exposure Limit (O.E.L.) for HydrogenSulphide Gas is 10 ppm. These are generally accepted as themaximum limit to which nearly all unprotected workers may beexposed for eight hours, five days/week without adverse health 406

effects or the concentration that is immediately dangerous to life 407

and health, whichever is lower.

The maximum exposure limit (TLV/OEL Ceiling concentration) forHydrogen Sulphide is recommended at 15 ppm. No worker shouldbe exposed to concentrations at or above the ceiling limit.



Hydrogen sulphide gas, H2S, an acid gas that is sometimespresent in natural gas, is the most dangerous poisonous gasencountered in our operations. In low concentration, it has a highcharacteristic odor of rotten eggs and a sweet taste. In higher 416

concentrations, the sense of smell is quickly paralyzed. Smell, 417

therefore, must NEVER be relied upon to indicate the amountof H2S present.

Hydrogen sulphide may be present in natural gas produced aloneor in combination with crude oil. Concentrations may be from thefaintest odour to a percentage that will result in sudden death.Accordingly, wherever H2S is present, respiratory protection is ofextreme importance.

426

Hydrogen sulphide is heavier than air, having a specific gravity of 427

1.189, with respect to air which is 1.0, so heavier concentrationswill be found at ground or lower levels, such as cellars, openditches and natural topographical low spots.

Hydrogen sulphide is highly flammable and has an explosiverange of 4.3% to 46% volume in air.

When H2S is known to be present in natural gas or crude oil, allproducts are handled in systems designated to confine and, when 436

necessary, dispose of the gas in a safe manner. 437

When, through accident, leakage or necessary opening of aclosed system, H2S becomes present in the atmosphere,employees present shall wear positive pressure breathingapparatus protection and take such other precautions as required.

If your eyes become irritated or you notice a halo around anelectric light while working in a plant or are which has beingdetermined to be “safe” from H2S, take the following precautions: 446

o Leave the location at once. 447

o Wash your eyes thoroughly with water.o Wear positive pressure supplied air breathing apparatus

with a full face piece if it is deemed necessary to re-enterthe area.

Since the result of exposure to H2S is paralysis of the nervescontrolling respiration; persons stops breathing and loseconsciousness quickly. If the victim is promptly removed from theexposure and artificial respiration is started immediately, the 456

chances of complete recovery are good. 457

Any delay in the start of artificial respiration appreciably reducesthe change of recovery. Even though the chances of recovery mayseem slim, artificial respiration should be continued until normalbreathing is resumed. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) maybe required if the heart has stopped.



Any persons overcome by hydrogen sulphide must be taken to ahospital for observation after recovery. 466

467

Hydrogen sulphide reacts with iron and steel to form iron sulphide.Iron sulphide reacts with air to form iron oxide. The conversion ofiron sulphide to iron oxide creates heat sufficient to igniteflammable vapours.

8.2 WORK PROCEDURES

8.2.1 AIRCRAFT SAFETY AWARENESS 476

477

The purpose of this section is to ensure employee and contractor personnelare not subjected to unnecessary risk during the use of charter or otheraircraft, the following guidelines have been adopted from several insuranceindustry sources, and are applicable to all employees and contract personnelutilizing fixed wing, helicopter, charter, or other aircraft.

Standard Safety Briefing

The standard safety briefing shall consist of an oral briefing provided by a 486

crew member or by audio-visual means, and includes the following 487

information as applicable to the aircraft, equipment, and operation:

o Embarking and disembarking procedures;

o No smoking in or around any aircraft;

o When, where, why, and how carry-on baggage is required to be stowed;

o The fastening, unfastening, tightening, and general use of safety belts orsafety harnesses;

o The location of emergency exists, exit location signs, and how each exitoperates;

o The location, purpose of, and advisability of reading the craft specific 496

safety features card; 497

o The requirement to obey crew instructions;

o The use, location, operation, and deployment, as applicable, ofemergency equipment such as life rafts, life preservers, fireextinguisher, ELT (Emergency Locator Transponder), survivalequipment, and first aid kit including means of access to any lockedcompartment;

o Where applicable, the method of egress from a wide body helicopter inthe event of a roll-over incident; and

o Any special instructions related to emergency evacuation if the craft is 506

configured with external devices. 507

Where no additional passengers have boarded the flight for subsequent take-offs on the same day, the pre-take-off and after take-off briefing may beomitted provided a crew member has verified that all carry-on baggage isproperly stowed, safety belts or harnesses are properly fastened, and seatback and chair table are properly secured.



Note: This is not a complete guide for aircraft safety, please consult the pilotand/or your supervisor for additional information. 516

517

Helicopter Safe Approach Area Diagram

526

527

536

537

546

547



8.2.2 ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES (ATVs) 556

557

All company employees and contractors that are required to use an All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV, snowmobile and/or ARGO) must be competentoperators regarding the type of equipment they are using. HARVARD SiteSupervisor will identify training requirements, but regardless all drivers, asa minimum, must review the manufacturer’s guidelines for safe operation.Workers who do not have a working level of knowledge and skill arerecommended to take a hands-on training course, provided by a certifiedand reputable trainer.In general, all ATV riders must: 566

567

Wear the appropriate PPE, including:

CSA-approvedhelmet

Eye protection (safety glasses,face shield and/or goggles)

Sturdy footwear

Work gloves Long-sleeved shirt and pants Hearing protection

(recommended) Reflective vest and/or safety

flags

Drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations,Possess a valid driver’s license for insurance purposes, implement the

required procedures and carry appropriate equipment, including:

Working alone/check-inprocedure

Head lights and tail lights on First Aid Kit (remote areas)

Operator’s manual Survival Kit (remote areas)

Communication device and aGPS (when working in remoteareas)

*Optional equipment may include an axe, gas line anti-freeze, spark plugs, 576

winch, bear deterrents, fire extinguisher. 577

Properly maintain their ATV (servicing, pre-ride inspection inaccordance with manufacturer’s guidelines – see ATV Checklist).

When riding an ATV, all riders are expected to scan the area, identifyhazards, predict what will happen, decide what to do, and execute thedecision. All ATV riders must adjust their driving attitudes to thesurrounding conditions, where unfamiliarity and adverse weatherconditions require a more cautious approach in operations. Formal hazard 586

assessments are required when traversing slopes with a potentially 587

dangerous grade. If an ATV rider does not feel comfortable in their abilityto complete a task, they should inform their supervisor immediately.



ATV CHECKLIST

Satisfactory – S Unsatisfactory – U Not Applicable – N/A

Location (LSD): Date (yy/mm/dd):

ATV ActivitiesDescription of ATV activities (brief):

Personnel Using ATVName: Make: Model:

Pre-Use InspectionS U N/A S U N/A

Walk-Around Lights and SwitchesGeneral ATV Condition Ignition switch in good condition Tires, wheels, or tracks in good condition Stop switch works Brake controls operate smoothly Headlights work Throttle and other cables move smoothlyand snap closed

Tail lights work

Winch works (if equipped) EngineNo leaks on drive shaft

Oil and Fuel Nuts and bolts securely fastened Adequate oil level Adequate gasoline level Personal Protective EquipmentProper fuelling area Helmet worn Proper fuel storage Safety glasses/eye protection worn Proper fuel transport Wearing work boots

Gloves available Hearing protection available

Tools and Equipment Clothing fully covering legs and arms First aid kit Reflective Vest and/or Safety Flags Survival kit (for remote surveys) Communication system (for remotesurveys – satellite phone)

Trailer (if equipped)Ensure securely mounted to ATV

Map and GPS (for remote surveys) Tires in good condition Fire Extinguisher (fully charged)

Signature:

Comments

Site Supervisor’s Name (print)



8.2.3 BLOWDOWNS596

SCOPE AND PURPOSE 597

To provide safe procedures for conducting blowdowns. Blowdownsinclude operations to:

1. Depressurizing wells for the purpose of unloading accumulatedliquids.

2. Depressurizing pipelines and other facilities for the purpose of workingon them and for removing hydrates and other plugging substances. 606

607

For the purpose of this work procedure, it is assumed that all fluidsrecovered from the well or facility are sweet and the facility is designed asa typical sweet gas wellsite facility with separator of dehydrator and buriedblowdown tank. If sour fluids are expected refer to applicable safe workprocedures for sour fluids.

Refer to Industry Recommended Practice for Well Testing and FluidHandling – IRP Vol. 4.

616

BLOWING DOWN WELLS 617

The following steps should be taken when a well is to be blown down tounload liquids. In most cases a buried blowdown tank is provided as apermanent facility. A block valve will be located in the flowline,downstream of the blowdown line. A wellhead choke may also beprovided.

1. Shut the well in by closing the block valve in the flowline downstreamof the blowdown line. 626

627

2. If it is necessary to build up reservoir energy to facilitate the lifting ofliquids, leave the well shut in for sufficient time to build up pressure.The necessity to blow down a well is usually characterized by lowtubing pressure and high casing pressure (if the well does not have apacker). Blowdown is usually done from the tubing as that is the waythe well is normally produced.

3. Check and record the shut-in wellhead pressure(s).636

4. Check fluid level in the blowdown tank to ensure there is room for the 637

anticipated volume of liquid to be recovered.

5. Check the blowdown tank vent line to ensure that it is unrestricted.

6. Check to ensure there are no potential sources of ignition within 25meters of the blowdown tank vent line. If there are vehicles onlocation, ensure they are parked upwind.



7. Slowly open the block valve on the blowdown line to avoid pressureshocking the blowdown tank and avoid blowing liquids out the vent 646

line. If the wellhead is equipped with a choke, the choke should be 647

used to slowly open the well to the blowdown tank.

8. Continuously monitor the blowdown until it is felt that all or sufficientliquids have been recovered.

9. Close the choke at the wellhead (if one is provided) and then the blockvalve on the blowdown line.

10. Check and record shut-in wellhead pressure(s). 656

657

11. Slowly open the block valve in the flowline downstream of theblowdown line and then open the wellhead choke (if provided) toreturn the well to production.

Note: If blowdown cannot be done upstream of meter run, thenensure orifice plate is removed before blowdown. Once blowdown iscompleted, re-install the orifice plate.

BLOWING DOWN PIPELINE SEGMENTS 666

667

The following procedure should be used when depressurizing pipelines toremove hydrates or other obstructions. In all cases where hydrates aresuspected, the line must be depressurized on both sides of the hydrate.Refer to safe working procedures for detecting and removing hydrates.

1. If Hot Tapping is required, refer to appropriate safe work proceduresfor hot tapping and ensure that competent and suitably trainedpersonnel are available to perform the hot tapping operation.

676

2. If liquid recovery is anticipated during the blowdown, appropriate 677

containment must be planned for.

3. Slowly open the bleeder valve to avoid a surge of fluids to thecontainment tank.

4. When all line pressure has depleted and there is no further flow, closethe bleeder valve.

8.2.4 CABLES, CHAINS AND ROPES 686

687

The following precautions should be taken when working with ropes:

Inspect ropes before using. Look for abrasions in rope fibers. Untwist the rope in several places. If black or rusty brown spots are noticed, they may indicate chemical

burns.



Do not take chances. Notify the immediate supervisor if in doubt as tothe condition of any rope. 696

697

Inspect all chains, hooks and cables before using and do not use if wornor frayed. Also inspect cables for kinks before use. Return defectiveequipment to the approved repair shop and notify your immediatesupervisor.

8.2.5 CHEMICAL & BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS

There are a variety of chemical hazards (ie: benzene, solvents, heavymetals, lead, diesel exhaust), biological hazards (ie: micro-organisms in 706

sewage, toxic mould, hanta virus), and harmful substances (ie: asbestos, 707

silica, nuisance dusts) that may be present on the work site. Proper anddocumented work practices for handling, storage, transport, and disposalof these substances are required to minimize both worker and publicexposure.

The route of exposure (inhalation, ingestion or skin absorption), durationof exposure (8 hours, short-term or long-term), and effect of more thanone substance, all factor into the total affect on the worker. Airborneconcentration measurements obtained by a competent worker should berelated to allowable limits to determine potential impacts. Common 716

hazards that require controls include: 717

8.2.5.1 ASBESTOS

HARVARD has developed an asbestos management plan,located in detail in 8.1.1 of this manual. All employees andcontractors involved with handling of asbestos should be familiarwith this code. Contact the area supervisor to determine if thereis asbestos in the area facilities that you are working.

8.2.5.2 BENZENE

Benzene is found naturally in many geological formations andtherefore may be found at HARVARD production facilities. A 726

Code of Practice regarding Benzene can be located in section 727

8.1.2 of this manual.

8.2.5.3 HANTA VIRUS

Hanta Virus is a “flu-like” illness, which can be contracted frominhaling air contaminated from saliva, droppings and dried urineof rodents (ie: deer mice).

Avoid inhalation of contaminated air or direct contact withcontaminated areas by:

Ventilating closed buildings or areas before start of cleaning; Cleaning up droppings by first wetting down the area with a 736

solution of five parts water to one part bleach. Do not use a 737

broom or vacuum; use a damp rag for clean-ups; Disposing of dead animals and droppings in a twist-tied

plastic bag using disposable rubber or plastic gloves.



Control rodent infestation by:

Sealing holes that are larger than 0.5 cm around buildings; Clearing brush/grass from around foundations; Storing food in containers with tight lids; Elevating garbage cans or use well-fitting lids; Using spring-loaded mouse traps continuously in infested 746

areas; 747

Using rodenticide approved for exterior use in covered baitstations.

8.2.5.4 SEWAGE

Proper site drainage and storage of biological wastes isimportant for both health implications and reduction ofenvironmental impacts. Septic tanks should be stored away fromthe primary “residence” area and be routinely cleaned out.Proper PPE should be worn during this process.

756

8.2.6 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT 757

All electronic devices such as cell phones, pagers, and mobile phonesmust be intrinsically safe if they are to be used in a potentially explosiveenvironment.

8.2.7 COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS

All cylinders shall be returned promptly to a storage area after use. Theyshall not be permitted to lay about the Work Site. Protective caps shall be 766

placed over the cylinder valves when not in use or when being transported 767

by any means.

Cylinders shall be stored in the upright position and secured to somestationary object or structure and handled in accordance with ProvincialOccupational Health and Safety and/or Workers’ Compensation BoardRegulations.

8.2.8 CRANES AND HOISTING DEVICES

Cranes and hoisting devices are to be operated only by trained and 776

experienced personnel. Additionally, the crane operator is to work with an 777

experienced signaler.

All lifting devices must have the rated load capacity marked on theequipment as per manufacturer’s specifications;

If a lifting device is not commercially manufactured it must becertified by an engineer;



An employer must ensure that a lift calculation is completed for anylift exceeding 75 percent of a crane’s rated capacity.

Mobile cranes equipped with outriggers must be set up with the 786

outriggers on load-bearing floats or pads that are adequate in size, 787

strength and rigidity. Workers should ensure they keep themselves from under loads

being hauled by cranes. The operator must keep the load as close to the ground as possible.

In working near electrical power lines ensure the crane operatorkeeps a safe distance.

OH&S regulations require that a log for each lifting device be keptand readily available with equipment information, maintenance andinspection records. The log book requirement does not apply to 796

manually operated hoists. 797

Cranes and hoists must be inspected and maintained as permanufacturer recommendations.

8.2.9 CRITICAL LIFTS

SCOPE

This section includes guidelines and requirements applicable to critical liftsand describes the planning and documentation required to perform a 806

critical lift. Critical lift permit is required. 807

REFERENCES

29 CFR 1926, SUBPART NANSI/ASME B-30.7 SERIESRESPONSIBILITIES

RESPONSIBILITIES816

Management 817

Make determinations of critical lifts Provide supervisor and employee training Provide safe and proper equipment for critical lifts Provide inspection procedures

Supervisors

Follow guidelines and inspection procedures 826

Supervise all critical lifts 827

Ensure employees have adequate operational knowledge andexperience

Immediately remove from service any equipment that fails inspection



Employees

Follow lifting and rigging procedures Immediately report any problems with equipment Not attempt any critical lifts unless authorized and approved 836

837

CRITICAL LIFT DETERMINATION

The decision to designate a lift as a critical lift is a management decision.Guidelines provided here are intended to aid in making that decision. A liftshould be designated as a critical lift if dropping, upset or collision couldcause or result in any one of the following:

1. Damage that would result in serious economic consequences.2. Damage that would result in unacceptable delay to schedule or 846

other significant deleterious programmatic impact (such as loss of 847

vital data)3. Undetectable damage that would jeopardize future operations or

safety of a facility.4. Significant release of radioactive or other hazardous material to the

environment or creation of an undesirable condition.5. Personnel injury or significant adverse health impact, either onsite or

offsite.6. In addition, a lift that meets one of the following criteria shall be

designated as a critical lift: 856

Any lift that requires the use of multiple cranes 857

Any lift that exceeds exceptional 80% of the crane’s ratedcapacity within the lift configuration of the crane.

The item to be lifted requires exceptional care in handlingbecause of size, weight, close-tolerance installation, highsusceptibility to damage or other unusual factor.

The item, although non-critical, requires exceptional care inhandling because it is being lifted above a critical item.

The manager who has the responsibility for the item being lifted has theauthority to require that it be handled as a critical lift. In addition, the 866

manager at the facility where the lift will be performed also has the 867

authority to require that it be handled as a critical lift. The manager whodesignates the lift as a critical lift shall ensure that a person-in-charge(PIC) is assigned. (The PIC need not be in the manager’s organization).

CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES

The PIC shall ensure that a step-by-step procedure is prepared for criticallifts. Although individual procedures are prepares for one-time critical lifts,general procedures may be employed to accomplish routine recurrent 876

critical lifts, For example, a general procedure may be used to lift an item 877

or series of similar items that are frequently lifted or repeatedly handled inthe same manner. A critical lift procedure should contain the following, asapplicable. Identify the items to be moved



Special precautions, if any (such as outrigger or track cribbing formobile cranes)

Weight of the item and total weight of the load (For mobile cranes,see the manufacturers’ instructions regarding components andattachments that must be considered as part of the load). 886

Centre of gravity location 887

A list of each piece of equipment (e.g. Crane, hoist, fork truck),accessory, and rigging component (e.g., slings, shackles, spreaderbars, yokes) to be used for the lift. (This list shall identify each pieceof equipment by type and rated capacity).

Designated checkpoints and hold points and estimated instrumentreadings, as relevant, so that job progress can be checked againstthe plan.

NOTE: Sign off’s in the procedure are generally appropriate. For example, 896

initials and time/date the procedures as key steps are completed. Hold 897

points or sign-off points should be provided for personnel assigned towitness the work.

Rigging sketch(s), which include the following:

Lift point identification Method(s) of attachment. Load vectors Sling angles 906

Accessories used. 907

Other factors affecting the equipment capacity. Rated capacity of equipment in the configuration(s) in which it will be

used. (For mobile cranes, many factors affect rated capacity,including boom length, boom angle and work area).

A load-path sketch that shows the load path and height at key points inthe job. (For lifts with mobile cranes, include the crane position(s) relativeto the load and relative to surrounding obstructions. Where appropriate,include floor-loading diagrams). 916

917

A sketch indicating lifting and travel speed limitations. (This may be notedon the load path sketch or on a separate sketch).

A sign-off sheet to verify that equipment and tackle inspections or testsare current.

NOTE: Practice lifts are recommended. (If used, requirements for thepractice lift should be documented in the procedure.)

926

APPROVAL OF CRITICAL LIFTS 927

The critical lift procedure should be approved as required by theresponsible contractor’s procedures. In the absence of direction from the



contractor’s procedures, a critical lift procedure shall be approved (signedand dated) by the following:

Procedure author Manager of the lift operation Engineer in charge 936

Safety department / Field safety consultant 937

REVISIONS TO CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES

Revisions to the procedure shall be reviewed and approved through thesame cycle as the original procedure.

PRE-LIFT MEETING

Before the critical lift is performed, a pre-lift meeting with all participating 946

personnel shall be held. During the meeting, the critical lift procedure shall 947

be reviewed and questions shall be resolved. The pre-lift meeting shall bedocumented.

DOCUMENTATION

Critical lift documentation is required. When the job is finished, the PICshall transmit the critical lift documentation to the manager (or designee)for whom the lift was done. This documentation is subject to audit for oneyear after the critical lift is completed. 956

957

Documentation of a critical lift shall include the following:

The critical lift procedure, recording job completion with approvalsignatures and hold point sign-offs.

Documentation of the pre-lift meeting; containing, as a minimum, themeeting date and list of attendees (NOTE: it is recommended thatdocumentation of the pre-lift meeting can be included as part of thecritical lift procedure.

Any additional documentation deemed appropriate by the PIC or 966

other responsible personnel (e.g., lessons learned) 967

8.2.10 CROWN SAVERS

This work procedure was developed to reflect HARVARD’s practice thatall contracted rigs have crown savers installed and are regularly functiontested before operation of the rig is commenced.

PROCEDURE1. It is the Well Site Supervisor’s responsibility as a representative of 976

HARVARD to NOT approve the start of rig operations until the crown 977

saver has been function tested.



2. It is the rig contractor’s responsibility to supply, install and functiontest crown savers in accordance with the rig manufacturer’s designand specifications.

3. Subsequent function testing of crown saver equipment must becarried out at appropriate times.

8.2.11 DRIVING CONDUCT 986

987

VEHICLE CHECK

Keep vehicles in proper operating condition Ensure loads are secure at all times Large units should have mud flaps in place and be checked for rocks

between wheels Walk around required

BEFORE STARTING 996

997

Ensure proper signage and documentation is in place

ON THE ROAD

Wearing seat belts is mandatory Drive with headlights and taillights on at all times to increase visibility Obey all traffic signs and speed limits Stay on the right side of the road on corners, crest of hills, and at

intersections. 1006

Slow down when merging 1007

Yield extra road surface to larger traffic Watch for following cars, and pull over to the side when safe to let

faster traffic pass Do not use cell phones and field radios while driving. Pull off to a safe

spot to answer or make calls. Always try to back into parking spots.

DRIVING IN POOR CONDITIONS1016

Reduce speed when driving on poor roads or in visibility conditions. 1017

Do not pass in loose gravel, during poor visibility, or slippery roadconditions.

LICENSING AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION

If a worker uses a personal vehicle for work purposes, an employermust ensure the worker complies with the appropriate licensed driverrequirements of Provincial legislation.

The worker must ensure their vehicle is maintained in sound 1026

mechanical condition. 1027



REFUELING

Workers must not smoke within 7.5 metres of a vehicle when it isbeing refueled.

Vehicles must not be refueled if there is an ignition source within 7.5metres of the vehicle.

Workers must not dispense flammable fuels into the fuel tank of amotor vehicle while the engine is running unless it is otherwisepermissible by the manufacturer or certified by a professional 1036

engineer. 1037

8.2.12 FALL PROTECTION

Fall protection regulations require employers to prepare writtenprocedures in a fall protection plan. This plan must be in place beforework commences on any task where a fall of vertical 3 meters or morecan occur and where workers are not protected by guardrails. The planmust also be in place if there is an unusual possibility of injury if a workervertically falls less than 3 meters, such as falling into or onto a hazardous 1046

substance or object or through an opening in a work surface. The plan 1047

must include procedures for rescuing workers who have fallen but areunable to rescue themselves. In the event a plan is required, it must beavailable and reviewed with the workers prior to undertaking the task (SeeFall Protection Plan Form at the end of this section.)

The fall protection plan must specify the following:

The potential fall hazards at the work site. The fall protection system to be used at the worksite. 1056

The anchors to be used during the work 1057

The clearance distances below the work area, if applicable, have beenconfirmed as to prevent the worker from striking the ground or anobject at below the work area.

The procedures to assemble, maintain, inspect, use and disassemblethe fall protection system(s).

Rescue procedures to be used if worker falls, is suspended bypersonal fall arrest system or safety net and needs to be rescued.

The fall protection plan must be updated when conditions affecting fall 1066

protection change. 1067

Furthermore OH&S regulations state that employers must ensure that aworker at a permanent work area is protected from falling by a guardrail ifthey worker can fall a vertical distance of more than 1.2 metres and lessthan 3 metres). If it is not reasonable for guardrails to be in place then aworker must use a travel restraint system or other effective means to keepworker from falling.

1076



INSTRUCTION OF WORKERS 1077

An employer must ensure that all workers are trained in the safe use ofthe fall protection system before allowing the worker to work in an areawhere a fall protection system must be used.

The training must include the following:

Review of pertinent legislation pertaining to fall protection Understanding of what a fall protection plan is 1086

Fall protection methods a worker is required to use 1087

Identification of all hazards Assessment and selection of specific anchors that a worker may use Instructions for the use of connecting hardware Information on the effects of a fall on the human body Pre-use inspection Emergency response procedures to be used if necessary Practice in inspecting, fitting, connecting, adjusting etc.

1096

FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 1097

There are many types of fall protection equipment, which are to bedetermined by the job type and work site. All protection equipment mustmeet CSA standards, be inspected prior to use for any damage ormalfunction, and kept free from substances and conditions that couldcontribute to deterioration of the equipment. It should be noted that any fallarrest system equipment that has stopped a fall should be removed fromservice after the incident. A professional engineer or manufacturer mustcertify that the system is safe for continued use. Typical fall arrest 1106

equipment includes but is not limited to: 1107

Full body harness Body belt Lanyard – must be made of wire rope or appropriate material for job

and related hazards:o If a tool or corrosive agent could sever, abrade, or burn, ensure

that lanyard material is able to withstand hazards.o If working in the area of an energized conductor, the employer

must ensure worker uses another effective means of fall 1116

protection. 1117

Shock absorber, shock absorbing lanyard – to be used in fall arrestsystem and consists of a full body harness and a lanyard equippedwith a shock absorber or similar device. When a shock absorber isused, ensure that allowance is made for the potential increase in totalfall distance. When a worker is using a personal fall arrest systemwithout a shock absorber the employer must ensure the fall arrestsystem limits a worker’s free fall distance to 1.2 metres.

The connection components in the system include the following:o Carabineers 1126



o D-rings 1127

o O-ringso Oval ringso Self locking connectorso Snap hooks

TRAVEL RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

When using a personal travel restraint system a worker must limit thevertical distance of a fall by: 1136

1137

Selecting the shortest length of lanyard that will still permit unimpededperformance of the duties.

Securing the lanyard to an anchor no lower than the worker’sshoulder, or if not available to an anchor point that is as high asreasonably practical.

Using only a single lanyard between worker and anchor, with theexception of electrical danger noted above.

Another important safety concern in fall arrest systems is limiting the 1146

amount of free fall which a worker may experience if a fall occurs. 1147

The personal Fall Arrest system must be arranged so that a workercannot hit the ground or an object below the work area. Furthermore itmust be ensured that the maximum arresting force exerted on the workeris 6 kilonewtons unless the worker is using an E6 type shock absorber inwhich case the maximum arresting force must not exceed 8 kilonewtons.

ANCHORS

If a worker is required to use a personal fall arrest system or travel 1156

restraint system the worker must ensure that it is safely secured to an 1157

anchor that meets CSA and ANSI standards. Any anchor with multipleattachment points designed to support combinations of suspension lines,tie-back lines and lifelines, is to be certified in writing by a professionalengineer.

An employer must ensure that a worker visually inspects anchors prior toattaching a fall protection system. If an anchor is damaged the workermust not reuse the anchor until it is repaired, replaced or re-certified bythe manufacturer or a professional engineer. 1166

1167

If a temporary travel restraint anchor point is to be used it must meet thefollowing criteria:

Have a minimum breaking strength in which the load may be appliedof at least 3.5 kilonewtons per worker attached in any direction inwhich the load may be applied.

Be installed, used and removed according to the manufacturer’sspecifications or specifications certified by a professional engineer.

Be permanently marked as being for travel restraint only. 1176



The anchor must also be removed from use, immediately after the 1177

work involving the anchor point is complete or at the time specified bythe manufacturer or a professional engineer.

If a permanent travel restraint anchor is to be used, the following criteriamust be met:

The anchor must have a minimum breaking strength per worker of 16kilonewtons or two times the maximum arresting force in any directionin which load may be applied (not applicable to anchors installed 1186

before July 1, 2009). 1187

Is installed and used according to the manufacturer’s specifications orcertified by a professional engineer.

Is permanently marked as being for travel restraint only.

WIRE ROPE SLING AS ANCHOR

When a wire rope sling is used as an anchor it must be terminated at bothends with a Flemish eye splice rated to at least 90 percent of the wirerope’s minimum breaking strength. 1196

1197

FALL ARREST SYSTEMS

Fall arrest anchors to which a personal fall arrest system is attached mustmeet the following guidelines, with the exception of temporary horizontallifeline systems.

Must have an ultimate load capacity of at least 16 kilonewtons perworker attached in any direction in which load may be applied. Ifstructure to which an anchor is attached is not capable of withstanding 1206

16 kilonewtons of force without damage; an anchor designed, installed 1207

and used as part of a fall protection system that is capable ofwithstanding twice the maximum arresting force that the anchor issubject to, may be used.

The anchor is to be designed, installed and used in accordance withthe manufacturer’s specifications, or with specifications certified by aprofessional engineer.

The anchor to which a personal fall arrest system is attached is not tobe part of an anchor used to support or suspend a platform.

1216

Life Safety Ropes are one of the key components in fall arrest systems. 1217

There are a number of critical points in regards to life safety ropes whichmust be adhered to:

Vertical lifeline must extend downward to within 1.2 meters of groundlevel or another safe lower surface.

Vertical lifeline must be free of knots or splices except for a stopperknot at its lower end.



Only one worker is to be attached to a life safety rope at any one time,unless the manufacturer’s specifications or specifications of a certified 1226

engineer allow for the attachment of more than one worker. 1227

Any safety life rope must be effectively protected to prevent abrasionby sharp or rough edges.

Be made of appropriate material to the hazard and able to withstandadverse effects.

Is installed and used in a manner that minimizes the hazards ofswinging and limits the swing drop distance to 1.2 metres if a workerfalls.

Before a horizontal lifeline systems is used a professional engineer, a 1236

competent person authorized by the professional engineer, the 1237

manufacturer, or a competent person authorized by the manufacturermust certify that the system has been properly installed according to themanufacturer’s or professional engineer’s specifications.

All flexible and horizontal lifeline systems must meet the CSArequirements.

Rigid and horizontal lifeline systems must be designed, installed andused in accordance with manufacturers or professional engineers 1246

certified specifications. 1247

CONTROL ZONES

Control zones are marked areas in which an unguarded edge is present.Control zones may be used only if a worker can fall from a surface thathas a slope of no more than 4 degrees towards the unguarded edge orthat slopes inwardly away from an unguarded edge and is not less than 2metres wide when measured from an unguarded edge. Control zones arenot to be used to protect workers from falling from a skeletal structure in a 1256

work area. However, if the worker will at all times remain further from the 1257

unguarded edge than the width of the control zone, no other fall protectionsystem is needed. Control zones are to be clearly marked with aneffective raised warning line or other equally effective method if a workeris working within 2 meters of the control zone. If work must be done withinthe control zone then the use of a travel restraint system or equallyeffective means of preventing worker from getting to the unguarded edgeis necessary. Also no persons who are not directly required to work in thecontrol zone are permitted inside control zone.

1266

PROCEDURES IN PLACE OF FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 1267

Procedures may be developed in place of fall protection equipment whereit is not reasonable practicable to use an approved fall protection systemor if the use of procedures in place of fall protection equipment isrestricted to the installation or removal of fall protection equipment; roofinspection; emergency repairs, at height transfers between equipment and



structures (if allowed by manufacturer’s specifications) or in situationswhere a worker must work on top of a vehicle or load.

1276

When using procedures in place of fall protection equipment a hazard 1277

assessment must be completed before work at height begins.Additionally, the procedures to be followed while performing the work mustbe in writing and available to all workers before the work begins. Thework must be carried out in a way that minimizes the number of workersexposed to a fall hazard. The work must be limited to light duty tasks andbe completed by a competent worker and do not expose the worker toadditional hazards.

WORK POSITIONING 1286

1287

If a worker uses a work positioning system, the worker’s vertical free falldistance, in the event of a fall, is restricted by the work positioning systemto 600 millimetres or less. If the centre of gravity of a worker using a workpositioning system extends beyond the edge from which the worker couldfall or if the work surface presents a slipping or tripping hazards becauseof its state or condition, the worker must use a back-up fall arrest systemin combination with the work positioning system.

A worker must use a back up personal fall arrest system in combination 1296

with the work positioning system if their centre of gravity extends beyond 1297

an edge from which the worker could fall or if the work surface presents aslipping or tripping hazard.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES

There are also a number of special protection procedures which must befollowed while undertaking certain operations, they are as follows:

Any worker on a boom elevating work platform, boom-supported aerial 1306

device or forklift truck work platform is required to use a personal fall 1307

restraint system. The fall arrest system must be connected to ananchor specified by the manufacturer of the work platform. If noanchor is specified by the manufacturer an anchor point must then becertified by a professional engineer that meets CSA requirements.

A fall arrest system must be used when connected to the anchor, thelanyard, if reasonably practicable, is short enough to prevent theworker from being ejected from the work platform or aerial device butis long enough to allow the worker to perform their work.

An employer must ensure that a worker on a scissor lift or an elevating 1316

work platform, with similar characteristics uses a travel restraint 1317

system consisting of a full body harness and lanyard connected to ananchor specified by the manufacturer and when connected to theanchor, the lanyard, if reasonable practicable, is sort enough toprevent the worker falling out of the scissor life or aerial work platformbut is long enough to allow the worker to perform their work.



Fork mounted work platforms elevated to a height of 3 meters or moreabove the ground, with any portion of the guardrail system removed,workers on platform must use a travel restraint system. This does notapply however, if the manufacturer’s specifications allow a worker to 1326

work from the scissor lift or elevating work platform using only its 1327

guardrails for fall protection and if the scissor lift or elevated workplatform is operating on a firm and level surface.

If in any of above cases workers movement can not be adequatelyrestricted in all directions to prevent a fall, then the use of a fall arrestsystem is mandatory.

Anyone being raised or lowered in a man basket must use a personalfall arrest system.

When working over water and the where the worker could drown byfalling into the water, use of the appropriate fall protection equipment 1336

in conjunction with a personal floatation device must be used. A 1337

floatation device need not be worn if a fall protection system preventsa fall into the water.

An employer using a leading edge fall protection system consisting offabric or netting panels must ensure the system is only used to provideleading edge protection, is used and installed as per manufacturer’sspecifications and a copy of the specifications available on theworksite.

Work or activities at height which incorporate a working line, safetyline and a full body harness in combination with any other devices that 1346

allow a worker to ascend, descend and traverse to and from a work 1347

area under their own control is considered Industrial Rope AccessWork.

If scaffolding or a temporary work platform can be damaged bypowered mobile equipment or a vehicle contacting it, measures mustbe taken to protect the scaffolding or temporary work platform frombeing contacted.

Workers that have to climb onto a vehicle or its load at any locationand where it is not reasonably practicable to provide a fall protectionsystem the employer must take steps to eliminate or reduce the need 1356

for the for the worker to climb onto the vehicle or load. If the load is 1357

not secured against movement the worker must not climb onto theload.

8.2.13 FIRE PREVENTION

Adequate ventilation must be provided for all rooms or buildingswhere gas or light oil products are handled.

Special vacuum vents and flame arresters should be inspectedfrequently to determine that they are in good operating condition. 1366

Vegetation control must be present around tanks, buildings and 1367

wells. A sufficient area must be cleared to prevent the spread offires.

Spontaneous combustion may develop from oily rags. Rags must beplaced in metal containers with self closing lids.



Gas leaks shall be located only with a gas detector, soap suds orother safe means. If a gas leak is suspected or detected in anyconfined area, all motors, engines and sources of ignition shall beshut down immediately. DANGER: Leaks must never be locatedwith an open flame. 1376

All building heating systems, offices, etc. are to be odorized ( Z662- 1377

94) The use of plastic pails or containers for flammable products are to

be avoided. Barrels stored in buildings are to have bungs removed and capped. All gas regulators are to be vented outside and their doors kept

closed. NO SMOKING signs shall be permanently posted in all hazardous

areas. Flammable liquids shall be disposed of in a proper manner. Sewer, 1386

sump, or drain systems are not to be used for this purpose unless 1387

the system is specifically designed for this use.. Iron sulphide or lead sludge shall be removed from vessels etc. as

quickly as practical and be kept wet with water until disposed of in apit or fill site.

Oils that cause sulphur deposits must be closely monitored at alltimes.

Rags used to wipe zinc thread lubricant must be kept in a separatecovered metal container.

Static electricity shall be minimized or eliminated to prevent a spark 1396

from causing a fire, explosion, or both. 1397

Top fill lines on tanks should be avoided to reduce the chance ofstatic discharges. If unavoidable, a downpipe shall be installed nearthe bottom of the tank and filling pipe bonded to the tank.

Only equipment approved by Underwriters Laboratories forhazardous atmospheres are permitted for use in or aroundflammable vapours. This shall include all power tools, flashlights,electric lanterns etc.

“Attach Ground Cable” signs shall be posted at all truck loading /unloading points. 1406

Truckers shall not carry out repairs to electrical wiring systems while 1407

engaged in loading or unloading fluids.

8.2.14 FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARD MANAGEMENT

To address regulatory requirements, HARVARD has established asystematic approach for identifying and managing fire and explosionhazards (see Fire and Explosion Prevention Form & Fire PreventionTriangle at the end of this section.)

1416

This process involves: 1417

Evaluating of potential risks with respect to fire and explosion hazards. Identifying means to effectively manage these potential risks.



Determining the need for specific control measures to prevent firesand explosions.

Putting the required control measures in place.

General Fire & Explosion Control Measures. 1426

In hazardous locations, where an explosive atmosphere may exist, 1427

employers must ensure they use intrinsically safe equipment (i.e.lighting, cell phones, radios etc). Intrinsically safe equipment isdefined as equipment and wiring which is incapable of releasingsufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormalconditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous mixture in its mosteasily ignitable condition

A person must not enter or work at an area if more than 20 percent ofthe lower explosive limit of a flammable or explosive substance ispresent in the atmosphere. 1436

A person must not smoke in a work area where a flammable 1437

substance is stored, handled, processed or used. A person must not use an open flame in a work area where a

flammable substance is stored, handled, processed or used. A person should not mix, clean or use a flammable or combustible

liquid at a temperature at or above its flash point in an open vessel if apotential source of ignition is in the immediate vicinity.

A person should not use a flammable or combustible liquid at atemperature above its flash point in a washing or cleaning operation,unless the equipment is specifically designed and manufactured for 1446

the use of the liquid. 1447

A person must not store contaminated rags used to clean or wipe upflammable substances other than in a covered container that has alabel that clearly indicates it is to be used for the storage ofcontaminated rags.

Flammable substances stored or used at a non-hazardous work areamust not be in sufficient quantity to produce an explosive atmosphereif inadvertently released.

Flammable substances should not be stored within 30 metres of anunderground shaft or in the immediate vicinity of the air intake of a 1456

ventilation supply system, an internal combustion engine or the fire 1457

box of a fired heater or furnace. Only CSA, NFPA and ULC approved containers can be used to store

flammable substances. If work requires the contents of metallic or conductive containers be

transferred from one to another, an employer must ensure staticelectricity is controlled while the contents are being transferred.

In hazardous locations, employers must ensure that equipment usedwill not ignite a flammable substance and that static electricity iscontrolled. 1466

If a work area is considered hazardous, the boundaries of the 1467

hazardous location must be clearly identified to warn workers of thenature of the hazards and associated with the presence of theflammable substance.



Procedures must be in place for hazardous locations that will preventthe inadvertent release of flammable substance or oxygen gas if it cancontact a flammable substance.

For further information concerning Fire & Explosion Hazard Managementplease refer to the Provincial Acts, Codes and Regulations 1476

1477

8.2.15 FLAMMABLE & HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS

Flammable and hazardous liquid containers and storage tanks shall belabeled or identified and located in a safe place away from any openflame, fire or engines in operation.

Where there is a potential for pressure build up or plastic containerdegradation, drums and small non-safety containers must not be leftexposed to direct sunlight. Containers must be grounded when pouring 1486

flammable liquids in or out of them and containers must be of an approved 1487

type.

Metallic or conductive containers and vessels used for flammable andcombustible liquids must be bonded to one another and electricallygrounded when pouring to prevent sparks and accidental ignition.

Gasoline engines must be refueled only when engines are stopped.Safety cans must be used unless the tank is filled directly from the storagecontainer via a piped system.

Smoking is not permitted near gasoline storage area(s). A sign stating “NoSmoking or Open Flame” must be posted at all storage areas. 1496

1497

8.2.16 FLOWBACKS

SCOPE AND PURPOSE

To provide safe operating practices for equipment, procedures andsupervision of flowbacks from wells. This is intended to include allsituations of flow from wells, including circulating, swabbing, fracture andchemical treatment cleanups, depressurizing, etc., but does not includeproduction testing or drill stem testing. 1506

1507

Reference: Alberta Industry Recommended Practice – IRP Vol. 4,Subsection 4.0.7.20

SAFE OPERATING PRACTICES

1. An open fluid handling system should only be used when sweet, non-flammable fluids are being pumping or flowed back from a well. Sourand high-vapour pressure hydrocarbons must always be flowed backinto closed systems. 1516

1517



2. Prior to commencing a flowback of sweet, non-flammable fluids,planning must be done by the preparation of a detailed program ofoperations. The detailed program must state all pertinent well data,expected pressure and flow rates, fluid properties and characteristics,equipment requirements and layout, and identify all safety andenvironmental hazards.

3. As specified in IRP Vol. 4, consideration must be given to the followingissues when preparing for a flowback: 1526

1527

a. Wellhead control

b. Expected produced fluids

c. Equipment design and layout

d. Procedures for special operations such as well killing, coiled tubingcleanouts using air, pumping flowbacks and swabbing.

1536

e. Supervision and monitoring during flowbacks for detection of sour 1537

fluids and explosive mixtures.

f. Safety meetings and the use of safety checklist.

8.2.17 FUEL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE

Above ground storage tanks, less than 5 m3 do not require secondarycontainment unless the fluids could result in ground contamination 1546

problems. The following above ground storage tanks smaller than 5 m31547

should have secondary containment due to the potential for environmentaldamage:

Glycols Amines Demulsifiers Corrosion inhibitors Solvents Fuel tanks

1556

Methanol tanks and tanks that are less than 5 m3 do not normally require 1557

any secondary containment unless they:

Are within 100 metres of a water course, or Have the potential for the contents to move off lease



8.2.18 GROUND DISTURBANCE1566

The potential consequence to individual workers and HARVARD for 1567

accidents involving ground disturbance work are very serious andtherefore the appropriate time and resources must be allocated to ensurethat the work is carried out safely.

The following procedure should be followed in any ground disturbanceoperation (see definitions):

Responsibilities as Owners of Pipeline1576

1. Provide information to persons undertaking a ground disturbance and 1577

ensure compliance to IRP 17.2. Referencing all available sources of information as far as reasonable

and practical to determine the existence of all pipeline andunderground utilities in the proposed Ground Disturbance work area.The following are sources that can be referenced: Company Maps & Plot Plans Oil & Gas Regulators such as NEB, ERCB, etc. One-Call Systems Area Operations Personnel 1586

Land Titles 1587

Landowner Visible Markers Rural Gas Utilities

3. Locate the pipeline and mark the surface location using a qualified linelocator.

4. Carry out inspections that are necessary to keep the pipeline safe.5. HARVARD’s Representative must be at the Work Site until the

pipeline or utility has been exposed.6. Inspect the pipeline before backfilling. 1596

7. Report any damage. 1597

Supervision

1. A designated supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the work iscarried out safely. This includes determining the existence ofunderground facilities and their proper locating and exposure.

2. A supervisor must ensure that proper markers are positioned around aground disturbance to make workers aware.

3. The supervisor must have specific experience and training tosupervise ground disturbance activities. 1606

4. The supervisor must ensure that if workers are required to enter an 1607

excavation or trench the confined space entry code of practice hasbeen reviewed and applied if necessary. As a minimum, a means ofexit and entry must be provided for workers that are within 8 metres ofany excavation greater than 1.5 metres in depth



Search and Notification

1. Records must be searched for buried facilities within 30 metres of theproposed ground disturbance. 1616

2. Owners or the owner’s designate of a facility within the search area 1617

are to be informed of the intent to create a ground disturbance andasked to confirm the location, type, and content (as applicable) of theirfacility.

Crossing Agreements and Approvals

1. Agreements are required if the ground disturbance is on a lease orright-of-way or within five metres of any facility.

2. The crossing agreement must be on site before starting the ground 1626

disturbance. 1627

Locating Facilities

1. All facilities within the 30 metre search area should be located andmarked by competent personnel.

Permits

1. A site-specific ground disturbance permit must be completed as part 1636

of the work permit for each crossing or disturbance within five metres 1637

of a located buried facility.

Pre-Job Safety Meeting

1. A pre-job safety meeting must be conducted.

Exposure

1. The facility owner may request to have a representative on-site during 1646

the exposure. 1647

2. All hand exposed zones must be exposed 1 metre on each side of thelocate marks for a buried facility other than a high pressure pipeline.High pressure pipelines must be hand exposed within 5 metres oneach side of the locate marks, unless the entire excavation is hydro-vac’d to 15 cm below the ground disturbance depth.

3. Mechanical equipment within 60 cm of a buried line should not beused.

4. If contact with a pipeline occurs that damages the pipe, all work muststop until the necessary go-ahead is received. 1656

5. Any damage must be reported immediately to the owner of the facility. 1657

6. It is the facility owner’s responsibility to notify the appropriategovernment agencies.



Backfill

1. The line owner should inspect the crossings before and during burial.

Some other excellent sources of information and guidelines regarding 1666

ground disturbances are: 1667

a. Underground Facilities pamphlet published by the AlbertaConstruction

b. Safety Association.c. Safe Procedures for Pipelines and Utility Crossings booklet

published by the Edmonton Area Pipeline and Utility Operator’sCommittee.

2. Backfill inspection form must be completed. 1676

1677

8.2.19 HAND AND POWER TOOLS

Tools are to only be used for their intended function and must bemaintained in good condition. Appropriate personal protective equipmentmust be worn at all times when using any tool.

Operators are to inspect equipment and verify that it is in safe operatingcondition before starting work. The power must be disconnected from the 1686

tool and any pressure discharge before any adjustments are made. 1687

All guards are to be properly fitted and in good condition at all times.

All portable and stationary grinding tools shall be operated in accordancewith manufacturer’s specifications and must be equipped with theappropriate guards and tool rests.

Eye protection must be worn at all times when using hand operated powertools.

8.2.20 HEATERS & OPEN FLAME EQUIPMENT1696

When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to 1697

be worn.

Portable heaters are to be used only for the service for which it has beenapproved and adequate ventilation should be maintained in order toprevent a build up of exhaust gases. All flammables are to be removedfrom the immediate area.

Flame type equipment such as open flame space heaters (HermanNelson) are to be used only in extenuating circumstances and then only inconjunction with a HARVARD “Hot work Permit”. 1706



1707

8.2.21 HIGH PRESSURE GAS WELLS (EQUIPPING, START-UP AND OPERATION)

SCOPE AND PURPOSE

To provide safe operating guidelines for wellsite piping design, initialstartup and production operations of sweet gas wells with higher reservoirpressure (maximum expected shut-in pressure) than the highest workingpressure rating of downstream vessels and gathering lines. 1716

1717

EQUIPPING

For wellhead design and installation, refer to Industry RecommendedPractices – Minimum Wellhead Requirements, IRP Volume 5.

In all situations where the maximum expected shut-in pressure of a wellexceeds the lowest working pressure rating of downstream facilities, thewellhead will be equipped with a suitable adjustable choke for controllingflow rates, methanol injection pump, and emergency shutdown (ESD) 1726

valve and the wellsite vessel equipped with a suitable pressure safety 1727

valve (PSV). These components must be designed, installed andmaintained in accordance with the appropriate API, ASME, and/or CSAstandards for components and piping installations.

STARTUP AND OPERATION

When wells with shut-in pressure higher than the working pressure ratingof any downstream vessel or pipeline are opened up from a shut-incondition, care and caution must be exercised to avoid pressure surges 1736

on the downstream facilities. The following procedure is recommended: 1737

1. Fully open the master valve of the wellhead with the adjustable chokein the closed position.

2. Check and record shut-in wellhead pressures.

3. The adjustable choke should be opened gradually allowing the flowfrom the well to increase in stages to the desired rate.

1746

4. The static pressure in the downstream vessel must be continuously 1747

monitored until conditions have stabilized at the desired pressure.

5. Frequent checks and recordings or pressures, temperatures and flowrates should be made during the first few days to ensure thatconditions have stabilized, hydrate formation is not occurring andpressures are within normal operating limits.

6. Adjustable chokes, ESD valves and PSV’s are to be serviced andtested according to prescribed methods. 1756



8.2.22 HOT OILING 1757

Field operations personnel shall follow the following procedure when hotoiling equipment (wells, flowlines, etc,).

PROCEDURE

COMPLETE THE HOT WORK PERMIT

1. Whenever possible, rig up hot oiler upwind and 50 meters from well, 1766

rig tanks, power lines, rig shacks, etc. (Note: if the hot oiler is equipped 1767

with a flame arrestor the unit may be rigged up as close as 25 metersfrom the well, etc.)

Many leases do not allow 50 meters distance from the wellhead.Always try to maintain at least 25 meters from the wellhead.

When rigging up, ensure at the point of entry (wellhead, etc.) there is acheck valve with a bypass (for bleeding off) installed in the hot oiler’sflowline. 1776

1777

Note: Hot oiling should only be done using the metal pipe supplied onthe hot oiler. The flexible, high pressure hose is only designed for coldpressure work.

2. The hot oil unit must be grounded at all times and if accompanied by atank truck, it must be grounded to the hot oil unit beforeunloading/loading and located at least 15 meters away ( down wind)from the hot oil unit.

1786

3. Ensure tank vapours are vented off down wind of the hot oil unit, This 1787

can be done by connecting a section(s) of suction hose to the tankvent.

4. Hold pre-job safety meeting.Communicate clearly to the hot oil unit operator what work is required.Maximum pressure, temperature and pump rate will be determined bythe equipment being hot oiled. (Type of scraper rods are nylon, plastic,and metal. Pressure ratings of equipment.).

1796

Do not exceed the manufacturers recommended temperature. 1797

If H2S is present; define where all personnel are to proceed if acatastrophic leak/failure occurs.

5. Pressure test the hot oiler’s lines to 1.5 times the anticipatedmaximum working pressure. Ensure the maximum operating pressureof the hot oiler’s lines are not exceeded and the pop valves have beenset accordingly.

1806



HOT OIL SAFETY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1807

Hard hat, safety shoes, fire retardant clothing, goggles, gloves and H2SAlive certificate for the operator and swamper.

8.2.23 HOT TAPS

A Hot Tap refers to any penetration into live piping or a pipeline wherethere is no existing fitting or when welding on pressurized pipeline or apipeline. Welding on pressurized piping systems without taking the proper 1816

precautions is dangerous and can result in a major failure. Fatalities have 1817

occurred as a result of welding on pressurized pipeline. If proper steps arenot followed, it is possible for a Hot Tap to result in:

Pipe failure caused by “burn through” during welding;

Ignition and burning of the product inside the pipe;

Damage to equipment downstream of the hot tap due to cuttings;

Delayed failure of the weld due to hydrogen or stress corrosioncracking.

Workers involved in supervising or performing a Hot Tap are expected toensure the proper pre-planning is completed including a formal Hot Tap 1826

plan. 1827

Step 1: Determine if the hot tap is really necessary.

Step 2: Assess the risk to ensure that the likelihood and consequence offailure are acceptable.

In all cases, the decision to proceed with a hot tap will be based on theability to perform the hot tap safely. All Hot Tap procedures requireHARVARD ENGINEERING approval in writing prior to commencing.

8.2.24 HOT WORK PROCEDURES1836


The following special precautions are a minimum requirement to ensurethat adequate precautions are taken when dealing with “Hot Work”.

DEFINITION

Hot work is any operation that produces a source of ignition.

HAZARDOUS LOCATION1846

The area within a radius of 25 meters of the Hot Work is considered a 1847

hazardous location and kept free of flammable substances. Where this isnot possible, competent supervisory personnel must be in constantattendance and a Hot Work Permit issued.



EQUIPMENT ISOLATION

All equipment on which Hot Work is to be performed must be positivelyisolated from all possible sources of combustible, explosive or toxic 1856

material. 1857

Positive isolation means blinding off, plugging or the complete removaland blanking off of inter-connecting piping vessels or sewers which maycontain hazardous material.

PURGING AND GAS TESTING

No equipment, vessel, line or any type of container which has contained ahazardous material shall be safe for Hot Work unless it has been purged,gas tested and inspected. Steaming is an excellent way to remove 1866

residual hydrocarbons. 1867

HOT WORK PRECAUTIONS

1. All combustible materials within 7.5 meters of the Hot Work must besuitably isolated or cleared from hot work location.

2. When welding is carried out for the purpose of hot tapping on apipeline, vessel or tank; the line shall be full of stock and have apositive flow, or in the case of vessels and tanks, they shall be filled 1876

with fluid at least one meter above the point at which welding is to be 1877

carried out.

3. Oil surfaces and oil spills must be hosed down and sanded over(minimum depth 1 inch). Oil soaked ground must be dug out andremoved.

4. Testing must show that the atmosphere does not contain a flammablesubstance, in a mixture with air, in an amount exceeding 20 percent ofthat substance’s lower explosive limit for gas or vapours or the 1886

minimum ignitable concentration for dust. 1887

5. All trash and oily rags must be removed.

6. Particular attention is required for the danger of expansion of oil or gasin equipment (lines, vessels, etc.) immediately adjacent to the HotWork.

7. Flammable solvents must not be used or be present in the area of HotWork. 1896

1897

8. Fire blankets or appropriate fire retardant material shall be used whenthere is a danger of sparks being carried outside the work area. Fireblankets should be kept damp if spark impingement is intensive.



9. Valves cannot be accepted as leak proof. Bleeder valves on pumps,lines and vessels shall be plugged off when such pumps, line orvessel contains flammable fluids. This is consistent with acceptedpractices that all bleeders are provided with plugs to prevent fire due tobleeder valves opening from vibration. 1906

1907

FIRE EQUIPMENT

1. All fire equipment provided at the job site shall be checked and readilyavailable for the personnel performing the Hot Work and personnelshall be fully familiar with the operation of such equipment.

2. Portable extinguishers permanently located in the operating area mustnot be used as standby fire equipment for Hot Work.

1916

3. Portable extinguishers shall be placed in an accessible position and 1917

not so close to the Hot Work that they may become involved should afire take place.

ACCESS AND EGRESS

Walkways, ladders, tank or tower manways and other approaches to thearea must be accessible and free from obstacles that may obstructpersonnel engaged in fire fighting or escape in case of fire.

1926

WELDERS, CYLINDERS AND GENERATORS 1927

1. Welding machines, gas cylinders and generators must be located asafe distance from the Hot Work area, leaving easy access forremoval in case of fire.

2. Welding machine ground wires must not be attached to any valves,fittings, machinery or other equipment in operation.

3. Welding cables must be in good condition and located clear of hot 1936

lines and equipment. Splices and joints in cables must be properly 1937

made and insulated.

8.2.25 HOUSEKEEPING

HARVARD shall ensure that healthy and safe working conditions areprovided and maintained for all employees. It is the responsibility foremployees to maintain these conditions through good housekeeping andgood personal hygiene practices. Good housekeeping is more then 1946

cleanliness; it is cleanliness and order. Cultivate the habit of good 1947

housekeeping.



PRACTICES

All working areas shall be kept clean and free from obstructions atall times. Tools, loose objects, oil, grease, and other materials aretripping and slipping hazards.

Working areas shall be left clean and tidy at the end of each shift 1956

and on completion of work assignments. 1957

Materials shall not be stored in aisles or overhead. Never place equipment and tools on stair treads. Oil, paint, or chemically saturated rags must be placed in metal

containers with covers. Rubbish must be placed in metal containers for waste disposal. Pools of oil or water, acids or caustic, shall be cleaned up

immediately. If this is impractical, it should be reported yoursupervisor and guarded by a standby until the condition is corrected.

Floor or ground openings shall be adequately barricaded. 1966

Rags are to be used when cleaning up around compressors etc. 1967

When purchasing rags, they should be of cotton base. Polyesterrags are NOT to be purchased.

All tools should be kept clean and in good repair at all times.

8.2.26 HYDRATE / ICE PLUG HANDLING

Prevention is the best method for “handling” hydrates. Hydrates can beprevented and should not be accepted as normal operating routine.

1976


Hydrates and ice plugs pose a real threat to both people and equipment ifnot handled properly. If proper procedures are not used when removinghydrates, very large forces may be created as hydrates begin to move,which can result in serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.

The following provides procedures for the proper identification and saferemoval of gas hydrates.

1986

DEFINITION 1987

Gas hydrates are solid compounds formed by the reaction of a gas withwater. Some of the light hydrocarbons that are components of natural gasform hydrates under pressure at temperatures above 0ºC. These hydratesform as crystals and look like snow. In pipelines, they can pack solidly toform a restriction resulting in partial or no flow. This is often referred to as“line freezing”.

IDENTIFICATION 1996

1997

Static pressure spiking on pipeline systems is the first indication thathydrates are beginning to form. A drop in flow should not solely beattributed to liquid hold-up; hydrates must be considered as the possible



cause. The same applies to flowing wells, particularly if the wellheadpressure and temperature are dropping.

A pipeline system should not be run when hydrates are forming unlessmethanol is being injected or the flowing temperature is being increasedover a short period of time. 2006

2007

REMOVAL PROCEDURES

Removal of a solid hydrate should be directly supervised by theforeman/field engineer or his trained designate.

Hydrates can be removed by increasing the temperature, depressurizingor injecting methanol into the line.

Particular attention must be paid to the rapid vapourization of 2016

hydrates and the resultant pressure surge. 2017

1. Heating

a. Open flames (e.g. torches, fires, etc.) must not be used forhydrate removal.

b. The use of vehicle exhaust for heating should follow hot workprocedures. The area must be well ventilated due to the danger ofcarbon monoxide and attention must be paid to the possibility of 2026

gas ignition. This includes the presence of gas, and the condition 2027

of the vehicle engine and ignition system for possible sources ofignition.See OH&S Code, Part 10. Cross reference Safe Work Permitsand Hot Work Safe Operating Procedures.

c. When steaming is to take place, safe steaming procedures mustbe followed.

2. Depressurizing 2036

2037

a. The most effective method for the removal of a hydrate plug isshutting in and depressurizing. Injecting chemical and alternatingthe pressure on either side of the plug has had limited success.

b. When depressurizing, the hydrate plug should be depressurizedfrom both sides. One side only should not be depressurized,followed by an attempt to move the hydrate with the pressuredrop. This will only cause a more severe hydrate plug which mayexist for days after depressurizing.

2046

c. When depressurizing requires hot tapping, refer to a standard 2047

procedure for hot tapping that is applicable to this operation.

d. Caution must be exercised when a line, where hydrates aresuspected is being depressurized and opened. The hydrates may



plug the line and trap pressure as well as dissolve and releasehydrocarbons and toxic gases under pressure.

3. Chemicals2056

a. Gas hydrates can be prevented or the hydrates dissolved by the 2057

injection of methanol or glycol. Glycols are not recommended,unless a specific circumstance dictates, particularly if the injectionpoint is upstream of any compressors.

b. When pumping of chemicals is to occur, the procedures onportable pumping should be followed.

8.2.27 MANAGING CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY2066

Before maintenance work, testing or inspection begins on any machinery, 2067

equipment or powered mobile equipment, all sources of hazardous energy atthe location must be isolated by activation of an energy-isolating device. Themachinery or equipment must be rendered inoperative in a way that couldresult in accidental activation, movement of equipment or otherwise causedamage to a person, property or process. The equipment or machinery mustbe isolated and secured at the main source of energy or control device.

• Shut down equipment• Block in, de-pressure and purge vessel and piping if necessary. Install 2076

blinds where necessary. 2077

• Ensure all energy isolating devices are in off position and attach acompleted signed and posted checklist describing the work to beperformed and the name of the operator installing the energy isolatingdevice.

• Remove valve handles where practical or use energy isolating devicesand chains to prevent handles from being moved. Place “Do Not Operate”tags on all valves.

• Test Local Start / Stop switch to ensure equipment is inoperative.2086

LOCKS 2087

A person installing a lock has the only key that will operate that particular lock.The supervisor may have an alternate key to be used in an emergency. Useof the alternate key must be documented.

• Have each worker or each trade or group of trade workers install theirown energy isolating device on the mechanical lock out clamp prior tocommencing work.

2096

• Locks must be removed by the person who installed it when they have 2097

completed their work on the equipment.



ISOLATION

Piping containing harmful substances under pressure must be able to beisolated by blinding, blanking or by using double block and bleed valvesproviding two blocking seals on either side of the isolation point and an 2106

operable bleed-off between the two seals. 2107

• Blank, blind or double block and bleed the piping during repair,modification, maintenance or replacement.

• Clearly mark piping that has been blanked or blinded.

• Where two valves and a bleed off are used to isolate the piping,ensure that the bleed off valve is secured in the “Open” position andthe valves or similar blocking seals in the flow lines are functional and 2116

secured in the “Closed” position. If it is not reasonably practicable to 2117

provide blanking, blinding or double block and bleed isolation, anemployer must ensure that an alternate means of isolation providesadequate protection to workers, certified as appropriate and safe by aprofessional engineer, is implemented.

The device used to secure the valve or seals must have a positivemechanical means of keeping the valves or seals in the requiredposition and is strong enough and designed to withstand inadvertentopening without the use of excessive force, unusual measures, or 2126

destructive techniques. 2127

• Work in confined or restricted spaces must be isolated from allsources of contamination. This means that all lines to and from aconfined space must be blinded or blanked before work begins.

See applicable Provincial regulations (i.e. Alberta OH&S Code 2009) foradditional detailed information concerning the Control of HazardousEnergy.

BULL PLUGS 2136

2137

Bull plugs must be installed in all open ended valves that, if accidentallyopened, could release a product that could create a hazard to personnel orthe environment.

• Install bull plugs in all valves that could be accidentally opened.• Bull plugs should only be installed hand tight so pressure cannot build

up between the bull plug and the valve creating a safety hazard whenthe plug is removed.

2146

PUMP JACKS 2147

All oil well pump jack installations and dismantling must be supervised byan experienced supervisor.



All pump jacks are equipped with rotating weights that are needed tocounterbalance the weight of the rod string. A pump jack can start torotate on it’s own due to gravity. It is imperative to make it properlysecured by one of the following methods. The brake should not be usedas the only method for securing the jack. 2156

2157

a. A chain threaded through the hole in the brake drum nearest thetrunnion and then around the trunnion, or,

b. If equipped, the brake pawl on the brake drum should be engaged,or,

c. Use heavy timbers under the crank ends to stop downwardsmovement. The brake must also be engaged.

Before starting up a jack pump, the crank guards and belt cover are to bein place. If there is livestock present, the wellhead should also be 2166

guarded. 2167

All pump jack manufacturers supply manuals that give detailed instructionfor the safe installation and operation of pump jacks. When installing ordismantling, it is the supervisor’s responsibility to be familiar with theinstructions in the appropriate manual. All production operators must befamiliar the operating instructions for the makes of pump jacks theyoperate.

2176

8.2.28 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE 2177

MATERIALS (NORM)

NORM originates in some geological oil or gas formations and is broughtto surface in produced water. The amount of radiation able to penetrateprocessing equipment is generally not large enough to present a healthrisk. However, scales and sludge that accumulate in the processingequipment may be harmful when the equipment is opened for inspectionand repair. Exposure may occur by inhaling or ingesting radioactive dust.

If workers are going to be exposed to scales and sludge the local field 2186

supervisors should be consulted to determine if NORM is an issue in the 2187

area. If unknown, or if the data is older than three years, arrangements fora NORM survey must be made.

8.2.29 NOISE EXPOSURE

Exposure to high sound levels and/or sharp impact sounds for sustainedperiods, coupled by the effects of getting older can reduce or impairhearing levels. Noise is a recognized workplace hazard that must beassessed, eliminated or controlled. Area sound level measurements and 2196

noise dosimeters are taken at various workspaces to identify where noise 2197

levels exceed 85 dBA over an 8-hour work period. If a noise hazard is



identified, the first step is to engineer out the hazard (substitution,modification, isolation, and/or maintenance) by:

Applying controls to limit time spent in hazard area; and,

Training workers in the proper use of PPE (disposable ear plugs, re-useable ear muffs, and/or custom-made ear plugs for “noise-exposedworkers”).

Audiometric hearing tests at sites with noise issues are to be administeredby a certified third party. Testing will establish a baseline for all noise- 2206

exposed workers and ongoing testing will ensure there are no adverse 2207

health impacts.

Additionally, all new or renovated worksites, new work processes, or newequipment brought into a workplace must achieve a noise level as low asreasonable practicable and preferably lower than 85 dBA.

8.2.30 PIGGING GUIDELINES

SCOPE AND PURPOSE2216

Pigging operations in oil and gas field operations present a serious hazard. 2217

Due to each area or facility having individual pig trap design and operation, asite-specific practice must be developed. These guidelines will help to developa safe procedure when pigging any pipeline for the removal of wax, other soliddeposits and trapped fluids.

DEVELOPMENT OF SITE SPECIFIC PRACTICE

1. When developing a site-specific practice, the following concerns mustbe addressed in all cases: 2226

2227

a. Is this a two man job?b. Are sour products expected?c. Proper isolation and de-pressurizing.d. Characteristics of the fluid to be pigged.e. The hazard of potential plugging of the bleed-off valves.f. Proper receiving and launching techniques stressing potential

hydraulic shock.g. Routine inspection of the cap, barrel and seals.h. Individual marking or identification of pigs and logging with respect 2236

to launching and receiving times. 2237

i. When to make up?

2. In a system requiring pigging, proper pipe internal diameter, fullopening valves, long radius elbows and barred tees must be usedduring any piping modifications.



3. Where the receiver is vented to a proper drain or flare system, thebarrel must be fully vented to atmosphere prior to opening the receiveror launcher. 2246

2247

4. Where the cap is not secured to the receiver or launcher, the operatormust position himself to ensure he is not in the line of trajectory of thepig or cap should unsuspected pressure be present when the cap isremoved.

5. Where the cap is secured through a hinge arrangement the operatormust be very careful of the swing of the cap should unexpectedpressure be present.

2256

6. Proper disposal methods must be used for recovered wax, other 2257

solids and fluids.

SOUR PIGGING GUIDELINES

1. If the H2S content of the oil or gas expected is less than 10 ppm,pigging may be done without masks or buddy system unless somespecial hazard is recognized by the operator.

2. If the maximum H2S content of the oil or gas expected is less than 15 2266

ppm and the line size is 125 mm or less, the operator may pig the line 2267

without using a mask but the buddy system must be used with thesecond man standing 15 meters upwind with mask equipment closeby. The pigging should be done masked up if any special hazards arerecognized.

3. If the maximum H2S content of the oil or gas expected is greater than15 ppm or if the line size is greater than 125 mm with an H2S contentof 10 ppm or greater, the operators shall use the buddy system andthe operator performing the pigging shall be masked up. The second 2276

operator shall be upwind 15 meters with mask equipment close by. 2277

8.2.31 PORTABLE PUMPING EQUIPMENT ANDOPERATIONS

SCOPE AND PURPOSE

Provide safe procedures and guidelines for portable pumping operations.2286

APPLICABLE PROCEDURES 2287

Portable pumping applications include hot oiling tanks, pipelines and wellsfor wax removal, pressure testing of surface equipment and pumping ofchemicals for various operations including wax and hydrate removal.



WORK PERMITS

An authorized HARVARD representative must be on site for all pumping 2296

operations where a hazard exists for personnel or equipment. A work 2297

permit must be issued for the job by HARVARD representative.

EQUIPMENT POSITIONING

1. The pumping equipment must be positioned a minimum of 25 metersfrom the wellhead, tanks and any process equipment. The unit shouldbe positioned upwind and directed for quick exit. Refer to (Alberta) Oil& Gas Conservation Regulations 8.090 and 8.100.

2306

2. All fire equipment and safety equipment should be position for use. A 2307

minimum of two 30 lb fire extinguishers must be on site.

3. The unit must be grounded to the equipment to be serviced.

PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETING

A pre-job safety meeting must be held and documented. The meetingmust cover; safety equipment and regulation checklist, a site-specificprocedure encompassing maximum testing and operating pressures, fluid 2316

characteristics, maximum operating temperature, and equipment layout. 2317

TIE-IN EQUIPMENT

1. The tie-in equipment must have a pressure rating sufficient for theapplication and must include a check valve and isolated valveupstream of the tie-in point.

2. Where the pressure is expected to exceed 1500 kPa, or hot orcorrosive fluids are to be pumped, all tie-in lines must be steel with 2326

chick-sans. No flexible lines will be allowed. All lines must be securely 2327

staked.

RETURN LINES

1. Where return lines are used, the specifications for tie-in lines willapply. Where the return fluids are hot or contain flammable gases, thereturns must be made to a vented tank located 25 meters away fromany ignition sources or equipment. The vent line must be of sufficientsize to handle the quantity of vented gas, and terminated downwind 2336

no less than 25 meters for any ignition source or equipment. 2337

2. All lines must be pressure tested to 1.5 times maximum workingpressure. The maximum working pressure must not exceed theallowable working pressure of the equipment to be serviced.

3. The working temperature must not exceed 80% of the flashtemperature of the fluids.



4. While hot fluids are being pumped, attention should be paid to the 2346

effect of metal or fluid expansion. 2347

5. Reference Industry Recommend Practice for Well Testing and FluidHandling – IRP Vol 4, Subsection 4.0.7.20.

8.2.32 PURGING

Purging is the practice of displacing the existing gas and/or fluid in avessel, container or piping system with another gas and/or fluid. Purging isoften used to remove toxic or explosive/flammable fluids and gases from a 2356

system before opening the system to atmosphere or prior to shipment of 2357

equipment. Alternately, before equipment start-up, air may be purged fromequipment in preparation for it being put back into service.

A site-specific purging procedure must be developed for any purgingoperation other than routine operations covered by the Task CompetencyManual or other documented standard procedures. The site-specificprocedure must identify the hazards associated with the task and thecontrol methods utilized to address those hazards.

2366

POSSIBLE PURGING MEDIUMS 2367

Consideration should be given to the use of an inert purge medium.However, it is recognized that it is not always practical to use an inertpurge medium for all operations. Flammable purge mediums can besuccessfully used as long as special precautions and procedures areused. Depending on the application, commonly used purge mediums arelisted below. Each of these has advantages and disadvantages.

INERT GASES (N2, CO2)2376

Addresses both, potentially toxic and explosive atmospheres. It is the 2377

preferred method of preparing a tank or vessel for confined spaceentry.

The atmosphere will be oxygen deficient. If a confined space entry isplanned, the space must be ventilated prior to entry or breathingapparatus must be worn.

This purge medium must be purchased and is not reasonablyavailable at all locations.

PROPANE OR SWEET GAS 2386

2387

Commonly used to purge “sour” hydrocarbons from equipment toaddress the toxic vapour hazard.

May also be used to purge air from equipment prior to start-up butcaution must be exercised because the air hydrocarbon mixture willcreate an explosive atmosphere.



By itself, is not suitable for purging in preparation for confined orspace entry.

SOUR GAS (WELL GAS) 2396

2397

This readily available purge medium is used at small remote locationsto purge air prior to start-up of equipment.

Similar to propane or sweet gas, caution must be exercised becausethe air hydrocarbon mixture will create an explosive atmosphere.

The added hazard created by any toxic vapours vented must also beaddressed.

By itself, it is not suitable for purging in preparation for confined orrestricted space entry.

2406

WATER 2407

May be used to flood a vessel or tank to push out the hydrocarbonhazards and is a suitable purge medium for preparing a tank/vesselfor confined space entry.

When the water is drained and air is introduced into the system,caution must be taken since sludge in the vessel/tank may releaseflammable and or toxic fumes.

Depending on the amount of water used, it may also pose a problemin safe and economical disposal. 2416

2417

STEAM

Similar to water, steam may be used to push out the hydrocarbons todeal with both the flammable and toxic hazards and therefore is asuitable purge medium for preparing a tank/vessel for confined spaceentry.

Steam also has the added benefit of driving additional flammable/toxicvapours from the sludge.

Caution must be exercised so that workers do not receive burns from 2426

escaping steam. 2427

AIR

Often used to purge an inert gas from a tank/vessel in preparation fora confined space entry (forced ventilation).

Warning: If air used to purge hydrocarbons, an explosive mixtureinside the vessel or tank being purged will be created at some timeduring the operation. Air should NOT be used unless ALL potential 2436

ignition sources have been eliminated. Even then work should 2437

proceed with extreme caution.



GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

Regardless of the purge medium used, each presents its own hazards.Hazards must be assessed and appropriate steps taken. 2446

2447

Depending on the task to be completed, and the purge medium used,some general precautions include:

Pre-job safety meetings should be conducted whenever non-routine purging operations take place.

Exhaust gases can be used to test for O2 content, LEL, andtoxicity.

When purging hydrocarbon with air or air with hydrocarbon,introduce the purge gas slowly. This will help prevent the build up 2456

of static and/or potentially causing any loose debris to tumble 2457

through a pipe or vessel and causing a spark. Purging should be done as near to atmospheric pressure as

possible, as increased pressure changes the explosive limits andlowers the ignition temperature.

Individuals involved in purging operations, as a minimum, mustwear the proper personal protective equipment as outlined in thisHandbook.

All elements of the system being purged must be electricallybonded and grounded. 2466

2467

Considerations for the purged gases include:

The air gas mixture must be considered when purging to a liveflare system;

In some cases flares should be snuffed out prior to purging, or atemporary/alternate vent system laid out to a “safe” area.

Potential ignition sources that need to be considered include: Flashbacks from flares; Static electricity; 2476

Friction heat (from valve operation or high velocity debris); 2477

Spontaneous combustion at critical pressures and temperatures; Spontaneous combustion of compounds such as sulphides; Electrical currents from lightning and power sources; Closed tanks/vessels must be de-pressured and not be on

vacuum before opening the system. Consider the corrosive effects of fluids that may be purged. Consider the environmental impact of escaped fluids, gas or waste

products.

2486

8.2.33 RIG ANCHORS 2487

Rig derricks, masts or self contained snubbing units are either designed tobe free standing or to be secured with anchored guy lines. This workprocedure was developed to reflect HARVARD’s practice that allcontracted rigs, with derricks that required anchored guy lines, have



anchors installed and guy lines secured before operation of the rig iscommenced.

PROCEDURE 2496

2497

1. It is the Well Site Supervisor’s responsibility as a representative ofHARVARD to NOT approve the start of rig operations until anchoredguy lines have been have been installed.

2. It is the rig contractor’s responsibility to supply, install and testanchors and attach guy lines in accordance with the rigmanufacturer’s design and specifications.

3. The installation of rig anchors is a ground disturbance activity. It is 2506

the Well Site Supervisor’s Responsibility to check for the location of 2507

buried pipelines, electrical cables, etc. before anchors are installed.Refer to the Ground Disturbance Code of Practice in this section.

4. Must have separate anchors for escape lines.

8.2.33.1 – RIG INSPECTIONS

Drilling rigs, service rigs or snubbing units must be inspected by acompetent worker before the rig is placed into service and every 7th day 2516

on which it is used for as long as it is in service. 2517

8.2.34 SAFE WORK PERMITS

INTRODUCTION

This procedure has been developed to provide guidelines on the use ofsafe work permits at all HARVARD’s work sites. Each area is responsiblefor developing its own site-specific procedure for the use of work permits. 2526

2527

To be valuable, a Safe Work Permit must identify the work to be done, thehazards involved and the precautions to be taken. It determines that allhazards and precautions have been considered before work starts. It is anagreement between the issuer and the receiver that documents theconditions, preparations, precautions and limitations, which must beclearly understood before work commences. The permit records the stepsto be taken to prepare the equipment, building or area for work. Also thesafety precautions, safety equipment or specific procedures that must befollowed to enable the worker to safely complete the work. 2536

2537

PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

The site-specific Safe Work Permit procedure should address how thepermit system is administered as well as when Safe Work Permits will be



used. Consideration should be given to the following circumstances indetermining when a Safe Work Permit is to be issued:

1. The product being contained may escape to atmosphere.2. A safeguard has to be removed or disabled. 2546

3. A safeguard requires repair or maintenance. 2547

4. Working on rotating equipment that requires a energy isolation device.5. Hazardous chemicals are handled.6. Hot work occurs (stand-by person required).7. Confined or restricted space entry occurs (stand-by person required).8. Vehicle entry where vehicles and/or portable rotating equipment are

present outside of normal parking or traffic areas and/or are in theimmediate vicinity of process equipment.

9. When lifting with equipment occurs.10. Contractor involvement in the task. 2556

11. Ground disturbance. 2557

12. Sour gas.

Note: The stand-by person will be a qualified individual (employee orcontractor) assigned to the task.

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS

Hot Work2566

A Safe Work Permit must be issued for any kind of Hot Work. This kind of 2567

work must be supervised at all times by an individual acting in the capacityof a stand-by person. Procedures have to be in place and implemented toensure continuous safe performance of Hot Work. Atmospheric testingmust be done and recorded on the permit before any work commences. Ifthe Hot Work is of a lengthy nature, the atmosphere must be continuallymonitored or re-tested periodically during the job and results recorded onthe permit. Hot Work must immediately be halted if gas testing or otherconditions indicate that the work may no longer be carried out safely.

2576

Confined Space Entry 2577

All confined space entry work must also conform to HARVARD ConfinedSpace Entry Code of Practice.

Communication

Permit issuers, job supervisors and workers must all be aware of the tasksthat are to be completed and the Safe Work Permit requirements. If theworker is to be working at more than one location, those locations must be 2586

listed on the Safe Work Permit. If there are so many locations that listing 2587

them is impractical or impossible, communication between the worker andthe permit issuer should be on-going throughout the day.



Permit Responsibilities

Permits issued where more than one department is involved, should beissued to the senior person who will be involved from the start to finish ofthe task at hand. He/she will be responsible for ensuring proper 2596

communication and that safe work practices are followed. More than one 2597

permit may be required depending on the scope of the job.

Displaying Permits

A copy of an active permit is to be displayed in a conspicuous place. If thisis not practical, it must be readily producible by the permit holder. A SafeWork Permit is valid for one working day, but if conditions are unchangedand communication occurs between the two concerned parties, anextension on the permit may be given. On each copy of the permit, the 2606

new date and/or times must be clearly indicated and initiated. No expired 2607

permits are to be displayed. When the work has been completed, permitsare to be signed off and returned to the originator. If work is incomplete, itshould be noted on the permit when returned. Work permits will be kepton file for a period of two years.

Blanket Work Permits

A blanket work permit is a special permit that may be issued for anextended period of time (up to one year). It is intended to be issued for 2616

tasks carried out on an on-going basis by contractors (e.g. field hauling of 2617

fluids) where specific procedural guidelines have been established andagreed to by the contractor.

Work Clearances

A Clearance may only be issued when “Complete” control of a site is tobe turned over to a worker. A Work Clearance may be issued for the totalperiod of time that is required to complete the tasks at that site. Theworker receiving the Clearance is responsible for issuing any Safe Work 2626

Permits at the affected site as may be required by the Code of Practice or 2627

the applicable government regulations. After the work covered under theWork Clearance has been completed, the clearance must be signed offand returned to the issuer.

8.2.35 TANK TRUCK LOADING PROCEDURES FORFLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

a. Observe all posted rules and regulations at lease entrance. 2636

b. Tank trucks must be equipped with positive air intake shut offs. 2637

c. Self-contained breathing apparatus must be used when coupling oruncoupling load hoses where H2S exceeds the OH&S exposure limitssummarized in Section 7.2.



d. External tank gauges are to be used to determine volume of fluidloaded. Thief hatches on production tanks are to remain closed asproduction tanks may be pressurized with sour gas.

e. Lights on trucks are to be shut off prior to loading.f. Bonding/grounding cables are to be connected prior to loading.g. Emergency brakes are to be fully engaged and wheels are blocked. 2646

h. Servicing or maintenance on trucks while loading or unloading is 2647

prohibited.i. Drivers must remain outside their vehicles to monitor for leakage of

hoses, pumps, lines, valves and tank truck levels to eliminate spills.

8.2.36 TIMBER REMOVAL

Workers responsible for logging operations shall plan and conduct suchoperations in a manner consistent with regulations and with recognizedsafe working practices. In British Columbia, all “fallers” must be certified. 2656

Workers operating chain saws shall wear effective, protective clothing 2657

including leg protective devices. It is a requirement that all chainsawoperators have formal training.

Any trees, snag and other objects that might endanger worker shall befelled for removal. Particular care shall be taken in falling snags and inworking around snags.

8.2.37 TRAILERS & BUNKHOUSES

All trailers and bunkhouses must be located at a safe distance from drilling 2666

rigs and operation equipment and must be positioned upgrade of any fuel 2667

storage facilities. The hitches must be accessible so the trailer orbunkhouse can be readily moved in case of emergency. Electrical wiringand fixtures must meet the applicable Provincial Electrical Code. Smokedetectors and fire extinguishers shall be provided as required by theProvincial Fire regulations.

8.2.37.1 TOILETS & WASHING FACILITIES

Ensure signage is in place for potable and non-potable water;

Potable water supplies should be maintained as permanufacturer’s recommendations. 2676

Lunch room, change room, toilet, urinal, wash basin, hand 2677

cleaning facility, circular wash fountain or shower at a work sitemust be clean, sanitary and operational.



8.2.38 TRENCHING

Precautions 2686

2687

NO worker shall enter a trench with a depth of more than:

Alberta 1.50 metresBritish Columbia 1.22 metresSaskatchewan 1.22 metresManitoba 1.80 metres

Unless protected from any cave-in or sliding material by:2696

Cutting back 2697

Shoring Or a combination of both of the above

No two trenching projects are identical, therefore each project must beconsidered unique and the following completed:

Hazard assessment conducted Site-specific work procedure developed Consider soil conditions prior to task 2706

Work Permit issued, both pre-trenching and trenching 2707

Follow all other codes of practice (Ground Disturbance, ConfinedSpace Entry, Working Near Overhead Power Lines)

Ensure any ground thawing is done using safe environmentalpractices

Ensure the area surrounding the ditch is safe Review and follow applicable provincial regulation

8.2.39 VEHICLE, MOBILE EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY2716

All authorized vehicles required in a Hazardous Area are to be listed on 2717

the Work Permit and only allowed on a Work Site after the permit isobtained. All unauthorized vehicles will park in the designated areas onlyand will under no circumstances be allowed on a Work Site.

a. Internal combustion engines (gas or diesel) may not be operatedin areas classified as hazardous by the Canadian Electrical codeunless atmosphere tests have been made that indicate that thework may be done safely. In particular, precautions should betaken within 2 metres of a wellhead and 3 metres of processequipment and buildings. Procedures must be in place to ensure 2726

the continued safe performance of this “hot work”. 2727

b. Diesel engines that are to remain running within 25 metres of apotential gas release must be equipped with a positive air intakeshut-off device unless continuous gas monitoring is in place.



c. All vehicles on site must be in safe operating condition andoperated in a safe and courteous manner.

d. All mobile welding rigs must be equipped with proper fireextinguishers before entering the Work Site. All welders andhelpers must know how and when to use such fire extinguishers.

e. Where an operator’s view of the direction of travel of powered 2736

mobile equipment is obstructed or restricted the equipment must 2737

be equipped with a warning device appropriate to the hazard. Thiscould include an audible warning device, flashing lights, or anautomatic stopping system. Where one of these systems is notpracticable, the equipment must not be moved in the direction ofthe restricted vision unless under the direction of a competentworker who has a clear view of both the area and the operator.

f. Any lawnmowers over 700 kg require engineered roll bars.g. No person shall operate any equipment or machinery unless the

operator has received the required training and is authorized to do 2746

so. 2747

h. Mobile equipment must have rollover structures, protective backup alarms and seat belts where required by safety regulations.

WARNING SIGNAL

The large size of some powered mobile equipment makes it impossible forthe operator to have a clear view around the equipment. This view can bedirectly with the eyes or indirectly with a mirror, close circuit television, orother effective means. A serious hazard can result if the equipment ismoved in a direction that the operator cannot see clearly. 2756

If the operator cannot see what is in the direction of travel, the powered 2757

mobile equipment must be equipped with one or more of three acceptablealternatives.

a. An automatic audible warning device. The audible warning mustbe loud enough to be heard above other noise in the immediatearea. For most equipment this is the familiar “back up alarm”;

b. An alternate warning device or method appropriate to the hazardof the work site- this may include flashing/rotating lights, strobelights, or other effective means; or

c. An automatic stopping system - this system may use motion, 2766

thermal or other detectors to sense the presence of a worker or 2767

obstruction in the path of travel and automatically stop theequipment.

If it is impracticable to equip the powered mobile equipment with awarning device then the operator must ensure that the operator andother workers are protected from injury before moving the equipmentby:

a. Completing a visual inspection on foot of the area into which theequipment will move.

b. Following the directions of a traffic control or warning system 2776



c. Getting directions from a worker who has an unobstructed view of 2777

the area into which the equipment will move, or is stationed in asafe continuous view of the operator.

d. Ensuring all other workers are removed from the area into which theequipment will move.

8.2.40 WELDING AND BURNING

All work to install or repair pressure equipment will be completed byContractors with a registered quality control program. Only experienced 2786

workers are allowed to use welding and burning equipment. 2787

Precautions must be in place to ensure that welding or allied processequipment is erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used,handled, stored, stopped, inspected, serviced, tested, cleaned,maintained, repaired and dismantled in accordance with themanufacturer’s specifications.

Suitable precautions must be taken against exposure of welding (andother) personnel to excessive ultraviolet radiation, fire, explosion,asphyxiation or exposure to toxic gases, fumes or dust when welding orcutting equipment is used. All gas-welding hoses are to be equipped with 2796

appropriate flame arrestors or check valves. All acetylene oxygen welding 2797

units are required to have two flame arrestors.

A serviceable fire extinguisher is to be immediately available at welding andburning sites.

Before beginning to weld:

a. Area is to be gas checked,

b. Fire detectors are to be bypassed.

c. When welding at a hazardous location, a standby man with an 2806

extinguisher is to be on site. 2807

8.2.41 WILDLIFE AWARENESS

To ensure wildlife protection requirements are met, abide by the following:

Plan and maintain sites in a manner that respects and preservesnative wildlife to the greatest extent possible

Minimize disturbance to the native flora and fauna Store potential food sources away from wildlife and in an animal 2816

resistant manner 2817

Do not harass or feed wildlife in any way Ensure all personnel are aware that with the exception of

approved Wildlife Monitors, firearms are prohibited on work sites.



Understanding the basics of animal life will assist workers to remain safeand protected from animals. One of the primary ways to protect yourselffrom bears is avoidance. If you suspect that bears are within your workarea, it is best to leave the area. Scan the horizon on a regular basis soyou don’t suddenly encounter a bear. If you sight a bear, report the 2826

sighting immediately to your supervisor. 2827

BEAR SAFETY

Make noise Keep food and garbage tripled sealed Learn to identify bear signs like hair on trees, droppings, and paw

prints Take note of working in areas of berry bushes and water holes Do not use a walkman or stereo- must be able to hear all sounds 2836

Carry a bear-scare device 2837

Other Wildlife concerns; cougar, moose, wolf, fox, coyotes, caribou,deer, ungulates, livestock, dogs, buffalo, etc.

GRIZZLY BEARS

Grizzly bears graze on:

Above ground vegetation during summer Shallow roots in early spring 2846

Berries in late summer and fall 2847

They also supplement their diet with animals whenever possibleincluding:

Eggs in the spring Arctic ground squirrels in late summer Arctic fox pups in the summer Caribou calves in the early summer

2856

Grizzly bears den from September to October and emerge March to May. 2857

Dens are generally excavated in the ground and are composed of a tunneland nest chamber. Often dens can be found along in streams andriverbanks, in sand dunes, along hillside and on mounds. The dens areusually made for one season and then collapse.

General wildlife awareness is a component of this orientation standard.However, changes in location, seasons and habitat may require expandedwildlife orientation and or training. Site specific orientations are anexcellent opportunity to review worker knowledge as well as recent wildlife 2866

sightings and behavior. 2867



8.2.42 WORKING ALONE

HARVARD presently has various systems in place to control hazardsassociated with working alone or otherwise. These include Codes ofPractice, standardized procedures, use of personal monitors andprotective equipment, core safety training of staff and use of ticketed 2876

workers. Emergency Response Plan training, and the ongoing casual and 2877

formal contact among workers during the day.

ROUTINE OPERATIONS WITH COMMUNICATIONS IN PLACE

HARVARD will ensure all operators working alone will be provided with aneffective communication system consisting of radio communication,landline, cellular telephone communication or some other effective meansof electronic communication that includes regular contact by HARVARD ora designate at intervals appropriate to the nature of the hazard associated 2886

with the operator’s work. 2887

If effective electronic communication is not practicable at a work siteHARVARD will ensure that they or a designate visits the worker or theworker contacts HARVARD or a designate at intervals appropriate to thenature of the hazard associated with the workers work.

This process should be documented, see (Figures 1 and 2 at the endSection 8).

2896

In areas where HARVARD has a contract operator who looks after 2897

another companies properties in the same area, HARVARD will maintaintheir call-out policy. HARVARD’s approach will be to ensure goodcommunication and concentrate on circumstances where the worklocation or timing reduces the ability to respond to an incident.

WORKING ALONE SITUATIONS

Circumstances where the risks of working alone are increased wouldinclude such things as: 2906

2907

Any task being completed in an area where communication is notreliable.

Situations where workers work overtime or respond to call-outsand there is limited communication available.

Travel into remote or other areas where the response time issignificant in the event the worker does not check in at the end ofthe day.

Travel in areas where incidental contact with other workers or thepublic is not likely to happen. 2916

Travel by ATV’s which would increase the risk of injury to the 2917

worker and communications.



8.2.43 WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWERLINES

Extreme caution must be used when working near overhead powerlines.Activities involving such things as high loads, excavation work, crane workor using gin-pole trucks, creates circumstances with the potential for 2926

injuries, fire and explosion or property damage. The following outlines 2927

requirements when working under or near powerlines and is consistentwith both regulatory and utility company requirements.

The first two important steps that need to be taken are:1. Notify the utility company and obtain any required crossing

agreements;2. Confirm the voltage and maintain the minimum clearance required by

the power company.Typical clearances are: 2936

2937Operating Voltage ofOverhead Power LineBetween Conductors

Safe Limit of ApproachDistance for Persons and

Equipment

0 – 750 V Insulated orpolyethylene coveredconductors (1)

300 mm

0 – 750 V Bare,uninsulated

1.0 m

Above 750 V Insulatedconductors (1) (2)

1.0 m

750 V – 40 kV 3.0 m

69 kV, 72 kV 3.5 m

138 kV, 144 kV 4.0 m

230 kV, 260 kV 5.0 m

500 kV 7.0 m

When working under or near overhead powerlines, the followingprecautions must be taken:

“Danger Overhead Power Lines” signs must be in place beforework commences. These signs are 51 cm x 71 cm in size, 1.8 mabove ground and 7 m on either side of the line when operatingequipment either under or near the powerline;

When work is required inside the specific clearance area, it shallbe performed with the powerlines de-energized. This task shall be 2946

conducted by a qualified utility employee; 2947

If the line cannot be de-energized, the work must be supervised bya qualified utility employee and requires a designated signaler withcommunication;

Once the safe limit of approach distance has been established theemployer must ensure that no work is done or equipment operatedat distances less than the established safe limit of approachdistance.



Work in the vicinity of the powerlines must be performed inaccordance with the standards established by the appropriate 2956

jurisdiction. 2957

Be aware when working near powerlines that certain weatherconditions can create electrical charges on nearby facilities andequipment.

2966

2967

2976

2977

2986

2987



SECTION 8 – FORMS 2996

2997

Figure 1: Check-in Procedure WorksheetFigure 2: Working Alone Check-in ProcedureFire and Explosion Prevention Plan FormFire TetrahedronFall Protection Plan Form

3006

3007

3016

3017

3026

3027



Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet 3036

3037

This procedure can be used for more than one area and for different circumstances.

Check-In Procedure Number: __________ Date: ____________________

1) Establish who will be the check-in contact.

3046

3047

2) Determine how often the check-in will be required (every _____hours). Document reason for frequency selection.

3) Establish documentation procedure. As a minimum thedocumentation must list name, phone number, time of check-in,expected time of next check-in, and location of individual.

3056

3057

4) Determine process if check-in not made at pre-arranged time.

5) Outline procedures for emergency response, including any site- 3066

specific assistance contacts and their phone numbers. 3067



Figure 2: WORKING ALONE CHECK-IN PROCEDURE

Location: _____________________________ Date: ______________________

Working AloneTask / Area

Check-inProcedure

EmergencyResponse Actions

Documentation

Areas where communication is unreliable:

Employees who work overtime:

Workers who respond to call-outs:

Workers who travel to remote locations:

Tasks which require travel by all terrain vehicles (ATVs):

3076

FIRE AND EXPLOSION PREVENTION PLAN FORM

Worksite location:

Date: Issued by:

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF JOB SCOPE:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________CRITICAL RISK FACTORS:FUELSLIQUID HYDROCARBONS YES NOHYDRO CARBON VAPOURS YES NOHYDROCARBON GASES YES NOHYDROGEN SULPHIDE YES NOHYDROCARBON-BASED WORKOVER FLUID YES NOFLAMMABLE AND EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS YES NO

IGNITION / ENERGYOPEN FLAME SOURCE YES NOHOT WORK YES NOVEHICLES IN CLOSE PROXIMITY YES NOELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT YES NOSTATIC, FRICTION OR MECHANICAL SPARKS YES NOPYROPHORS (ie: iron sulphide) YES NO

OXYGENPLANNED AIR INTRODUCTION (ie:purging) YES NOUNDERBALANCED OPERATIONS YES NOVACUUM CREATING OPERATIONS (ie: swabbing) YES NOPOCKETS FROM SERVICING OR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT YES NOOXIDIZERS OR CHEMICAL REACTIONS YES NOWEATHERED HYDROCARBONS YES NO

Fire and Explosion controls (Actions taken to prevent the completion of The Fire Triangle.)Have the safety meeting and all applicable permits been completed? YES NO

Have all the deficiencies identified in the inspection been rectified? YES NO

Comments and observations____________________________________________________________

Emergency Controls (Plan of action or response to an elevation of risk.)Can personnel identify and act on changing conditions to prevent fires and explosions? YES NO

Comments and observations ___________________________________________________________

Worker Training and Awareness.Workers have been informed, and can recognize potential Fire and Explosion hazards relating tothe planned activities.Affected workers have been made aware of this Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan?

Initial

_____

Signature

Comments:____________________________________________________________________

Worksite Supervisor’s Name

PREVENTING FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS USING THE FIRE TETRAHEDRON Chemical Chain Reaction

• This fourth element is necessary for the composition of a fire. • Otherwise known as an “exothermic chemical reaction. • This reaction provides the heat to maintain the fire. • Knowledge of the chemical chain reaction is important in

understanding how to fight certain types of fires.

HEAT OR IGNITION SOURCES • Open Flames • Hot Work • Vehicles and Other Running

Engines • Electrical Equipment • Static, Friction or Mechanical

Sparks • Pyrophors (ie: Iron Sulphide) • Chemical Reactions and Sparks • Spontaneous Combustion • Sudden Decompression • Compression Ignition • Catalytic Reactions

OXYGEN SOURCES or OXIDIZERS

1. Planned Intoduction of Oxygen • Air Based Operations (Numatic) • Air Purging

2. Unplanned Introduction of Oxygen • Underbalanced Operations • Swabbing and Other Operations

Where a Vaccum is Created • Serviceing and Instalation of

Equipment • Chemical Reactions • Oxidizers and Oxidized Hydrocarbon • Tank Drawdown

GASES • Natural Gas • Hydrogen Sulphide • LPG Gases (ie:

propane, butane, pentane.)

• Other Ignitable Gases.

LIQUIDS/VAPOURS • Crude Oil • Condensate • NGL Liquids • Gasoline, Diesel and

Other Fuels • Methane

CHEMICALS • Chemicals Used for

Well Servicing and Stimulation

• Special Compounded Hydraulic Fluids and Lubricants

• Solvents and Cleaning Agents

SOLIDS • Lubricants • Sealants • Packings, “O” Rings,

Diaphragms and Valve Seats

• Paints and Coatings

Chemical Chain

Reaction

Print3

Rectangle



9.0 TRAINING 3077

9.1 OVERVIEW

Occupational health and safety regulations require that every employer ensure theadequate direction and instruction of workers in the safe performance of theirduties. Every supervisor is responsible for the proper instruction of the workersunder his direction and control, and for ensuring the work is performed withoutundue risk.

3086

HARVARD recognizes that it is important for employees to be familiar both with 3087

safety concerns and with technological advancements being made in our industry.Employee participation in external and internal training programs is encouraged.Some of this training is provided through orientations and on-the-job training, whileother training is provided through formal courses. HARVARD has established aminimum standard that includes a number of core (required) safety courses thatmust be completed by all staff at field locations as well as standards for thoseheadquartered in Calgary and temporarily working at field site locations.

The following outlines all training requirements. 3096

3097

9.1.1 Safety and Environment Orientation

Begin first week and consider:

• Personal Protective Equipment• Personal Conduct• Regulatory Requirements• Company Vehicle Care (if applicable)• Contractor Responsibilities 3106

• Emergency Response 3107

• Work Procedures• HS&E Handbook & Questionnaire

9.1.2 On-The-Job Training

Begin in first days:

• General Operations

o All applicable tasks 3116

• Housekeeping 3117

• Safety Precautions

o Hazardso Equipmento Procedures

• Record keeping and sign off



9.1.3 Safety Training

Personnel must have the appropriate training certification pertaining to 3126

potential hazards in the workplace. These may include: 3127

• H2S Alive• Defensive Driving• First Aid/CPR• WHMIS• TDG• Fire Extinguisher Training

9.1.4 Supervisory Training 3136

3137

Those employees that are, or have potential for supervisory positions, shallreceive appropriate training.

9.1.5 Optional and Non-Optional Training

Complete as applicable:

• High Vapour Pressure Release Training• Confined Space Entry 3146

• Off Highway Driving (Theory) 3147

• Collision Avoidance Course• H2S Rescue• Propane Training• Wilderness Survival Training• ATV Training• Leadership for Safety Excellence• Standards for Wellsite Supervision, Drilling, Completions & Workovers as

per IRP Vol. 7, Subsection 7.6.3:o Wellsite Supervision 3156

o Second Line Supervisor’s Well Control 3157

o Safety Management for Wellsiteo Regulatory Awareness for Wellsiteo Detection & Control of Flammable Substanceso Well Service BOP

3166

3167



9.2 SAFETY ORIENTATION

Every worker and contractor who is new to a work site must receive an orientationto the site. This orientation is an introduction to critical aspects of HARVARD 'sHealth, Safety and Environment Program. It provides immediate information thatworkers need to know and includes a review of Company policies and otherpractices in the Health, Safety and Environment Handbook. A Handbook ReviewQuestionnaire and Answer Key are available to confirm that employees 3176

understand the contents of the handbook. The employee is required to familiarize 3177

themselves with the contents and then sign the acknowledgement form located onthe back page and turn it in to their supervisor. Individuals will then be issued a“HARVARD Safety Orientation” hardhat sticker. The signed acknowledgementforms and a copy of the questionnaire are to be filed at the applicable field offices.

As part of the orientation, core safety training requirements should be determinedand scheduled as soon as possible.

Following this, a site walk-through is given, highlighting locations of personal 3186

protective and emergency equipment. Company safety procedures are discussed 3187

and personal protective equipment is issued (i.e. coveralls, prescription safetyglasses, hard hats, etc.).

9.3 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING

After the initial orientation, employees receive regular on-the-job training. On-the-jobtraining is a “hands-on explanation and demonstration of how to do the job(s) towhich the worker will be assigned”. In addition, on-the-job training allowssupervisors to refresh their workers’ previous training by repeating information 3196

learned earlier. All workers that are new to a job or work site should receive on-the- 3197

job training. It should be conducted when work procedures are changed or whenreviewing safety requirements.

An example for developing on-the-job training is provided in this section.

9.4 OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING

Additional optional and non-optional courses are suggested in Section 9.1 and may becompleted by employees as they move through their training program. These must be initially 3206

approved by the Area Supervisor: 3207

Note: Well Servicing BOP Training

For pump changes, etc. where it is not necessary to mount a BOP or move thetubing string, HARVARD supervisor does not require the Well Servicing BlowoutPrevention certificate if at least one member of the rig crew on location at all timeshas the required certificate. However, if a job requires that the tubing be moved andthe BOP’s be utilized, then HARVARD supervisor must have the Well ServicingBlowout Prevention Certification regardless of the certification of the rig crew 3216

members. 3217



9.5 TECHNICAL TRAINING

HARVARD encourages on-going technical training.

9.6 SUPERVISORY TRAINING

Supervisors receive training in overseeing and managing technical work, including pertinentprocedures and components of safety programs. Employees having potential to become 3226

supervisors may be identified and enrolled in supervisory training. 3227

9.7 TRAINING RECORDS

The majority of safety courses are valid for a three (3) year period. It is the operationsmanager’s responsibility to ensure training is kept up-to-date and adequate training records aremaintained. Certification must be maintained in the course that has an expiry date.

3236



SECTION 9 – FORMS 3237

Checklist for Developing an On-the-Job Training ProgramHSE Handbook Review QuestionnaireHSE Handbook Review Questionnaire – Answer Key


Page1 of 1

CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING ANON-THE JOB TRAINING PROGRAM

1. Prioritize job needing on-the-job training: 5. Observe work doing the job for the firsttime:

List all jobs for each worksite

Identify hazardous jobs (prioritize)

Identify most important jobs

Finalize list of jobs meeting

On-the-job training

Review procedure

Review tools

Review critical tasks

Review hazards and their controls

Observe and coach

Discuss observations with worker

2. Develop standards for each job: 6. Coach and train as required:

Determine regulatory requirements

Check manufacturers standards / industrypractices

Set time frame to perform job under normalconditions

List special conditions

Test progress with questions

Perform critical point checks

Conduct review

3. Develop procedures: 7. Observe worker doing the jobindependently:

Include job standards and critical tasks

List tools required

List special abilities required

List job steps

Identify hazard points and their controls

Choose critical checkpoints

Schedule testing of critical checkpoints

Allow minor errors

Stop only if critical

Review, reinforce, evaluate, and thencorrect minor errors

Question understanding of procedures

4. Demonstrate job to worker: 8. Set schedule for review:

Lay out procedure

Lay out tools

Explain procedure

Explain hazards and their controls

Explain as you perform work

Respond to questions

Test worker

Prepare report

Follow-up commitment

Spot check

Set performance objectives

9. Continued communication:

Communicate effectively

3246


OPX Consulting Inc. Page 1 of 6

HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE 3247

Name (please print): Date:

Company:

“HARVARD” is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part ofthis commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard 3256

guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health, 3257

Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers havethe basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.

Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) ifanswers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return thereview checklist to your supervisor or “HARVARD” Representative.

POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY & THE ENVIRONMENT 32663267

1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the qualityof the environment:

a) employeesb) managementc) contractorsd) everyone

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS 3276

3277

2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk ofinjury you should:

a) carry on as usualb) refuse to perform the taskc) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned taskd) ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger: 3286

3287a) leave the site immediatelyb) go have coffeec) notify the supervisor of your reasonsd) reconsider and carry on with the task

3296



EMERGENCIES 3297

4) Local emergency phone numbers must

a) not be worried aboutb) be confirmed and postedc) be memorizedd) all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a3306

a) communication device 3307b) sirenc) flashing lightd) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease

6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions?

a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aidb) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical

aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so. 3316c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened 3317d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it.

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES & DUTIES

7) You must present yourself for work:

a) physically fitb) mentally fitc) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard 3326d) all of the above 3327

8) Smoking is permitted:

a) in designated areas onlyb) where ever you wantc) outside of buildings onlyd) beside vehicles only

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at an “HARVARD ” work site: 3336

3337a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcoholb) to engage in practical jokesc) harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.d) all of the above

33463347



CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS

10) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to:

a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workersb) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbookc) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors 3356d) all of the above 3357

11) It is the Prime Contractor’s responsibility to:

a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on siteb) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positionedc) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid suppliesd) all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 3366

3367

12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on “HARVARD ” locations are:

a) face shields and leggingsb) hard hats and safety footwearc) safety glasses and hearing protectiond) all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirementsinclude: 3376

3377a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layerb) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wearc) nylon outerweard) both a & b

HAZARDS

14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves must be worn:3386

a) true 3387b) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:

a) identify and document the hazardsb) identify and implement control measures for all the hazardsc) both a) and b)d) ignore the low risk hazards 3396

3397



16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance, testing may benecessary:

a) trueb) false

17) When entering a sour location, employees are to ensure that:3406

a) H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location 3407b) communication equipment is in good working orderc) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be availabled) all of the Above

18) The term “Hot Work” refers to:

a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot dayb) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of

ignition could be produced 3416c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased 3417

temperatures

19) What is the maximum acceptable noise level on a worksite over an eight hour work period?

a) 80 dBAb) 90 dBAc) 75 dBAd) 85 dBA

3426

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where 3427

there is a potential of a fall of more than:

a) ½ metreb) 10 metresc) 20 metresd) 3 metres

MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATION

3436

21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are 3437

known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.

a) trueb) false

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the followingpurposes:

a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention 3446b) to see whose been slacking off on the work sites 3447c) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safetyd) both a & c



SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES

23) Before beginning any work at a “HARVARD ” location, you must determine if a work permitor work clearance is required.

3456a) true 3457b) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:

a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been establishedb) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one yearc) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the coldd) both a & b 3466

3467

INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS

25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be:

a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisorb) brought up at the next safety meetingc) ignored because everybody already knows it’s a hazard

ENVIRONMENT 3476

26) Only supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines: 3477

a) trueb) false

27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions:

a) trueb) false 3486

3487

SOUR SERVICE

28) A facility is considered sour at:a) 1 PPM H2S or greater

b) 10 PPM H2S or greater

c) 100 PPM H2S or greater

d) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS 3496

29) It is your responsibility to report all: 3497

a) wildlife sightingsb) unsafe acts and/or conditionsc) incidents and infractionsd) b and c



30) How soon must injuries be reported to a “HARVARD ” representative?

a) before anything else 3506b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours 3507c) within a weekd) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING

31) Good housekeeping is:

a) only a minor issueb) good to do when you have the time 3516c) mandatory 3517

WHMIS/TDG

32) Before handling chemicals you should:

a) review the MSDS sheetb) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmfulc) make sure no one else is in the aread) move the chemicals outside 3526

3527DRIVING CONDUCT

33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must

a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATVb) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulationsc) possess a valid driver’s license for insurance purposesd) all of the above

35363537

34) Driving incident are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gasindustry.

a) trueb) false



ANSWER KEYHS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE 3546

3547

Name (please print): ANSWER KEY Date:

Company:

“HARVARD” is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part ofthis commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standardguidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health, 3556

Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have 3557

the basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.

Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) ifanswers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return thereview checklist to your supervisor or “HARVARD” Representative.

POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY & THE ENVIRONMENT

3566

1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality 3567

of the environment:

a) employeesb) managementc) contractors

d) everyone

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS

3576

2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of 3577

injury you should:

a) carry on as usual

b) refuse to perform the taskc) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned taskd) ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:3586

a) leave the site immediately 3587b) go have coffee

c) notify the supervisor of your reasonsd) reconsider and carry on with the task



EMERGENCIES

4) Local emergency phone numbers must3596

a) not be worried about 3597

b) be confirmed and postedc) be memorizedd) all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a

a) communication device

b) sirenc) flashing light 3606d) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease 3607


a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid

b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical

aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happenedd) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it

3616

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES & DUTIES 3617


a) physically fitb) mentally fitc) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard

d) all of the above

8) Smoking is permitted: 3626

3627


9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at a “HARVARD” work site:

a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcoholb) to engage in practical jokes 3636c) to harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion. 3637

d) all of the above



CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 36463647


a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workersb) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbookc) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors

d) all of the above

11) It is the Prime Contractor’s responsibility to:3656

a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site 3657b) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positionedc) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies

d) all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on “HARVARD” locations are:

a) face shields and leggings 3666

b) hard hats and safety footwear 3667

c) safety glasses and hearing protectiond) all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirementsinclude:

a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layerb) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wearc) nylon outerwear 3676

d) both a & b 3677

HAZARDS

14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to worn:a) trueb) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:3686

a) identify and document the hazards 3687b) identify and implement control measures for all the hazards

c) both a) and b)

d) ignore the low risk hazards



16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance testing may benecessary:

a) true 3696

b) false 3697

17) When entering a sour location employees are to ensure that:

a) H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on locationb) communication equipment is in good working orderc) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available

d) all of the Above

18) The term “Hot Work” refers to: 3706

3707a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day

b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of ignition could

be produced

c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increasedtemperatures


a) 80 dBA 3716b) 90 dBA 3717c) 75 dBA

d) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task wherethere is a potential of a fall of more than:

a) ½ metreb) 10 metresc) 20 metres 3726

d) 3 metres 3727


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements areknown and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.

a) trueb) false

3736

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following 3737

purposes:

a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and preventionb) to see whose been slacking off on the work sitesc) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety

d) both a & c




3746

23) Before beginning any work at a “HARVARD” location you must determine if a work permit 3747

or work clearance is required.

a) trueb) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:

a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been establishedb) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year 3756c) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold 3757

d) both a & b



a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor

b) brought up at the next safety meetingc) ignored because everybody already knows it’s a hazard 3766

3767

ENVIRONMENT

26) Only Supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:

a) true

b) false


a) true 3776

b) false 3777

SOUR SERVICE

28) A facility is considered sour at:

a) 1 PPM H2S or greater

b) 10 PPM H2S or greater

c) 100 PPM H2S or greaterd) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

3786

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS 3787

29) It is your responsibility to report all:

a) wildlife sightingsb) unsafe acts and/or conditionsc) incidents and infractions

d) b and c



30) How soon must injuries be reported to a “HARVARD” representative?3796

a) before anything else 3797

b) as soon as possible but within 24 hoursc) within a weekd) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING


a) only a minor issue 3806b) good to do when you have the time 3807

c) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG

32) Before handling chemicals you should:

a) review the MSDS sheet

b) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmfulc) make sure no one else is in the area 3816d) move the chemicals outside 3817

DRIVING CONDUCT


a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATVb) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulationsc) possess a valid driver’s license for insurance purposes

d) all of the above 38263827

34) Driving incidents are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gasindustry:

a) true

b) false



10.0 CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS3836

10.1 OVERVIEW 3837

Each employer is responsible for the health and safety of their respective workers andcompliance with the regulations for operations involving their workers. The Prime Contractor(see Section 2.0 – Responsibilities) is responsible for coordination of the industrial health andsafety activities of the multiple employers. When an operation on a company site requires theservices of one or more employers, the operator or his representative as the Prime Contractor,shall be responsible for the safety of the operation and the coordination of each employersoperations.

3846

In compliance with occupational health and safety regulations, HARVARD, insists on safe work 3847

performance throughout its operations, including those tasks carried out by contractors.Contractors must comply with government and Company safety regulations and must ensurethat employees and sub-contractors are competent to perform their work properly.

Procedures must be in place to ensure that loss exposures presented by the use of contractorsare identified and controlled. This can be accomplished by identifying key activities in theselection, control and follow-up of contractor operations.

10.2 SELECTION 3856

3857

HARVARD as Prime Contractor, will give serious consideration to past safety performance andmembership in industry associations when selecting its contractors. All other factors beingequal, a contractor with a better safety record, or one taking significant measures to improve itsrecord, should be awarded contract work over others. All HARVARD documents and contractsshould contain a section on safety, detailing HARVARD’s contractors and sub-contractorssafety specifications, requirements and guidelines.

10.3 CONTROL3866

On the job site, reporting to HARVARD will provide leadership in safe work practices and 3867

ensure that all parties involved are knowledgeable of potential hazards and safetyexpectations. This requires that adequate communication be established between the Calgaryoffice, the field office and contract personnel.

10.4 FOLLOW-UP

Steps should be taken to verify that the contractor is implementing sound safety practices asrequired by their own safety programs, HARVARD guidelines and occupational health andsafety regulations. Follow-up on any deficiencies noted, or recommendations made, should 3876

take place. Upon the completion of a contract, safety considerations should be taken into 3877

account in the evaluation of the contractor’s overall performance.

The criteria used in the selection, control and follow-up of contractors may vary slightlydepending on the nature of the contract work. The following checklist provides suggestions forthe kinds of activities that will help HARVARD utilize contractors in a safe and efficient manner.



SECTION 10 – FORMS

Contractor Safety Evaluation 3886

3887

Contractor Name: Date:

INSURANCE

A. Certificate of Insurance

B. $2 million minimum general commercial liability insurance

C. $2 million minimum automotive liability insurance

D. Worker's Compensation coverage

SAFETY PROGRAM

A. Has the contractor submitted a current safety program manual?

B. Does the program meet the criteria of the base safety program?

A. Workers Compensation: WCB Number:

Statement Date:

Employer Rate:

Industry Rate:

B. Occupational Health and Safety Statement Date:

Employer Lost Time Rate:

Industry Lost Time Rate:

C. Lost Time Accidents in the Past 3 Years

DATE DESCRIPTION

D. Medical Aid Cases in Past 3 Years

DATE DESCRIPTION

Page 1of 1

CONTRACTOR SAFETY EVALUATION

Yes No

Yes No

ACCIDENT HISTORY



11.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROLS

11.1 OVERVIEW

Health and Safety controls within HARVARD are important for the continued protection ofemployees, contractors, and visitors to our operating facilities.

3896

The issues discussed in this section provide the necessary guidelines for compliance, or for the 3897

development of site specific rules and/or standards.

All operational areas must review their existing programs and ensure they have identified anddeveloped rules and standards for key health and safety issues:

The programs must include:

a. Storage and handling of controlled (hazardous) materials in order to complywith legislation under both the Workplace Hazardous Information Systems 3906

(WHMIS) and the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Control Act and 3907

Regulations (TDG).

b. Occupational health programs.

c. Personal protective equipment requirements and standards, such aspurchases, use, maintenance, cleaning, fit testing and training.

d. Availability of first aid facilities, supplies, and the appropriate training.3916

e. Site-specific rules and general enforcement standards. 3917

11.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

11.2.1 Transportation of Dangerous Goods

TDG regulations were brought into effect to promote safety in handling,shipping, transporting and receiving of dangerous goods by air, rail, road ormarine modes. The regulations deal with five main areas: classification, 3926

packaging, documentation, safety marks and training. Anyone handling or 3927

transporting dangerous goods must be trained and certified.

Goods regulated under TDG fall into nine classes. Some of these classes arefurther sub-divided depending upon the natural and degree of the hazard theypresent.

Note: The legislation is Federal and is directed by the Transportation ofDangerous Goods Control Act and Regulations.

3936

3937



11.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS

11.3.1 Hearing Conservation

Workplaces with potential noise exposures higher than the designated limitmust comply with provincial regulations, which usually require a hearingconservation program be implemented. Occupational exposure limits varyfrom province to province. HARVARD’s hearing conservation program 3946

consists of: 3947

Employee noise exposure assessment; Proper use of hearing protection devices; Administrative and engineering noise controls; Audiometric testing; Education.

See also Noise Exposure in Section 8.2.29 of this manual and the handbook.3956

11.3.2 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) 3957

HARVARD is responsible for monitoring production facilities on a regularbasis for abnormal radiation levels arising from NORM. Should circumstanceswarrant, appropriate control and hygiene procedures would be implementedto protect Company and contract personnel.

See also NORM in Section 8.2.28 of this manual and the handbook.Reference can also be made to CAPP’s Naturally Occurring RadioactiveMaterial (NORM) Guide, June 2000. 3966

3967

11.3.3 Asbestos Control

HARVARD employees, under normal circumstances, will not handleasbestos. The requirement for asbestos removal or containment is to hire acertified asbestos contractor, as required. A control program would aim tokeep the concentration of airborne asbestos fibres within a facility well belowthe current permissible concentrations set out in most provincial occupationalhealth and safety regulations.

3976

Before you begin any program dealing with asbestos, it is recommended that 3977

you review HARVARD’s asbestos management plan, located in detail in 8.1.1of this manual.

3986

3987

http://www.capp.ca/raw.asp?x=1&dt=PDF&dn=32863

http://www.capp.ca/raw.asp?x=1&dt=PDF&dn=32863



11.3.4 Benzene

Benzene is carcinogen. Exposure to high concentrations may lead tosymptoms ranging from headaches to irritability to death. It is present in crudeoil and natural gas condensate. The concentrations depend on characteristicsof the well. Workplace exposure assessments are required to determine ifbenzene is a hazard requiring implementation of control measures. Workersmay need to protect themselves from exposure by inhalation, ingestion andskin contact. Occupational exposure levels for Alberta are 0.5 ppm. 3996

3997

Reference can also be made to CAPP’s publication Managing HumanExposure to Benzene in the Upstream Oil & Gas Industry. As well as thedeveloped code of practice on benzene in this manual 8.1.2.

11.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

11.4.1 General4006

Personal protective equipment helps reduce the consequences of worker 4007

exposure to various worksite hazards. This equipment must be worn byworkers where a danger of personal injury exists. By means of hazardanalysis, each area will develop written, site-specific standards on the use ofPPE.

HARVARD supplies necessary personal protective equipment for itsemployees and trains them in how to wear, fit, clean, and store thisequipment.

4016

Contractors and sub-contractors are responsible for providing and maintaining 4017

personal protective equipment for their employees.

Supervisors are responsible for ensuring employees and contractors areaware of and use appropriate PPE for each job.

Note: Due to the nature of the workplace and the number of different hazards,it is not possible to cover specialized limb and body protection in detail. If indoubt about the selection or need for personal equipment, consult withHARVARD management and/or the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). 4026

4027

Refer also to the appropriate Regulation/Standard:

Alberta OH&S Code, Part 18 British Columbia WCB Regulation, Section 14 Saskatchewan – Occupational Health & Safety Act & Regulations Manitoba Workplace Safety & Health Regulations HARVARD Protective Clothing Standards HARVARD Respiratory Protective Equipment Code of Practice

4036

4037

http://www.capp.ca/default.asp?V_DOC_ID=763&PubID=24634

http://www.capp.ca/default.asp?V_DOC_ID=763&PubID=24634



11.4.2 Head Protection

CSA/ANSI approved hard hats must be worn by all personnel and visitors onCompany worksites.

11.4.3 Eye and Face Protection

Safety glasses must be worn when entering a process building, where there isa specific job hazard, or when directed by a HARVARD representative. 4046

Goggles and/or face shield must be worn where there is a specific job hazard 4047

(ie: when doing jobs where flying objects could harm the eyes). All eye andface protection must be CSA approved.

11.4.4 Hearing Protection

Hearing protection for work environments with noise levels exceedingregulated levels (Alberta - greater than 85 dBa) or as indicated by signage.The protection must attenuate noise levels to below occupational exposurelevels. 4056

4057

11.4.5 Hand Protection

Gloves must be worn when handling sharp objects or chemicals or asrequired by HARVARD representative and/or job hazard. Gloves mustaddress hazards specific to the task.

11.4.6 Body Protection

Fire resistant work wear must be worn at all times when at a hazardous 4066

location. Chemical suits must be worn when mixing chemicals. 4067

11.4.7 Respiratory Equipment

Breathing apparatus is required for toxic and oxygen deficient environments.A dust mask for silica protection is also required. A Code of Practice forrespiratory equipment is developed.

11.4.8 Foot Protection 4076

4077

Safety boots must meet CSA Class 1, or ANSI standards. To comply withOH&S requirements for the oil and gas industry, the safety boots must havenon-canvas uppers and completely cover the ankle.



11.4.9 Fire Retardant Clothing Standard

PURPOSE

The purpose of this standard is to establish employee clothing standards to 4086

minimize burn-related injuries liable to be caused by the wearing of unsuitable 4087

clothing in areas where there is a significant potential for a flash fire.

SCOPE

For the purpose of this standard, all wells sites from spud to abandonmentand all Oil and Gas facility sites are considered hazardous locations.

This standard applies to permanent and temporary employees as well ascontract personnel and visitors. 4096

4097

Additional personal protective equipment for the protection of hands, face, feetand head shall be worn as appropriate.

REQUIREMENTS

This standard acknowledges the existence of two levels of risk:

Level I4106

Attendance by an individual at a location where: 4107

1. There is no direct involvement in the operations.2. There is constant supervision.3. There are no activities being carried out at the location which increase the

potential for hydrocarbon release.

Personnel in this category are not required to wear fire retardant outerwear.However, they are not permitted to wear nylon or other synthetic, staticgenerating materials. Acceptable clothing is made from cotton, wool, or 4116

leather. Short sleeved shirts and shorts are not considered acceptable. An 4117

example of someone in this category would be individuals taken on a tour of afacility.

Level II

Personnel who are in attendance or working at a Hazardous Location anddirectly involved in supervision, drilling servicing, construction, operation,maintenance or repair of wells and facilities at that location shall wearacceptable fire retardant outer wear at all times and must refrain from wearing 4126

unsuitable fusible fabrics, such as nylon, as inner wear. Long pants and long 4127

sleeve shirts under fire retardant outer wear provides an additional layer ofinsulation with increased protection in the event of a fire and therefore shouldbe worn in most cases.However, in cases of extreme heat, this may not be practical and under thesecircumstances shorts and short sleeve shirts are permissible.



ADMINISTRATION

HARVARD or HARVARD’s designated Field Supervisors are responsible forensuring that all work activities are carried out in accordance with the 4136

requirements of this policy. Failure to comply with this standard will result in 4137

disciplinary action being taken.Clothing must be in conformance with HARVARD policy.

11.4.10 Prescription Safety Glasses Purchase Procedure

1. Prescription safety glasses will be available for all qualifying employees.

2. Frames must be a CSA certified safety frame. The optical dispenserwill be able to advise which frames qualify. Certain tasks may also 4146

require the utilization of side shields. 4147

3. Lenses shall be made from CR-39 or Polycarbonate material. Ascratch resistant coating will be applied to the lenses. No glass lenseswill be issued unless extenuating circumstances prove that there is noother alternative.The use of tinted and photo chromatic lenses are not allowed unlessthey are recommended by the attending Optometrist.Note: All extenuating circumstances should be discussed withthe appropriate Department Manager prior to making a purchase. 4156

4157

4. An employee requiring safety glasses should obtain a completed andsigned authorization form from the Area Supervisor, or in the case ofCalgary based employees, the Department Manager. Forms areavailable by contacting the Department Manager.

5. Employees may go to any dispensing Optometrist in the Province andpresent the signed authorization form. If the services of anOphthalmologist are required, the employee should obtain aprescription form from that physician and to a dispensing Optometrist 4166

to have the glasses provided. 4167

6. Eye examination charges are the responsibility of the employee.



11.5 RULES AND ENFORCEMENT

11.5.1 Overview

HARVARD has adopted a number of written policies and standards whichgovern virtually all aspects of HARVARD’s operations. They are designed toensure that HARVARD’S operations are conducted in a reasonable and 4176

responsible manner relative to its employees, shareholders and the public. 4177

All employees are expected to follow HARVARD Health, Safety andEnvironment Policy and pertinent government legislation. Applicablelegislation consists of Occupational Health and Safety Act, Workers’Compensation Acts, Provincial Fire Codes, Provincial Energy Regulations (ie:ERCB, BCOGC, SER), Highway Traffic Act, TDG Control Act andRegulations, and Labour Standards.

Management and supervisors must notify workers of all government acts and 4186

regulations as well as site or area specific rules. It is the worker’s 4187

responsibility to understand and comply with all government and Companyrules that are applicable. Copies of the Policy on Health, Safety andEnvironment and The Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for WorkerSafety are provided in the Introduction section of this manual.

11.5.2 Enforcement Guidelines

In instances where the policies and standards are not complied with, it isessential that there be an equitable and consistent enforcement and 4196

disciplinary procedure. Safety rules are enforced first through proper 4197

orientation and on-the-job training and communication; and second, throughdisciplinary measures that will be taken against those who fail to comply withthem.

HARVARD’s prevention program is a positive one. HARVARD has adoptedan approach which places an emphasis on coaching and problem solving.



12.0 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION & PROGRAM AUDITING

12.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION 4206

4207

Safety regulations in each province specify that the employer has the responsibility to develop,implement and maintain a program which prevents injuries and diseases in the place ofemployment. To safely complete its activities, HARVARD has a responsibility to:

• Develop, implement and maintain a safety program.

• Ensure that supervisors’ safety responsibilities are clearly established and monitored.

• Ensure key hazards are identified, documented and communicated in project planning

and field work.

• Coordinate health and safety at job sites emphasizing emergency procedures. 4216

• Provide visible management support for work of supervisors with respect to safety. 4217

HARVARD is committed to safety excellence in every operation. By working together; workers,contractors, supervisors and management can keep the workplace accident free. Managementcommunicates its commitment through the following:

• Company Policy Statement

This commitment to safety is clearly outlined in HARVARD’s Policy on Health, Safetyand Environment. This policy is included in the Introduction of the manual and is posted 4226

throughout the workplace to remind workers of the importance of safety. 4227

• Guiding Principles

Both HARVARD and its contractors have a responsibility for protecting all workerswithin the oil and gas industry. Five petroleum industry associations, representing bothcontractors and operating companies, have established a set of guiding principles andhas them posted at worksites. HARVARD supports these guiding principles and hasthem posted at worksites.

4236

• Safety Responsibilities 4237

The general safety and loss control responsibilities required to implement HARVARDSafety Program are identified in this manual. Management and supervisors at all levelsare responsible for ensuring that specific responsibilities are identified andcommunicated effectively to all employees and contractors. These responsibilities areused to set standards for performance evaluation.

4246



• General Communication 4247

Company management will provide and assume a leadership role in the promotion ofsafety through policies, guidelines, loss control meetings, monthly reports, and othercommunications. In addition, a Safety and Environment Review Committee isestablished to provide guidance and support to HARVARD’s Safety Program.Management will conduct walk-arounds on work sites to observe operations and talk toemployees about safety concerns. Employees should present any safety concerns tomanagement during these walk-arounds.

4256

4257

4266

4267

4276

4277

4286

4287




Health, Safety and Environment Management Review

Page 1 of 3

Contractor Company: ________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________

Address: __________________________________________________________ Phone:____________________________

Service Provided: ___________________________________________________ Location: _________________________

Issued By: Harvard Representative _________________________________ Phone: _________________________

Received By: Contractor Representative ________________________________ Phone: ___________________________

Management Involvement Not Applicable (NA) Unsatisfactory (U) Satisfactory (S) U S

1. Is there a written safety program (company manual) ? □ □2. Does management regularly tour worksites to observe work practices and site conditions? (When) □ □

Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________________

Records Management and documentation

1. Is all critical data for operation and environmental concerns stored onsite and updated? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Quality Management

1. Is there a Quality Management system and do contractors follow that system? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Communication

1. Is the permit system being used? (ie:safe work permits, hot work permits) □ □2. Are Loss Control Meetings taken place in a timely manner? □ □3. Are Risk Management and OH&S bulletins posted and discussed? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Emergency Response Planning

1. Is the area emergency Response Plan in place and up-to-date? □ □2. Are there regular exercises and training to implement the ERP? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Hazard Identification Control

1. Are Equipment and vehicles inspected and at what frequency? (Show examples and completed documentation.) □ □2. Is there a system for hazard assessment, reporting and follow-up (written or verbal)? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTMANAGEMENT REVIEW

Note: If unsatisfactory is selected, an explanation must be provided in the “Comments” section. The contractor is

responsible to ensure that all deficiencies in this inspection are corrected.

Page 2 of 3

Rules and Work Procedures U S

1. Are there procedures for high risk or critical work? Are they available and used? □ □2. Are there written emergency plans available and communicated to personnel at the work site?

i) ERP ii) Emergency Transportation Plan iii) Working Alone □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Incident Reporting

1. Do you have an incident reporting process? □ □2. Do you have a near miss/incident reporting form that includes follow-up? □ □3. Are incidents reported and was the problem rectified the previous near miss or accident, and were management

and workers involved in the solutions? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Training N/A U S

1. Have you received a safety orientation? (What and When) □ □ □2. How often are Loss Control meetings held? (Show examples and documentation) □ □ □3. Is the appropriate training in place? □ □ □4. First Aid Training □ □ □5. H2S Training □ □ □6. WHMIS Training □ □ □7. TDG Training □ □ □8. Fire Extinguisher or Fire Fighting Training □ □ □9. Job Specific Training/Certification □ □ □

Personal Protective Equipment N/A U S

1. Is the appropriate PPE available and being used? □ □ □2. Hard Hat □ □ □3. Safety Glasses or Eye Protection □ □ □4. Footwear □ □ □5. Protective Clothing □ □ □6. Hearing Protection □ □ □7. Respiratory Protection (For the Nature of the Hazard) □ □ □8. Personal Monitor or H2S Detector □ □ □9. Communication Equipment □ □ □

Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________

Safety Equipment N/A U S

1. Is the appropriate Safety Equipment available and being used? □ □ □2. Fire Fighting Equipment (ie: inspected, tagged, accessible and condition) □ □ □3. Rotating Equipment Guards □ □ □4. First Aid Kit □ □ □5. Fall Arrest Equipment (including ladders, steps or stairways, safety belts and lanyards) □ □ □6. Bonding and Grounding Equipment □ □ □7. Emergency Shut Down and Alarm Systems (including diesel positive air shutoffs and backup alarms) □ □ □

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________

Contractors N/A U S

1. Is the contractor aware of the safety expectations and standards of the Corporation? □ □ □

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________

Environmental, Storage and Handling

1. Are potential environmental concerns addressed and corrected? □ □ □2. D-58 Compliance (Proper waste storage, ie: filters, contaminated soil and fluid. Show waste manifests.) □ □ □3. D-55 Compliance (ie: double walled tanks, tank condition, secondary containment.) □ □ □

Comments____________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The following questions must be completed by the Harvard Issuer.

Page 3 of 3

Does this Management Review warrant a follow-up work site inspection by a Harvard Representative? YES □ NO

□Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.Purpose

1. Harvard representatives hiring contractor(s) are obligated to ensure that the contractor(s) is workingwithin the terms and requirements of the job of project. The Management Review is designed as the “gosee” step in the process of establishing Harvard due diligence. The frequency of the review isdependent on the knowledge and experience of the contractor(s), the nature of the work and the associatedhazards.

2. The review is designed for use by a Harvard Representative with the questions focused in the area ofthe contractor’s work site safety management and the minimum Corporation and Regulatory requirements.

3. The review is designed as a mechanism to trigger a more detailed inspection coordinated by theCorporation should the results of the review not meet expectations.

4. The intent is to improve contractor work site safety performance in alignment with the Harvard HSEprogram

Process1. Harvard Representative conducts a Management Review for Contractor.2. Leave copy with Contractor to manage any follow up.3. Harvard Representative completes bottom section which identifies whether or not the Contractor

requires a more detailed inspection by Corporation.4. Harvard Representative will forward a copy to Harvard Calgary Office.5. Harvard Calgary Office will coordinate follow up inspection of the contractor.

PHOTOCOPY DISTRIBUTION: □ Contractor □Harvard Representative □Harvard - Calgary office



13.0 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTS

13.1 OVERVIEW4296

To demonstrate compliance with the regulations, a copy of relevant safety records must be 4297

available including safety meetings, inspections, investigations, and work procedures.Field/contract supervisors should have copies of the relevant legislation at the work site.

Our work is governed by a variety of regulatory requirements. Safety legislation and Companyrules/ guidelines are designed to protect workers, the public and the environment. Non-compliance with these standards could result in personal injuries, fines, legal proceedingsand/or Company disciplinary actions. Standards should be made part of day-to-day operationsas much as possible but there is some basic information that should be kept on hand forreference purposes. 4306

4307

There are many facets to HARVARD’s Safety Program and consideration must be given tokeeping records of the activities that are carried out in support of the program. Some of theseactivities may be easily kept track of in a personal diary (e.g. an informal safety inspection)while others require a more formalized method. The purpose of the records is to:

• Manage an effective program.

• Comply with legislated standards.

• Allow for consistent measurement against a set of operating parameters.

• Provide documentation in the event of legal proceedings. 4316

4317

Provided in Section 13.4 is a list of key records that should be kept, and some indication of howlong, for each element of the Safety Program.

13.2 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE

Changes in operations, procedures, site standards, facilities or personnel must be evaluatedand managed to ensure that safety and environmental risks arising from these changes remainat an acceptable level. Similarly, changes in laws and regulations must be reflected in facilitiesand operating practices to ensure ongoing compliance. All changes that are made should be 4326

properly reflected in the appropriate documentation. This can be accomplished by: 4327

1. Thoroughly reviewing and documenting changes to standards, processes and/orequipment.

2. Providing support and training to employees who are affected by the change.3. Reaffirming responsibilities and accountabilities when staff changes occur.4. Identify changes in laws and regulations and reflect those changes in facilities as

required.

4336

4337



13.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

Include, but are not limited to:

13.3.1 Company Documents

1. Safety Program Manual2. Emergency Response Manual (if applicable) 4346

4347

13.3.2 Government Documents

Alberta

1. Occupational Health and Safety Act, Regulation, and Code2. Public Safety Services Act4. ERCB Pipeline Act and Regulations5. W.C.B. Act 4356

6. Personal Information Protection Act 4357

British Columbia

1. Workers’ Compensation Act2. Occupational Health and Safety Regulations3. Industrial First Aid Regulations4. Occupational Safety and Health Policy and Procedure Manual5. OGC’s Oil and Gas Handbook6. Health Act – Industrial Camp Health Regulations7. Personal Information Protection Act 4366

4367

Manitoba

1. The Workplace Health & Safety Act and Regulations2. Manitoba “The Oil & Gas Act”3. WCB Act4. Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act

Saskatchewan4376

1. Occupational Health & Safety Act and Regulations 4377

2. Worker’s Compensation Act3. Pipeline Act & Regulations4. Oil & Gas Conservation Act5. Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act

Federal

1. Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act and Regulations2. Canadian Standards Association regulations (ie: Z-731, Z-622)3. Canadian Environmental Protection Act 4386



13.3.3 General Documents 4387

1. CAPP Users Guide for Permits of Equivalent Safety2. CAPP Guidelines for Entry into Confined Spaces3. CAPP Guidelines for Respiratory Protective Equipment4. CAPP Guidelines for Mutual Aid Agreement for Emergency Responses5. Alberta Industry Recommended Practices

13.4 RECORD KEEPING4396

It is important that a complete record of all safety meetings both at the field level and at the 4397

corporate level be kept on file for possible review by corporate and regulatory personnel. It issuggested that all field safety meeting records be submitted to the head office at the completionof each project. Files should be established with retrieval capability on a project basis.

In addition, and probably more important is the requirement to record and file hazardidentification and incident reports. Statistics must be kept on incident type and frequency forcomparison with industry and corporate goals.

FILE COMMENTS 4406

4407

1. WORK SITE HAZARDS ASSESSMENTSAND INSPECTIONS

a. General Safety Inspections - Keep on file for 2 years.b. Safety Equipment Inspections

(Fire extinguishers, breathing apparatus) - Keep on file for at least 2years.

c. Loss Prevention/Boiler and - Keep on file for 3 years orMachinery Inspections until all recommendations 4416

have been completed, whichever is longer. 4417

d. Process Hazard Analysis Reports - Keep in permanent file.

2. QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN (If Applicable)

The Quality Management Plan Manual shouldbe consulted for record keeping requirements.

3. MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATIONS4426

a. Safety Meeting Minutes - Keep on file for 3 years. 4427

b. Work Permits - Keep on file for 2 years.c. Risk Management Bulletins - Depending on Nature of

Document and other SafetyCommunications

4. ENVIRONMENT

Incident Reports and Spill Clean-up Records - Permanent file.4436



5. WORK PROCEDURES 4437

Site Specific Work Procedures and - It is suggested that there is aCodes of Practice permanent file for current

procedures as well as a revisionfile.Consideration should also begiven to an archive file for allprocedures.

4446

6. WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY 4447

a. Audiometric Test Results - Due to the confidentialnature of these results therecords are kept at thehead office with a copy sentdirectly to the employee.

b. Workers’ Compensation Claim - Permanent file.(lost time and medical aid)

c. TDG Declarations - File for 2 years. 4456

d. Site Specific Rules and Regulations - Permanent file. 4457

e. MSDS - Permanent file kept current.

7. CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS

a. Approved Contractor List - Permanent file that is keptcurrent.

b. Contractor Evaluations - Permanent file that is keptcurrent.

4466

8. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING - A revision file to track 4467

changes to Emergencycontact numbers, residentinformation and mapping.

9. TRAINING

a. Safety Orientation - Copy to permanent file.b. On-the-Job Training - Permanent file.c. Non-certifiable Safety Training - Keep on file for 3 years or

(Fire Fighting, WHMIS, ERP Training) until up-dated training is 4476

received, whichever is longer. 4477

d. Certifiable Core Safety Courses - The expiry date for these(First Aid/CPR, H2S, TDG) is 3 years.

e. Other Training - Permanent file.



10. INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS

a. Incident Reports - 3 Year file unless an injury orthird party is involved and 4486

then use discretion to 4487

determine if it should be keptin permanent file.

11. MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATIONAND PROGRAM AUDITING

a. Safety Audit Reports - File for 3 years or until thenext audit is conducted(whichever is later). 4496

4497



14.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

14.1 OVERVIEW

Operating in an environmentally responsible way and complying with the law are priorities forHARVARD. Our Policy on Health Safety and the Environment emphasizes the responsibilitiesfor ensuring that good environmental practices are followed.

As a minimum, all employees should ensure they do the following: 4506

4507

1. Identify environmental requirements for the job.2. Obtain all required regulatory approvals prior to commencing work.3. Provide the required equipment and procedures to manage the environmental impacts

of operating activities and prevent pollution.4. Ensure that all incidents are reported to the Calgary head office. Begin clean-up

immediately and, if necessary, obtain direction as to the proper methods needed toreduce any negative impact.

Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that environmental issues in their area are identified 4516

and addressed. To ensure all concerns are addressed promptly, supervisors should review 4517

environmental issues at every safety and environment meeting.

The key environmental concerns related to HARVARD’s drilling and completion/productionoperations include:

Proper storage of hazardous chemicals and products Managing and reducing drilling and completion wastes Preventing and controlling releases to land and water Conserving energy and water 4526

Minimizing releases to the atmosphere 4527

Protecting local habitat, wildlife and other local environmental andcommunity issues

The following programs have been developed by HARVARD to help manage environmentalissues.

14.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT4536

Improper handling and disposal of oilfield wastes leads to costly remedial measures. Many of 4537

today’s expensive reclamation problems are the result of previous sub-standard practices.Even if wastes are shipped off-site for disposal by third parties, HARVARD may still beresponsible for environmental problems caused by these wastes.



DRILLING WASTE

Wastes generated from drilling operations at the lease are divided into non-sump wastes and 4546

sump wastes. The following regulatory directives govern the management of these two types of 4547

waste:

ERCB D - 50 -Sump Wastes (wastes from downhole - cuttings, muds, etc) ERCB D -58 -Drilling Maintenance (used oil, coolants, solvents, filters, domestic

refuse)

The focus of D-50 and D-58 is to place responsibility for waste on the generator. Once a wastehas been generated the generator is responsible for the waste from cradle to grave. Properlycharacterizing, tracking and disposing of waste will demonstrate compliance of HARVARD 'S 4556

Waste Management System with these regulatory initiatives. 4557

Properly managed sump waste includes:

Developing a drilling plan (determining appropriate disposal method) Sampling the sump (characterization) Notification to proper regulatory authorities

Copies of all submissions are to be forwarded to the Calgary Office. Submitting forms for theDrilling Waste Database to HARVARD office will allow HARVARD to demonstrate complianceand ensure wastes are tracked. 4566

4567

The management of non-sump wastes includes:

Selecting an approved contractor Completing a HARVARD Waste Tracking Form for Non-DOWs Completing a manifest for DOWs and regulated waste (ERCB manifest in AB,

provincial manifest in BC, SK & MB) Submitting these completed forms to the Calgary Office

Completing a manifest or tracking form occurs only when waste is sent off a lease for disposal 4576

or treatment. This form does not need to be completed when transferring waste from one drill 4577

site to another. For additional information regarding non-sump waste, reference the WasteManagement Manual for drilling. For additional information or assistance contact the CalgaryOffice directly.

PRODUCTION WASTES

Under the AEPEA, the Waste Control Regulation (AR 192-96) provides for management anddisposal of Hazardous Wastes in Alberta. “Oilfield wastes” are exempt from this Act and theRegulation. Instead they are regulated by ERCB rather then by Alberta Environment. Within the 4586

upstream petroleum industry, wastes that would be considered “hazardous wastes” are termed 4587

“dangerous oilfield wastes”.

In British Columbia, “special wastes” are classified in a similar way to hazardous wastes inAlberta, with a few exceptions. The following are the two most significant exceptions:

There is no exemption for wastes produced by the oil and gas industry. Any wastes containing greater than 3% oil by weight are classified as “special

wastes”.



In Saskatchewan, oilfield production wastes are regulated by Saskatchewan Energy and 4596

Resources (SER) under the Oil and Gas Conservation Act and Regulations and by 4597

Saskatchewan Environment under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. Wastes cannot be stored or disposed of in such a manner as to cause pollution of soil or groundwater.Waste Management Guidelines for the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry (SPIGEG GuidelinesNo.1) were introduced in February of 1996. SER and Saskatchewan Environment approvedoilfield waste management facilities. They will be permitted for specific types of oilfield waste.

The ERCB is committed to ensure that oilfield wastes are managed to at least an equivalentstandard of care as other industries that are regulated by Alberta Environment (AE). The ERCBprescribes several policies, including: 4606

Encourage the 4R’s (reduce, reuse, recycle, recover). 4607

Waste management is to be integrated into all design and operation decisions. Oilfield wastes will be regulated to equivalent standards of other industries.

WASTE CHARACTERIZATION

The first step in managing wastes is to characterize and classify the material. “Characterization”is the assessment of a waste. There are two main reasons for characterization; first, todetermine the hazards relating to transportation and second, to determine the environmental 4616

consequences of the waste so that a disposal or management option that appropriately deals 4617

with those consequences may be used.

ERCB Directive 58 provides details for characterizing wastes. Depending on chemicalproperties such as flammability, spontaneous combustion, toxicity and other criteria, somewastes will be classified as “dangerous” oilfield wastes. It is the responsibility of the wastegenerator to ensure that each waste has been properly identified, characterized, and ishandled, treated and disposed of correctly. It is possible to divide oilfield wastes into threemajor categories.

4626

Dangerous oilfield waste; 4627

Not a dangerous oilfield waste; or Testing required.

Directive 58 describes the criteria to classify wastes according to their properties:

Flammability (TDGR Classes 4, and 4.1) Spontaneous Combustion Potential (TDGR Class 4.2) Water Reactive (TDGR Class 4.3) 4636

Oxidizing Substances and Organic Peroxides (TDGR Class 5) 4637

Toxicity (TDGR Class 6.1) Corrosive (TDGR Class 8) PCB Content (TDGR Class 9) Leachate Toxicity (TDGR Class 9.3)

Once the waste has been classified, the generator can then decide on the best method oftreatment and disposal. Handling and shipping must be done in accordance with TDGRegulations.



Dangerous oilfield wastes are regulated for the transportation by the Transportation of 4646

Dangerous Goods Act and also require an Alberta Waste Manifest for disposal. 4647

WASTE MANIFESTING

Records must be kept of wastes destined for treatment, transportation and disposal. Refer toDirective 58-Oilfiield Waste Management Requirements for the Upstream Petroleum Industry.

A manifest is a document that must accompany dangerous oilfield wastes when they aretransported. Most upstream petroleum industry wastes will be classified as Dangerous Goodsdue to flammable or corrosive properties and will therefore be required to meet the manifest 4656

requirements of the TDG Regulations. 4657

14.3 AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

An inspection checklist for drilling/completions and construction operations is included in thissection. The purpose of the checklist and sub-section 1.1 is to review these operations andensure they are in compliance with regulatory guidelines and industry standards. Theseinspections will be carried out on an ongoing basis and contractors will be notified of theinspection schedule. 4666

4667

14.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Understanding and managing potential environmental impacts associated withCompany operations is essential. As a Company, there is a growing requirement to:

Demonstrate commitment to the environment. Identify and deal with the environmental issues related to our operations. Raise awareness of the organization’s environmental policies and objectives. Inform internal or external interested parties about HARVARD’s environmental 4676

commitment and performance as appropriate. 4677

To minimize or prevent negative environmental impacts, HARVARD has establishedand maintains a series of environmental programs. These programs can be classifiedas follows:

• Land Use Management • Air Quality Protection• Resource Conservation • Soil/Water Quality Protection• Waste Management • Risk Management

4686

A summary of the current and required programs is provided below. 4687

For each of these programs, operational controls need to be established to ensure ourenvironmental performance is consistent with Company policies and objectives. Theneed for environmental programs and controls is an ongoing process determined bypast, current and potential future impacts of our activities. Additional programs can bedeveloped and implemented as the need arises.



14.3.2 COMMUNICATION AND REPORTING 4696

4697

Changing regulations are shifting the emphasis to companies policing their ownactivities. As a result, the requirements for monitoring, communicating and reportingenvironmental activities and performance is increasing. NOW is the time to begin tobuild working relationships with government agencies and residents NOT when there isa problem. Regular contact with local government agencies to clarify expectations andimprove environmental performance is important.

Remember too, the public and other stakeholders have a legal right to be informed. It isimportant to let our neighbours know about and contribute to matters that affect the 4706

environment, their lives, families and communities. Neighborly communication is good 4707

business and the benefits far exceed that of addressing any specific problem.

14.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The programs outlined above are a key part of the overall environmental managementsystem our Company is expected to develop to deal with specific issues. All programsshould outline standards and guidelines for consistent Company wide environmentalperformance including:

4716

1. Identify key environmental issues and the strategy for dealing with these issues. 4717

2. Identify the responsibilities for achieving environmental objectives and targets.3. The means and time frame by which they are to be achieved.

To ensure the effectiveness of our environmental efforts, a program of audits andassessments will be maintained to monitor the impact of our activities and ourcompliance with relevant environmental regulations.

4726



14.4 Procedures 4727

14.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Drilling WasteManagement

PURPOSE

Effective drilling waste management minimizes environmental impacts formdrilling operations and drilling waste disposal.

4736

BACKGROUND 4737

Drilling rigs and service rigs have the potential to contaminate soil orgroundwater by spilling chemicals or drilling mud.

CONSIDERATIONS

The Directive 50 Drilling Waste Management describes methods for drillingwaste management disposal and IL 2001-03 Management of Drilling WastesAssociated with Advanced Gel Chemical Systems. 4746

4747

LANDSPREADING

Landspreading is a disposal method in which waste is spread over apredetermined land area based on an acceptable loading rate, and isincorporated into the soil. Landspreading is usually done on the drilling lease.Its goal is to dispose of waste in a manner that preserves the soil’s chemical,biological and physical properties and protects the quality of surface waterand groundwater.

4756

Typical methods for landspreading are: 4757

• Ripping subsoil to a depth of 50 cm (or less), then spreading andincorporating the waste on-site.

• Spreading (squeezing) the waste on-site, drying and incorporating to adepth of 50 cm (or less).

• Applying liquids or solids on cultivated land (off-site) and incorporatingthem by cultivating. 4766

4767

Note: Liquids are defined as wastes that have less than1,200kg/cubic metre mud weight (s.g. <1.20). Solids are defined aswastes that have greater than 1,200 kg/cubic metre mud weight (s.g.>1.20). Total waste is defined as Liquids and Solids combined as onematerial.

4776



MIX-BURY-COVER 4777

Mix-bury-cover (MBC) is a disposal method whereby sump solids (andsometimes liquids or the total waste) are stabilized and diluted by mixing withsubsoil. The ratio of soil to waste is at least three parts soil to one part waste.The soil/waste mixture is then placed into the original sump or other PITSwhere the base of the final soil/waste mixture is at least 1m above the watertable or a layer of impermeable material and is covered with at least 1m ofclean subsoil, and then with the original surface soil.

4786

The goal of MBC is to incorporate waste, (meeting the required criteria) into 4787

the soil below the major rooting zone and above the water table in a mannerthat preserves soil chemical properties and protects groundwater quality.

Typical MBC methods are:

• Mixing waste and soil in the sump and covering.

• Mixing waste and soil on the surface, putting the mixture back in thesump and covering. 4796

4797

• Mixing waste and soil, putting the mixture into a new pit and covering.

• Bailing the waste onto the surface, mixing with the soil, and buryingwhen filling a cut.

• Spreading wastes on a surface, allowing them to dry, putting thewastes back into the sump, mixing and covering.

PUMPOFF (LIQUIDS ONLY) 4806

4807

Pumpoff is a disposal method in which drilling waste fluids are applied off-site onto vegetated land. The waste is not incorporated into the soil.

The goal of pumpoff is to dispose of the liquids in a manner that preserves thechemical, biological and physical properties of the soil, does not harm thevegetation and protects the quality of surface water, groundwater andvegetation. Because it is done off-site, pumpoff allows access to a largerspread area.

4816

Typical pumpoff methods are: 4817

• Pumping through hoses or irrigation equipment (big gun, sprinklers,grated pipe, perforated hose).

• Vehicle application (vacuum trucks, Terragator, wagons, etc.) with aspray bar or deflector plate.

4826



LANDSPREADING WHILE DRILLING 4827

Landspreading while drilling (LWD) is a disposal method in which drillingwastes from approved mud systems are spread off-site at low applicationrates usually during the drilling phase of the well. Drilling wastes are normallyspread on agricultural land using a variety of techniques (vacuum trucks,Terragators, wagons, etc.) at a thickness usually less than 5mm. The goal ofthis disposal method is to dispose of drilling wastes in such a manner that soiland vegetation are not adversely impacted and the quality of surface water isprotected. 4836

4837

Mud systems presently approved for LWD are:

• Fresh Water Gel

• Gypsum Water

• Nitrate Gypsum Water

Any other mud systems proposed for LWD must be proven to the appropriate 4846

regulatory office by a Microtox bioassay. 4847

Fluids recovered from drill stem tests and cement returns must be isolatedfrom the drilling wastes and may not be disposed of by LWD. Cement returnsmay be buried under 1m of clean fill. Drill stem test fluids must be conservedor disposed by the other disposal methods.

LANDFARMING

Landfarming is a waste treatment/disposal method whereby a single 4856

application (or multiple applications from one waste source) of biodegradable 4857

waste is made on a dedicated parcel of land. The land is managed in amanner which allows the soil system to degrade, transform and assimilate thewaste constituents. The landfarming site may be used only once.

The goal of landfarming is to biodegrade the organic constituents in a wasteusing natural soil processes in a manner that protects soils and groundwaterquality. Elevated oil contents may arise when hydrocarbon based systems areused or drilling conditions result in the unforeseen production ofhydrocarbons. 4866

4867

Landfarming may be used for wastes where landspreading or MBC oil criteriacannot be met. Wastes that require landfarming may have high salt contents,thus management practices must deal with both the salt and the organicconstituents.



Landfarming may be done in either the topsoil or the subsoil. Landfarming isan active practice that requires frequent tillage and application of nutrients tobreak down the organic constituents in the waste. Organic amendments 4876

(manure, straw) are added to increase biological activity and aeration of the 4877

soil. Frequent sampling and analysis may be necessary to monitor theprogress of the remediation.

TESTING AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

For each of the five disposal methods D-50 describes:

• Testing Requirements• Sampling and Analysis 4886

• Calculation of Spreading Rates 4887

• Disposal Criteria• Notification

The option of subsurface disposal of drilling waste liquids in accordance withID 81-1 has been retained, provided the disposal zone is deeper than thedeepest potable water zone. Other disposal options must be approved by theappropriate regulatory agencies. In these cases, a detailed plan must beprovided that will meet environmental protection and reclamationrequirements. 4896

4897

WASTE MANAGEMENT

• Look for opportunities to minimize waste by re-use of materials orcontainers and by using recyclable materials.

• Order chemical in bulk.• Return empty containers to the supplier.• Choose non-hazardous materials whenever possible.• Segregate waste for proper disposal.• Waste fluids must be properly disposed of at an approved ERCB 4906

waste management facility. 4907

RELEASE PREVENTION

• Inspect service rigs for leaks at valves, fittings, pumps, tanks, etc.• Provide adequate containment for all fluids, including those that can

be produced from the formation.• Do not dump the contents of rig or other tanks on-site.• Prevent all wash fluids from spilling on the ground.

4916

MISCELLANEOUS 4917

• Keep lease site clean at all times.• Domestic wastes should be kept separate from rig wastes.• Keep all rig wash and chemicals out of the sump.• Collect used lube oils for recycling.• Oil filters and oil rags should be separated from other wastes for

proper disposal.



• Pick up garbage and place in suitable storage containers on-site.Garbage should be taken for disposal to an approved landfill. 4926

• Use environmentally friendly rig wash and lead-free pipe dope. 4927

REFERENCES:

ERCB

ID 81-01 Subsurface Disposal of Drilling FluidsID 90-01 Completion and Servicing of Sour Wells

Section 3 rescinded by Directive 71)ID 96-03 Oilfield Waste 4936

IL 2001-03 Management of Drilling Wastes Associated 4937

Advanced Gel Chemical SystemsDirective D-70 Drilling Waste Disposal Inspection ManualDirective D-50 Drilling Waste ManagementDirective D-58 Oilfield Waste ManagementDirective D-37 Service Rig Inspection ManualDirective D-36 Drilling Rig Inspection Manual

14.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – General 4946

Housekeeping 4947

PURPOSE

High standards of maintenance and housekeeping at oil and gas facilities notonly provide an attractive appearance, but create safer working conditions.

BACKGROUND

Regular maintenance and upkeep of the general appearance of facilities 4956

improves employee morale and community relations, reduces site 4957

abandonment and reclamation costs, and minimizes unsafe workingconditions.

CONSIDERATIONS

General housekeeping guidelines include the following:

• Areas exposed to fire hazards must be kept free of weeds or othervegetation and any other combustible material. 4966

• All releases must be cleaned up immediately and the facility kept 4967

clean.

• Garbage should be collected in appropriate containers and disposedof on a regular basis.



• Surface facilities should be graded to prevent pooling of rain wateror snow melt. Grading or dykes may be needed to prevent the inflowof water from off lease.

• Facilities must post signage that meets regulatory requirements foridentifying the well, the name and telephone number of the operator,and the legal land description (O&G Regulations. Sec. 6.020). 4976

• Wells with pumping units located within 800 m of populated areas 4977

must have a fence that prevents access (O&G Regs. Sec. 8.170).

• Oily rags, filters, etc. should be collected in approved containers whileawaiting recycling or proper disposal.

• Used lube oil should be collected for disposal at an appropriate oilrecycling center. Lube oil cannot be added to the sales oil stream orspread on roads.

• Waste or surplus equipment, tubing or drums, should be stored in anorderly fashion while arrangements are being made for disposal.

• Oil must not be stored in earthen pits. 4986

• Ensure buildings, vessels and piping are appropriately labeled 4987

according to WHMIS.

• Batteries must be fenced and posted with warning signs if H2S isgreater then 1%. Near occupied dwellings and other public facilities anindustrial fence is required. In other areas a four strand barbed wirefence is adequate (O&G Regulations, Section 8.170)

• In Saskatchewan, facilities and wells must have a sign meetingregulatory requirements which identify the well or facility name, thename of the owner and the legal description.

• In Saskatchewan, no produced fluids may be stored in earth 4996

excavations or storage receptacles that are inadequate or likely to 4997

cause waste or loss.

14.4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – HistoricalResources Protection

PURPOSE

This section addresses methods that will protect historical and archaeologicalresources from any loss or damage by construction of oil and gas facilities. 5006

5007

BACKGROUND

Construction of oil and gas facilities and pipelines has the potential to damageor destroy valuable historical and archaeological resources that areirreplaceable.



CONSIDERATIONS 5016

5017

The Historical Resources Act (1980) is intended to protect archaeological,historical and paleoecological resources of Alberta and minimize the risk ofdamage to these resources.

The ERCB requires a Historical Resources Impact Assessment with someproject applications as described in IL 82-11.

As described in the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act,pipelines with a construction index greater than 2690 require a formal 5026

Historical Resources Impact Assessment. 5027

If a known or suspected archaeological or historical site is encountered duringconstruction, contact the Resource Management Program (403-431-2300).

REFERENCES:

Alberta Historical Resources Act (1980)

Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act 5036

- Conservation and Reclamation Reservation (AR 115/93) 5037

Alberta ERCB

IL 82-11 Preservation of Archaeological, Paleoecologicaland Historical Resources Policy Update

14.4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Lease Preparation 5046

5047

PURPOSE

Effective lease preparation ensures that environmental factors are consideredin the construction of wellsites and access roads.

BACKGROUND

Construction of a wellsite, battery site or other site preparation is an importantfirst step toward minimizing long-term impact of the facility. This includes 5056

erosion protection, salvage of trees and topsoil conservation. 5057

CONSTRUCTION METHODS

• Do not begin construction until all necessary government andlandowner consents are obtained.

• All construction activities must take place within the approvedboundaries of the lease as indicated in the field by flagging.



• Topsoil must be salvaged for future recovery and reclamation 5066

requirements. It must be stored in such a manner that it can be 5067

recovered when needed.

• Lease or road construction that cannot avoid wet or muskeg areasshould be undertaken on frozen ground.

• On side hills with a cut and fill layout, the cut material should beplaced on the downslope side for future recovery and reclamation.

• During construction, work activity in stream beds must be avoided, 5076

unless regulatory permits have been obtained. 5077

CLEARING

• Minimize removal of vegetation to reduce soil erosion or the risk ofpolluting nearby water courses.

• Near stream crossings, clearing should employ hand-felling within15m of the stream.

5086

• At the edge of the lease, care should be taken to ensure trees are 5087

felled so they fall within the lease and not onto the surrounding forestwhere they will be difficult to recover.

• Salvaged timber may only be used as rip-rap in wet areas and streamcrossings with Forestry approval.

• Unless special exemption is obtain, all timber must be limbed, toppedand stockpiled for salvage by the nearest timber rights holder.

• Burning permits are required for burning of slash and debris. 5096

• Adequate fire fighting equipment and manpower must be provided on 5097

the site.

• Unburned debris and ash from a burn pile may be buried with at least1m of cover and the surface area recontoured.

• Ash and a small amount of burn debris may be scattered on thesurface if this can be done in an aesthetically satisfactory manner.

• Cleared slash and debris must be disposed of within one year to avoid 5106

unnecessary fire risk. 5107

• In some cases, it is preferable to save slash and limbs to work into thesurface of slopes as a way to minimize erosion potential.

Note: On private land, permission must be obtained from thelandowner before proceeding.

5116



SITE LAYOUT 5117

• The lease layout must meet the ERCB and OH&S spacingrequirements.

• Vegetation must be cleared around flare stacks and other openflames. However, on many leases, vegetation can be retained to avoiderosion, dust and weeds, and to maintain an attractive appearance.

• The outer perimeter of any dyke must be at least 60 m from any 5126

surface improvements other than a public roadway (O&G Regulations. 5127

Sec. 8.030).

• The lease should be provided with drainage runs or culverts tominimize the amount of surface runoff flowing onto the lease andberms built on the downslope side of the lease to capture storm wateror releases. Contaminated runoff water must not be released from thelease.

SURFACE SOIL STRIPPING AND STORAGE 5136

5137

• In all agricultural areas (including land that has the potential for futureagriculture), it is required that surface soils be salvaged and stored forrecovery during reclamation at the time of abandonment. (AlbertaEnvironmental Protection and Enhancement Act, Part 5 andConservation and Reclamation Regulations, AR 115/93).

• Topsoil storage sites should be seeded to prevent soil erosion. A seedmix compatible with vegetation in the surrounding area should bechosen. Records should be kept of the storage location. 5146

5147

DRILLING SUMPS AND PITS

• Drilling sumps should be constructed on the high side of the lease inundisturbed impervious subsoil. If local soil conditions are not suitable,a remote sump or mud tanks should be employed.

• Sumps must be of adequate size to contain all expected drilling mudvolume and rainfall/ snow melt and provide an adequate freeboard. 5156

5157

• The shape and size of the drilling sump should be selected tomaximize re-use of fluid/water. Several designs are shown in theCAPP Environmental Operating Guidelines; Section 4.0.

• After drilling operations, sumps should be fenced to keep out wildlifeand cattle, and to protect the public.

• Earthen PITS may not be used to store produced fluids. (IL 946).5166



• Excavated subsoil must be stockpiled for future recovery during 5167

reclamation.

• The drilling flare pit shall (ERCB Drilling Rig Inspection Manual):

o Be excavated to a depth of not less than 2 m.o Have side and back walls rising not less than 2 m above ground

level.o Be constructed to resist the erosion of a high-pressure flow of

gas or liquid. 5176

o Be shaped to contain all liquids. 5177

o Be replaced by a flare tank when environmental restrictions will NOTallow a flare pit.

DYKING REQUIREMENTS

Dykes are required around all tanks containing any fluid except freshwater.

On leases where the surrounding contours could cause an inflow of 5186

surface water, dykes should be constructed on the high side of the lease 5187

to divert the water away from the site in a non –erosive matter.

In some cases, it may be possible to take advantage of the naturalcontours to minimize the need for containment dykes around a lease.

Although dykes are not required around pop tanks they provide an addeddegree of protection. The pop tank must be maintained empty, must havea capacity equal to the unattended production and the pop lines must beself draining to the upper third of the pop tank. 5196

5197

Other areas where containment dykes could be considered include:

o Around process areas, such as the treater building or water plant,where release containment on the lease is important.

o At a wellsite with a flowing well.

o At any oil well or disposal well near a body of water or otherenvironmentally sensitive area. 5206

5207

o Around pumping units, headers and major pig traps.

DYKING CONSTRUCTION

Shall be constructed with earthen, concrete or synthetic material that willnot deteriorate or develop leaks during the projected life of the structureand will withstand the hydrostatic head associated with it being full ofliquid.

5216



Shall be sized to at least 110% of the capacity of the largest tank within 5217

the dyke. Larger dyked volumes should be considered at unattendedfacilities that have potential for larger releases.

Shall have no uncontrolled opening in the dyke that provides a directconnection to any place beyond the dyked area.

Shall be maintained in good condition and the area encompassed by itkept free from grass, weeds or other extraneous combustible material.

5226

Land lines should be routed to terminate outside the dyke wall to reduce 5227

unnecessary traffic over the dyke and to reduce the risk of entering a souratmosphere. The load line should also be protected with secondarycontainment.

PIPELINE ROUTE SELECTION

The objective in pipeline route selection is to choose a route thatconsiders engineering, economic and environmental constraints (physical,biological and cultural) and minimizes disturbance and adverse 5236

environmental effects. 5237

The following steps are suggested for pipeline selection:

Identify control points and other routing requirements.

Identify the approximate corridor within which the proposed pipeline will belocated.

Assemble environmental information for the proposed route from maps, 5246

Company records, and other existing public data. 5247

Contact government agencies, local authorities, and landownersregarding general concerns on or near the preferred route.

Parallel existing pipelines or utilize existing rights-of-way.

Route around country residential subdivisions, industrial subdivisions andurban areas.

5256

Minimize the crossing of steep slopes as well as side hills. 5257

Minimize the number of watercourse crossings.

Cross watercourses as close as possible to right angles where approachslopes are stable.

Avoid, where possible, environmentally sensitive areas such as criticalwildlife areas, natural areas, parks, archaeological or historical sites.

5266



Avoid, where feasible, special land use areas. 5267

Minimize the crossings of muskegs, wetlands, lakes and sloughs.

Avoid, where feasible, farm buildings, farmsteads, well sites, aquiferrecharge areas and shelterbelts.

Cross road and rail lines at or near right angles.

Consider landowner requests. 5276

5277

Construction activities shall be confined to the allotted right-of-way andtraffic shall be restricted to existing roads, the right-of-way and approvedshoo-flies.

Construction and clean-up shall be completed as quickly as possible andthe distance between front-end and back-end operations shall be kept to aminimum.

All construction garbage shall be continuously collected and disposed of 5286

at an approved facility. 5287

Activities should be scheduled to avoid adverse environmental effects andinterference with landowners’ activities.

Construction activities should be designed and carried out in a mannerthat minimizes environmental effects, including visual impacts, on andadjacent to the right-of-way.

For successful reclamation, disturbance should be minimized. 5296

5297

The reconstructed right-of-way should conform to, or blend into, thesurrounding land unless otherwise approved by the regulatory authoritiesand the landowner.

Right-of-way boundaries shall be clearly marked so that constructionvehicles will not trespass off the right-of-way and that soil handling, treeclearing and slash disposal are carried out in a manner which minimizesimpacts.

5306

The objectives of clearing is to create a right-of-way while minimizing 5307

erosion potential, disturbance of adjacent forest cover, and loss ofmerchantable timber.

In Saskatchewan, right-of-way width will usually be restricted to 15meters. Slash must be contained in the 15 m right-of-way and not pushedinto off right-of-way areas.

5316



CAMPS, SEWAGE AND STORAGE 5317

Camps should be located in the prevailing upwind direction.

Provision must be made for the containment and acceptable disposalof garbage and sewage.

Temporary fuel storage locations must be surrounded by animpervious dyke with sufficient capacity to contain the volume of thetank(s). 5326

5327

REFERENCES:Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement ActAlberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations

• Conservation and Reclamation Regulations (AR 115/93)• Conservation and Reclamation – Information Letter,

Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities(C&R/IL/94-1)

ERCB 5336

IL 2001-05 Construction of a Wellsite Prior to the Issuance of a Well 5337

LicenseIL 94-6 Discharge of Produced Liquids to Earthen Structures

14.4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Noise Control

PURPOSE

This section discusses methods that will ensure facilities operate in 5346

compliance with appropriate noise control regulations and standards. 5347

BACKGROUND

Noise from pump stations or compressors can be a nuisance to surroundingresidents. This can be avoided by incorporating acoustic design features inaccordance with current ERCB regulations. As well, the ERCB requiresoperators to respond to noise complaints from residents and undertake noisesurveys or mitigation measures to respond to these complaints.

5356

CONSIDERATIONS 5357

The ERCB has issued ID 99-8, Noise Control Directive. The User’s DirectiveD-38 is available to explain the technical details. The directive is not intendedto guarantee that a resident will not hear any sound from oil and gas facilities.The aim is to preserve the quality of life for neighbours of such facilities. Theallowable sound levels are not specified at the facility but the nearestresidence. Even for facilities with no dwellings nearby, uncontrolled soundgeneration will not be allowed.



If new dwellings are constructed near existing facilities, the operator may be 5366

required to retrofit the equipment to meet applicable sound levels. 5367

This interim directive applies to all facilities under the jurisdiction of the ERCB.It applies to both new and existing facilities and to temporary and permanentfacilities. A noise impact statement may be required for new facilities or forexpansion to existing facilities.

The permissible sound level is the maximum sound level to which a facilitymust be designed. If a noise-related complaint is received, the comprehensivesound level must be measured and compared to the permissible sound level. 5376

The comprehensive sound level is determined by conducting a continuous 5377

sound monitoring survey for a 6 or a 24 hour period.

The permissible sound level can be determined following the proceduresdescribed in the directive. It reflects a basic sound level which depends onpopulation density and is adjusted for a number of factors including a daytimeadjustment, seasonal adjustment, whether the facility is permanent ortemporary and some other factors. In no case is it less than 40 dBa or morethan 66 dBa.

5386

HEARING PROTECTION 5387

Noise is unwanted sound. Noise can prevent people from performing atoptimum levels. At high level it can cause hearing damage. There areregulations to control noise levels in the work environment and to control thenoise resulting from industrial activities that may affect the public.

The human ear can hear sound over a wide range of sound pressure levels.The unit of measurement commonly used is the decibel (dB), which is usuallyexpressed on the “A” scale which attempts to represent the way a human ear 5396

hears different sounds. In addition to the sound level measured at any instant 5397

in time, dBA, the average noise level over a six or 24 hour time period can bemeasured to provide an average noise level. This is called the equivalentsound level (Leq).

Some typical sound levels of familiar sources are:

SOURCE SOUND LEVEL(dBA)

5406

Quiet Office 40 5407

Quiet Street 50Noisy Office 60Highway Traffic at 15 m 75Tractor at 15 m 80 to 95Freight Train at 15 m 95Jet Taking Off at 600 m 100Air Raid Siren 130

5416



At oil and gas facilities, the common noise sources are large engines and 5417

compressors. Noise levels are a potential concern to employees working inthe vicinity of the equipment and to neighbours who could be disturbed by thenoise. This environmental standard focuses primarily on the effect of noise onthe public.

GUIDELINES

• Operators should discuss noise matters with area residents during thedesign, construction and operating phases of an energy facility. 5426

5427

• Permanent facilities are defined as those that will be at a location forlonger than two months.

• These requirements also apply to drilling and service rigs. They areconsidered temporary if they will be on location less than two months.

• For drilling rigs and service rigs, the responsibility for noise controlbelongs to the well licensee.

5436

REFERENCES: 5437

ERCB

ID 99-8 Noise Control DirectiveDirective D-38 Noise Control Directive User Guide

14.4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Site Selection5446

PURPOSE 5447

To ensure environmental and community relations issues are included inselecting the location for well-sites, access road and other facility sites.

BACKGROUND

The location of a wellsite, access road or other oil and gas facilities can havelong term implications on environmental protection, operating efficiency andcommunity relations. The factors to consider in choosing the location for 5456

wellsites and facilities include: 5457

• Environmental factors such as terrain damage, soil quality, vegetationdisturbance, surface soil stripping and storage, protection of waterquality, disturbance of drainage patterns, aquatic habitat, wildlifeimpact, wind exposure, and seasonal weather conditions.

• Public impacts such as landscape, noise, odours and traffic.

• Safety of the public, employees and wildlife, and protection of 5466

company and public property. 5467



• Operational efficiencies which can be enhanced by the choice ofaccess and site layout including such factors as proximity to existinginfrastructure, road quality and grade, landscape and common access.

• Regulatory requirements relating to spacing restrictions, setbackdisturbances, noise guide-lines, seasonal restrictions, separationdistances, wildlife restrictions, disposal of waste products andreclamation requirements.

5476

CONSIDERATIONS 5477

Selection and construction of lease sites and pipeline routes involveconsideration of many aspects of the ERCB and Alberta EnvironmentRegulations, Interim Directives and Informational Letters. The approval of thelocation of an oil and gas facility begins with application to the ERCB for aWell License. In parallel, surface approval must be obtained from thelandowner (White Zone) or Land and Forest Services or Public Lands (GreenZone).

5486

TERRAIN FACTORS 5487

• Locations must be 100 m from any surface improvement or 40 m froma surveyed roadway or road allowance. Special circumstances maybe permitted by the ERCB for lesser distances (O&G Regulations.Sec. 2.110)

• Maximum advantage should be taken of natural topography anddrainage patterns to reduce the amount of ditching and bermconstruction for erosion control. Sites on level ground are preferred so 5496

the need for cut and fill can be minimized. 5497

• Areas of muskeg or with a high water table should be avoided ifpossible. Winter construction under frozen muskeg conditions isrecommended. The use of geotextile material should also beconsidered.

• Sites within areas of Native Prairie (roughly the area east and southof Red Deer) require special land preservation techniques (IL-96-9).

5506

5507

VEGETATION IMPACTS

• The lease layout should preserve vegetation where possible withoutviolating minimal spacing requirements and safety criteria.

• Sites and access roads should be chosen to minimize impact onagricultural operations.

5516

5517



WILDLIFE CONCERNS

• Sites for winter operations in many forested areas may face activityrestrictions to reduce disturbance to large mammals. Check with localFish and Wildlife Officers for restrictions.

• Harassment of wildlife and illegal possession of firearms is prohibited.5526

• Consideration should be given to the use of doglegs on pipelines at 5527

the edge of the road allowance to minimize the line of sight.

• Survey crews should be instructed to avoid long lines-of-sight thatcause interference with wildlife movement patterns.

PROTECTION OF STREAMS AND AQUATIC HABITAT

• Wells must be 100 m from the high water mark of a river, stream or 5536

waterbody (O&G Regulations Sec. 2.12). 5537

• Construction or pipeline or road crossings of permanent streamsgenerally requires a Water Resources Permit. Consult local Fishand Wildlife Officers.

• Sites should be chosen which reduce the threat of erosion or releasesinto nearby streams or waterbodies.

• At stream crossings, timber should be hand-felled away from the 5546

stream. 5547

• Contact local Fish and Wildlife Officers concerning beaver damremoval.

• Most fish bearing streams have construction restrictions during specifictimes of the year depending on the fish species in the watershed. (SeeCAPP Environmental Operating Guidelines for Alberta).

• Disruption of natural water flow should be minimized if possible by the use 5556

of culverts, drainage runs or changing the access route. 5557

POTENTIAL IMPACTS TO RESIDENTS

• Wellsites or facility locations for sour gas operations face manyrestrictions. Setback distances are described in GB 99-04 and ERCBEnerFaq No. 5. Consideration must be given to the size of EmergencyPlanning Zones and preparations of Emergency Response Plans (GB 99-04, D-71, D-56 and IL 95-07).

5566

• Operators are required to have early and thorough consultation with 5567

landowners and other nearby residents which may be affected by theoperation.



• Before looking for a location for a new gas plant, operators are required bythe ERCB to look for existing processing capacity in the local area toavoid unnecessary proliferation of gas plants.

• Applicants for new wells and production facilities are required to advisethe Rural Authority of their intent to apply for ERCB approval. Similarly,for locations within 1.5 km of the corporate limits of an urban center, the 5576

applicant must advise the Urban Authority. 5577

• Wellsites with a pumpjack that are within 800 m of residences,incorporated areas or other centers of human activity will require a securefence (O&G Reg. Sec. 8.170).

• Visual appearance, landscaping, water drainage and other factors inpopulated areas will improve public acceptance.

LOCATION OF ROADS 5586

5587

• Following site selection, the operator must acquire a well license and asurface lease from the landowner or the Crown before beginningconstruction.

• New roads should be located to take maximum advantage of existing cutlines and cleared areas.

• Stream crossings should be oriented at a 90° angle to minimize bankdisturbance. 5596

5597

• Roads should be located a minimum of 100 m from streams or otherwaterbodies.

• Surveyors should place flagging at lease or right-of-way boundaries toensure all construction work takes place within the approved area.

MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION FACTORS

• Drilling locations should be chosen with a view toward minimizing the 5606

impact of noise from drilling or permanent facilities. 5607

• In areas where there is the potential for disturbance to archaeological orhistorical resources by lease or road construction, clearance is requiredfrom Archaeological Survey of Alberta.

• Well licenses within 5 km of a lighted airport or 1.6 km of an unlightedairstrip must first be referred to Transport Canada.

• The ERCB recommends that an applicant for approval of a surface facility 5616

confirm that the parcel of land is not underlain by an abandoned coal 5617

mine. The information is available from the ERCB’s InformationServices, Coal Mine Atlas (IL-91-13).



REFERENCES:

Oil and Gas Conservation Act

Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations5626

Pipeline Act 5627

Pipeline Regulations

Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act

Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations (AR115/93)

• Conservation and Reclamation Regulations

• Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities 5636

(Alberta Environment – C&R/IL 95-3) 5637

• Guide for Pipelines – Pursuant to Alberta EnvironmentalProtection and Enhancement Act – March, 1994) (AlbertaEnvironment – C&R/IL 94-1).

Public Consultation Guidelines for the Canadian Petroleum Industry,The Canadian Petroleum Association (October, 1989).

Alberta Environment5646

Conservation and Reclamation – Information Letters 5647

C&R/IL 94-1 Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites andAssociated Facilities (replaced by IL 95-3)

C&R/IL 94-2 Conservation and Reclamation Notice

C&R/IL 94-3 Certification Requirements for Wellsites withNo Surface Disturbance (Surveyed only)

5656

C&R/IL 94-4 Burial of Material on Lease 5657

C&R/IL 94-5 Environmental Protection Guidelines forPipelines

C&R/IL 94-6 Environmental Protection Guidelines for OilProduction Site (Heavy Oil)

C&R/IL 94-7 Questions About the Reclamation Criteria forWellsites and Associated Facilities 5666

(replaced by IL 95-3) 5667

C&R/IL 95-1 Conservation and Reclamation Code ofPractice for Alberta



C&R/IL 95-2 Environmental Protection Guidelines forElectric Transmission Lines

C&R/IL 95-3 Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites andAssociated Facilities – 1995 Update

5676

ERCB 5677

ID 81-3 Minimum Distance Requirements SeparatingNew Sour Gas Facilities from Residentialand Other Developments.

ID 99-8 Noise Control DirectiveIL 90-21 Oil and Gas Development – Rumsey BlockIL 91-13 Impact of Abandonment on Coal Mines on

Surface DevelopmentsIL 96-09 Revised Guidelines for Minimizing 5686

Disturbance on Native Prairie Areas 5687

IL 94-17 Notification of Pipeline Project toConservation and Reclamation Inspectors

IL 95-07 Subdivision and Development RegulationRequirements

IL 2001-05 Construction of a Wellsite Prior to theIssuance of a Well License

IL 2002-01 Principles for Minimizing Surface Disturbancein Native Prairie & Parkland Areas

5696

Directive D-13 Pipeline Information System Users Manual 5697

Directive D-38 Noise Control Directive User GuideDirective D-56 Energy Development Applications &

Schedules

14.4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Release SiteResponse & Reclamation

RELEASE RESPONSE5706

The first priorities after discovering a Release are to protect the safety of 5707

all personnel and public, minimize damage to the environment and controlcosts associated with loss of product or equipment. The key actions totake immediately following a release are:

Assess the safety of the situation (including surrounding public).

Remove sources of ignition; if safe to do so.

Approach release site from up-wind side is possible. Positive 5716

Pressure Breathing Apparatus (PPBA) to be worn in H2S release 5717

area until such time as atmospheric tests prove the area safe.

Shut in the source of the release; if safe to do so.



Information regarding the hazards of chemicals handled on-sitecan be round in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) locatedin the Area Office.

Notify supervisor. The senior employee or company representativeon-site is responsible to initiate the notification and responses 5726

procedures. 5727

Implement “Site Emergency Response Plan” and Corporate ERPif required.

Begin containment process (dykes, booms, etc.) Conduct pre-jobsafety meeting.

Notify Government authorities, landowners, etc. (See section 3.02or the Loss Management Manual E.P). 5736

5737

Begin recovery process (vacuum trucks, etc.) Conduct pre-jobsafety meeting prior to beginning recovery.

Obtain assistance from appropriate oil release Co-op orconsultants for clean up and reclamation as required.

Report all releases on HARVARD Incident/Near Miss ReportForm.

5746

PURPOSE 5747

Proper site maintenance and reclamation procedures will reduce the impact ofoil and salt water releases on land surrounding oil and gas facilities.

BACKGROUND

Both oil and produced salt water can be toxic to vegetation and causedamage to soils. Most produced water is high in salts, largely sodium chloride(NaCl), which can cause significant long term damage to soils. In fact, salt 5756

water releases can be much more damaging to soils than hydrocarbon 5757

releases since oil is biodegradable and the site usually can be reclaimedwithin a year or two. Without prompt action, releases of produced water cantake much longer to reclaim.

CONSIDERATIONS

The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations (Section 8.050) and the PipelineRegulations (Section 54) require that the operator take immediate steps tocontain and clean up releases. 5766

5767

The Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act states that “Anoperator must conserve and reclaim specified land and secure a reclamationcertificate in respect of the conservation and reclamation”. The regulationsaccompanying the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act



define “specified lands” as sites occupied by wells, pipelines and plants. TheAlberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act also has provisionsfor enforcement whereby orders can be given for clean-up of adverselyaffected sites.

5776

SITE ASSESSMENT 5777

After as much fluid as possible has been recovered and the site is safe towork on, reclamation activities can begin. Hot water is often used to flush oilinto collection trenches, berms or bellholes. Caution should be exercised withhot water since it could increase the flammable vapour concentrations orcause the release of hydrogen sulphide. IF THERE IS SALT WATERASSOCIATED WITH THE RELEASE, DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER. SeeSalt Water Releases.

5786

Releases that are contained entirely within the lease do not usually require 5787

immediate reclamation of the soil for plant growth. In this case, thecontaminated soil should be excavated and the area repaired with clean fill orgravel. The contaminated soil can be sent to an approved waste managementfacility or treated on site by landfarming.

For off-lease releases, it is usually necessary to restore the chemical andphysical properties of the soil to allow crops or native vegetation to re-establish. This can often be accomplished by adding the appropriate soilamendments and allowing the natural micro-organisms in the soil to 5796

decompose the residual oil. A reclamation program should begin with a site 5797

assessment to establish the extent of contamination and to use the results ofsoil analysis to develop a reclamation plan. This information should bedocumented for submission to regulatory officials and to keep track of thework since it usually takes several years to completely restore the site.

Some suggestions for site assessment include the following:

• Make a sketch of the site, take photographs, and make notes of thesurrounding terrain conditions and nearest watercourses. 5806

5807

• Collect a sample of the released water.

• Keep a record of released and recovered volumes, disposal methods,soil treatments and other reclamation work.

• For a salt water release, it may be valuable to conduct anelectromagnetic soil conductivity survey to define the contaminationboundaries.

5816

• Samples should be taken from the surface soil, at the 10 cm depth 5817

(and deeper if necessary to get below the contamination) and from theadjacent field in an uncontaminated area as a control sample. Thecontrol sample should be collected first so the sampling shovel orauger is not contaminated.



• The samples should be analyzed for pH, electrical conductivity,chlorides, sulphates, nutrients, oil percentage, gypsum requirement,lime requirement and fertilizer recommendations.

5826

OIL RELEASES 5827

For oil releases on water, specialized equipment (booms, skimmers, etc.) canbe obtained from the nearest co-op equipment unit or from the PROSCARACtrailer. These units also have a variety of general purpose equipment forrelease clean-up. Consult the Oil Spill Co-Op Manual for techniques tocontain and clean-up oil releases, and Oil Spills Cooperatives for a listing ofCooperatives in Western Canada.

The local office of the ERCB should be contacted for approval of a release 5836

reclamation project. It is very important to work with the landowner to 5837

understand his requirements for that season’s land use and his long termplans.

There are a variety of factors to consider in designing the reclamation plan foran oil release. In most cases, it is possible to spread the oil contaminated soilon the surface and add fertilizer to encourage natural decomposition.Generally the maximum oil loading rate in the surface soil should be in theorder of three to five percent. A temporary fence may be needed to keep outstock. In most cases, the area should not be seeded unless the oil 5846

concentration is less than one percent. 5847

Manure and fertilizer should be worked into the soil and tilled every three orfour weeks. Lime will probably be needed to correct the pH and generally thelaboratory can recommend the required addition rates. Once the oilconcentration has been degraded to less than one percent, the site can berevegetated.

SALT WATER RELEASES5856

After as much fluid as possible has been recovered, soil remediation should 5857

begin IMMEDIATELY. This is of the utmost importance for salt waterreleases. ON AGRICULTURAL LANDS, DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER ASTHIS IS DETRIMENTAL TO THE SOIL. Flush with a diluted solution ofcalcium nitrate as soon as possible. Caution should be used to ensure thatcalcium nitrate does not contaminate any surface water. Gypsum can be usedafter the initial application of calcium nitrate to make further calcium availableto the soil.

On forest soils, water can be used to flush released fluid toward ditches and 5866

bellholes where it can be recovered. 5867

On agricultural soils, a source of calcium should be added immediately afterfluid recovery is complete.



In summer, broadcast calcium nitrate at 1000 kg/ha to the surface of therelease before the area dries. Subsequently apply gypsum at 5 tonnes/ha andincorporate it into the soil as soon as conditions permit.

In winter, the frozen soil may result in runoff of the nitrate which could be toxic, 5876

so only gypsum should be added to frozen soil. 5877

On forest soils, immediate water flushing and the use of ditches and bellholesto recover fluids is recommended. On well-drained forest soils, flushing withcalcium nitrate may also be beneficial in removing salts. Again, caution shouldbe exercised to ensure that surface water will not be contaminated. When theconcentration of salt (chloride) has been reduced by flushing to 700 ppm,recovery operations can usually be stopped and reclamation of the area canbegin.

PIPELINE REPAIRS 5886

5887

Hydrocarbon contaminated soil that is excavated during a pipeline repairshould be treated on the surface and not returned to the pipeline excavationor bellhole. All contaminated soil should be excavated when the line break isexposed. If the subsoil is contaminated by salts (produced water), gypsumshould be mixed with the backfill.

DEBRIS DISPOSAL

Contaminated soil from an oil release clean-up can be sent to an approved 5896

waste management facility or preferably treated on-site by landfarming. Oil- 5897

soaked vegetation, solvent and rags from the release can be burned in the aircurtain incinerator available from PROSCARAC. Contact the local Oil SpillCooperative. Permission for disposal by incineration is required by theERCB.

GOVERNMENT INSPECTIONS

All HARVARD’s facilities are subject to inspection. A governmentinspector may call in advance to advise of their planned visit or their arrival 5906

may be unexpected. It is important that employees be aware of their 5907

responsibilities to cooperate with the inspectors and avoid statements oractions that may incriminate themselves or HARVARD.

Generally, an “inspection” is a review by the regulators for the purpose ofensuring technical compliance with approvals or legislative standards. An“investigation” is used by the government to gather sufficient informationto support a change and conviction.

Safety and environmental inspectors and investigators have quite broad 5916

powers for warrantless search and removal documents or samples. The 5917

inspector can enter, examine and inspect places, things and vehicles. Theinspector can use any equipment, examine and take documents, takesamples, conduct tests and make reasonable inquiries of any person.They may also ask the person to operate mechanical or process



equipment. Safety or environment investigations may be undertaken withor without search warrants.

COMMUNITY RELATIONS5926

HARVARD intends to be a good neighbor in the communities in which it 5927

operates.

Regulators expect all operators to operate in a manner that minimizes theimpact to the community and to involve landowners and others in planningfor new facilities. In Alberta, this is described in ERCB IL 89-4, PublicInvolvement in the Development of Energy Resources.

Although Saskatchewan does not normally require public involvement, thesame level of care used in Alberta should be applied in Saskatchewan. 5936

ERP’s may include a formal public consultation requirement. This is 5937

usually completed by conducting an open house information session.

REFERENCES:

Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act• Release Reporting Regulations (AR 117/93)• Release Reporting Guidelines (June, 2001)

5946

Oil and Gas Conservation Act 5947

• Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations: Section 8.050Pipeline Act

• Pipeline Regulations: Section 54

14.4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Storage

PURPOSE

This section addresses methods for minimizing the risk of environmental 5956

impacts from storage tanks at oil and gas facilities. 5957

BACKGROUND

Above ground and below ground storage tanks have been a historic source ofsoil and groundwater contamination in the upstream petroleum industry.

CONSIDERATIONS

The ERCB Directive 55 - Storage Requirements for the Upstream Petroleum 5966

Industry was issued to identify requirements and acceptable levels of storage 5967

practices of materials produced, generated (including wastes), or used by theupstream petroleum industry. These requirements apply to all new facilitiesconstructed after January 1, 1996 under the jurisdiction of the ERCB.



The ERCB required facilities constructed prior to January 1, 1996 todemonstrate that their storage practices, facilities and containment devicesmet the requirements stated in Directive 55. It was expected that all tanks,aboveground and underground, would be inspected and/or tested prior toOctober 31, 2001. 5976

5977

The storage requirements apply to storage of all materials produced,generated or used by the upstream petroleum industry including:

• Produced Water

• Crude Oil

• Emulsions

• Condensates

• Chemicals

• Solvents 5986

• Produced Sand 5987

• Non-Motor Vehicle Lubricants

• Oil Field Wastes

• Oily Wastes

• Bitumen

The guideline does not change the following current regulatory requirements:

• Storage of natural gas liquids will continue to be governed by theNational Standard of Canada Propane Installation CodeCAN/CGA-B149.2-M86. 5996

5997

• Pressurized process vessels (both above ground andunderground) are regulated by the Boilers and Pressure VesselsBranch of Alberta Labour for a working pressure of 15 psig ormore. Companies can apply to conduct their own vesselinspections. Contact Alberta Boilers Safety Association (formerlyAlberta Boilers Branch.

• Storage of fuels such as diesel, gasoline and used motor vehiclelubricants in above ground or underground storage tanks must 6006

comply with the requirements under the Alberta Fire Code, 6007

Section 4.3. The Petroleum Tank Management Association ofAlberta (formerly the MUST program) have guidelines forinstallation, testing, removal and clean-up of underground storagetanks.

• Sulphur storage areas must be operated in accordance with thecondition on the facility’s Alberta Environment approval. Thisincludes collection, treatment and disposal of runoff water fromsulphur blocks and base pad areas. Storage of sulphur must also 6016

conform to the requirements of IL 84-11 and GB 92-04. 6017



• Alberta Environment regulates storage of materials produced,generated and used in activities under the EnvironmentalProtection and Enhancement Act (EPEA). In situations where anupstream petroleum facility requires both ERCB and AE approval,D-55 sets the minimum storage requirements, while additionalrequirements may be specified in Alberta Environment’s approval.

The following is summarizes some of the general storagerequirements of Directive D-55. Anyone designing or specifying a 6026

new storage facility is advised to refer directly to Directive D-55 6027

to ensure compliance with the latest edition.

GENERAL STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Environmental protection and safety measures related to storage in theupstream petroleum industry may include the following:

• Storage sites should be selected to minimize the potential forenvironmental damage. 6036

6037

• In most cases, secondary containment is required (graded). Thisusually is provided by an earthen dyke, with impervious liner, sizedto contain at least 110 percent of the tank or 100% of largest tankplus 10% of the aggregate volume if more than one tank.

• Above-ground storage tanks with an interval volume of 5 m3 orgreater to have secondary containment consisting of a dike andliner system or to be double-walled.

6046

• Small above-ground storage tanks (interval volume between 1 m36047

and 5 m3) that exceed a total combined volume of 5 m3 per site, tohave secondary containment or be double-walled.

• Underground storage tanks to be double-walled.

• Containers (portable storage devices that do not exceed 1 m3 involume) that exceed a total combined volume of 1 m3 per site, tohave secondary containment.

6056

• All lined earthen excavations to have secondary containment. 6057

• Bulk pads storing materials that may generate a leachate to haveleak detection systems.

• Monthly monitoring of all leak detection systems, including visualand interstitial space monitoring, associated with above-groundand underground tanks, containers, line earthen excavations, andbulk pads.

6066



• Some form of weather protection is required. For above ground 6067

storage tanks, this usually is achieved by painting the exterior witha protective coating.

• Materials should not be stored for excessive periods of time. Mostmaterial should be consumed in two years or less. The maximumstorage period for oilfield waste is one year.

• Records of storage inventories, corrosion monitoring, groundwatermonitoring and leak detection must be retained for a period of five 6076

years. 6077

• Temporary storage (typically less than three months) during plantturn-arounds, construction, release clean-up and well drilling areexpected to meet the intent of the regulations.

• Temporary production batteries of (12 months or less) are notrequired to install impervious liners, however, equipment spacingand dyking requirements must be met.

6086

• All stand-alone storage facilities require signs at the entrance to 6087

the facility indicating the operator name, emergency telephonenumber and legal description (Section 6.020 and Schedule 12 ofthe Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations).

• The use of concrete as a primary containment in situationswhere liquids are being stored or where there is potential forleachate to be generated is prohibited.

ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK ( NEW FACILITIES) 6096

Above ground storage tanks include steel, plastic and fiberglass tanks. 6097

Bolted tanks are not acceptable for new installations. Above ground tankswith the volume less then 1 m3 are considered to be containers.

Above ground storage tanks which are larger then 5 m3 have the followingrequirements for secondary containment, leak detection and weatherprotection. Steel tanks should have cathodic protection and be externallycoated.

A secondary containment system is required that will containleakage and prevent it from impacting the environment. Alltanks must be placed on an impervious natural clay or 6106

synthetic liner and surrounded by a dyke. The dyke can be 6107

constructed of earthen, concrete, or synthetic material that willnot deteriorate, and must be sized to contain 110% of thecapacity of the largest tank. There can be no uncontrolledopening through the dyke. The dyke must be maintained ingood condition and area encompassed kept free from grass,weeds, and other extraneous combustible material.



Secondary containment for indoor above ground tanks mustinclude an impervious containment wall or curbing that has acapacity of at least 110% of the capacity of the largest tank. 6116

Leak detection systems for above ground storage tanks must include 6117

one or more of the following on a monthly basis;

Visual inspection of tanks and tank containment area linersurface for evidence of damage or leakage.

Annulus/interstitial space monitoring for double walled andbolted tanks.

Soil vapour and or ground water monitoring in the immediatevicinity of the containment area.

Sub-liner leakage detection devices (e.g. weeping tile system)

6126

Weather protection is intended to preserve the integrity of the tank. 6127

For above ground storage tanks, this is usually achieved by paintingthe exterior with a protective coating.

UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK ( NEW FACILITIES)

An underground storage tank is defined as a tank that is partially orcompletely buried and does not allow for the visual inspection of the top,complete sides, and the bottom of the tank without excavation. Both leakdetection and secondary containment are required for any underground 6136

storage tank. Steel tanks must have cathodic protection and be externally 6137

coated to minimize corrosion. Underground storage tanks must also beinspected on a monthly basis.

Secondary containment systems for underground storage tanks mustinclude the following;

Double-walled steel or fiberglass tanks that possess thecapability to monitor the interstitial space between the twotanks. 6146

6147

Impervious synthetic liner.

Tanks contained in reinforced concrete or steel vaults.

Overflow vents from underground storage tanks must be directeddownward to a containment area. Breathing vents must be designed toprevent the overflowing of fluids onto the ground.

Leak detection systems for underground storage tanks must include one 6156

or more of the following; 6157

Monthly hydrostatic leakage tests.



Monthly pneumatic leakage tests.

Monthly sampling of a monitoring well positioned between thesynthetic liner under the tank and the tank.

Monthly monitoring of the annular space in a double hulled tank. 6166

6167

Visual detection of vaulted tanks.

Monthly monitoring of weeping tiles system under single walledtanks.

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTAINERS ( NEW FACILITIES)

Containers are small vessels which have an aggregate volume of lessthen 1m3. For example, a collection of approximately 5 45 gallon drums. 6176

6177

If the aggregate volume is greater then 1m3, secondary containment isrequired for the amount over 1 m3. The secondary containment wouldtypically consist of dykes, curbs, or collection trays and should have aminimum height of 15 cm, or a net capacity greater then that of the largestcontainer, or 10% of the total volume of all containers in a storage area,whichever is greater.

Weather protection may also be appropriate to maintain the integrity of thecontainer. The type of secondary containment and weather protection is 6186

dependent on the nature of the contained material, the type of container 6187

and the design of the storage compound.

APPLICATION TO EXISTING FACILITIES(OPERATING PRIOR TO JAN 1st 1996)

The above requirements apply specifically to facilities constructed afterJanuary 1, 1996. However, the guidelines require that pre existingfacilities comply with the intent of these requirements. It is the 6196

responsibility of the operator to design and implement a suitable testing 6197

and inspection program to verify the mechanical integrity of existingstorage tanks. Tanks which pose a higher risk should be given a priorityschedule for testing and inspection. The results of tests and inspectionsshould be documented and records are available for ERCB inspection.

Existing above ground storage tanks should be inspected prior to October31, 2001 and there in after a minimum of once every 5 years. Suitabletesting methods may include; 100% external inspection (if bottom of tankis visible), internal inspection (if bottom is not visible), or the results of 6206

existing monitoring programs. 6207

All underground storage tanks were to be inspected prior to October 31,2001. There in after, tanks were required to be integrity tested at leastonce every three years. Testing and inspection may include hydrostatic



leakage tests, pneumatic leakage tests and/or the results of monitoringprograms.

DISCONTINUED STORAGE OPTIONS(EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2002) 6216

6217

The 2001 edition of D-55 discontinues the following storage options: Use of single-walled underground tanks where a synthetic liner or the

natural impermeable soil conditions (ie: hydraulic conductivity of 10-6

cm/s or less) are used for secondary containment;

The use of concrete-lined earthen excavations with an underlyingleakage monitoring system, but no secondary containment, and;

The use of concrete as primary containment for lined earthen 6226

excavations or for bulk pads where there is a potential for the stored 6227

materials to generate a leachate.

Any of the above storage systems installed prior to January 1, 2002, will berequired to meet the requirements within the appropriate sections of Appendix2 of D-55.

REFERENCES:

National Standard of Canada Propane Installation Code CAN/CGAB149.2- 6236

M86 6237

Alberta Fire Code, Section 4.3

Alberta Labour Act and Regulations, MUST Program

Fire Protection Handbook, 15th Edition, NFPA 30- Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code – National Fire Protection

Association6246

Alberta Boilers Safety Association (formerly Alberta Boilers Branch) 6247

ERCB

IL 84-11 Approving, Monitoring and Control of SulphurStorage Sites

GB 92-4 Requirements for Sulphur Storage Facilities6256

Directive D-55 Storage Requirements for the Upstream 6257

Petroleum Industry



14.4.9 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Surface/GroundwaterProtection

PURPOSE6266

Effective surface water and groundwater protection minimizes pollution from 6267

oil and gas facilities.

BACKGROUND

During decommissioning and reclamation of facilities, remediation ofcontaminated groundwater can be difficult and expensive. The most commonsources of contamination are long term leaks and release from storage tanks(especially underground tanks), under processed skids, around water disposalplants and from flare pits or other earthen pits. 6276

6277

The groundwater development act has been replaced by the AlbertaEnvironmental Protection and Enhancement Act. Two regulations, the Water(ministerial) and Regulation (AR205/1998) and the Potable Water Regulation(AR214-96) are intended to protect and conserve Alberta’s groundwater.

In Saskatchewan, the use and protection of groundwater is regulated by SaskWater and Saskatchewan Environment. Any use or contamination ofgroundwater should be reported to both groups for review and permitting.Water use charges may be levied for the industrial use of groundwater. 6286

6287

Hydrocarbons from crude oil or emulsion released on the ground surface canmigrate downward by gravity or be carried by infiltration with rainwater until itreaches the water table. Since it is lighter then water, oil tends to stay on thesurface of the water table and migrate horizontally in the down slope direction.However, the groundwater table is not constant, it rises and falls with theseasons, so wide layers of sub soil can become contaminated. Some organiccompounds such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene (BETEX) aremore soluble in water and are toxic so they pose a bigger risk since they cantravel farther with the groundwater flow. Produced water is very mobile in the 6296

groundwater regime, so large underground plumes of salt can become 6297

established from an area that is exposed to chronic produced water releases.

The underlining groundwater regime can be very difficult to predict fromsurface observations. The water table could be a meter below the surface ormany meters down. The rate of flow of groundwater can vary from manymeters per day in coarse soil to only a few cm per year in clay soil. However,even in a tight clay soil there are fractures or lenses of coarser material thatmay allow groundwater contaminant to travel many meters, either horizontallyor vertically. 6306

6307

Underground salt water plumes can often be mapped with an electromagnetic survey that uses a handheld instrument to measure the soilconductivity. This can be a very useful tool to determine the extent ofsaltwater contamination but it does not provide an accurate measure of theconcentration of a groundwater contaminant. The only meaningful way to



measure the concentration of groundwater containment and to test the soilquality is to drill a test hole. A groundwater observation well, a piezometer, isused to measure the water level and collect water samples for chemicalanalysis. Several wells are needed to map an area and determine the 6316

direction and rate of flow. Since groundwater flow is usually slow and 6317

groundwater levels move up and down with the seasons, it can often takemore then one year to define a problem and may take several years to correctit.Groundwater remediation may involve methods that include pumping thewater to the surface for treatment or could rely on in-situ treatment. Often theonly viable approach is to excavate the entire area and treat or dispose thecontaminated soil. All of these methods are time consuming and expensive.

Rainfall or snow melt on a production facility could cause adverse effects 6326

or soil damage in several ways: 6327

• Water which soaks into the ground could carry contaminantsdownward to the groundwater.

• Impounded water could become contaminated and carry thecontamination off-site when the water is discharged to thesurroundings.

• Run-off water from a lease could cause erosion when it isdischarged. 6336

6337

• Water on the lease could undermine footings or foundations, alongwith making foot and vehicle traffic difficult.

CONSIDERATIONS

Some guidelines to avoid surface water or groundwater contaminationproblems include the following:

• Consider the use of dykes, berms or culverts on the upslope side 6346

of the lease to divert run-off water around the site in a non-erosive 6347

manner. Run-off water should be directed to well- vegetated areasor soil protected from erosion by rip-rap or other means.

• Rainfall or snow melt water which falls on undeveloped (clean)areas of the site can be discharged directly to the surroundingwatershed.

• Rainfall or snow melt which falls within the developed processarea of the site should be directed to a retention pond or berm so it 6356

can be visually inspected before it is discharged. No water that 6357

exhibits a hydrocarbon sheen or other sign of contamination canbe discharged without treatment.

• Stormwater impounded on a facility with an approval from AE mayrequire testing and permission from AE prior to discharge. Check



the terms and conditions of the approval (formerly called a CleanWater Licence).

• Run-off water from open sulphur storage areas (sulphur blocks) 6366

must be retained on site and tested for acidity before being 6367

discharged in accordance with the facility’s AE approval. In mostcases this acid run-off will be diverted to a retention pond andneutralized with lime before discharge.

• Surface run-off water collected within the secondary containmentsystem must be field tested and meet the following criteria prior tobeing released in a controlled fashion to adjacent lands.

o Chloride content: 500 mg/L maximum (e.g. test strips)6376

o pH: 6.0 to 9.0 (e.g. test strips and/or meter readings) 6377

o No visible hydrocarbon sheen

o No other chemical contamination

o Landowner consent

o Water must not be allowed to flow directly into anywatercourse 6386

6387

o Each release must be recorded including the pre-releasetest data and the estimated volume of water released.

• Water that is retained on site that meets the criteria describedabove may be discharged off-site to the surrounding environment.Run-off water can be drained or pumped to the surrounding land ina non-erosive manner. It should be discharged to an area with wellestablished vegetation. However, it should not be dischargedwhere it can run directly into a natural watercourse, well or dugout. 6396

6397

REFERENCES:

Oil and Gas Conservation Act- Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations – Section 8.030

ERCB

Directive D-55 Storage Requirements for the Upstream 6406

Petroleum Industry 6407

Directive D-64 Facility Inspection Manual



14.4.10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONWell Site Reclamation

PURPOSE 6416

6417

Prompt and effective reclamation of surface leases allows land to be returnedto appropriate use in a timely manner and can result in cost savings for oil andgas companies.

BACKGROUND

Oil and gas exploration and development is a relatively short-term land use.Drilling and abandoning a dry exploration well takes only a few weeks ormonths. Many production facilities operate for less than twenty years. After 6426

the resources have been depleted, the well must be abandoned and the land 6427

surface returned to productive use which is compatible with the surroundingland.Wellsites and other production facilities should be reclaimed as soon aspossible after abandonment and decommissioning. Some of the reasons forprompt completion of reclamation include the following:

• Surface rentals (lease payments) can be terminated when areclamation certificate is received.

6436

• The ERCB review each company’s ratio of active to inactive wells, 6437

which should be greater than 1.0.

• Landowner relations are improved by returning the lease to productiveuse.

• The potential for further contamination by migration of pollutants fromunattended sites is reduced.

• Other working interest owners are still available to share the cost. 6446

6447

• The administrative costs of carrying non-productive facilities areeliminated.

Note: The ERCB is responsible for suspension and abandonmentactivities at all upstream oil and gas facilities. AE has responsibilityfor all decontamination and reclamation activities.

Under the Saskatchewan Oil and Gas Conservation Act and Regulationsan operator first obtains a survey then applies to Saskatchewan 6456

Environment (SE) for a well license. The operator must also obtain a right- 6457

of-entry or a surface lease from the landowner. On crown land there areseveral different agencies who can be the land manager depending on thetype of land. If HARVARD is not able to reach an agreement with thelandowner, they can precede through the Arbitration Board. Land which isposted in environmentally sensitive areas should show a notation toadvise the operator to contact the appropriate government agency. In



many cases, it is worth while to check this out by telephone with theEnvironmental Assessment Branch of Saskatchewan Environment.

64666467

RECLAMATION TERMS

The following terms are commonly used in abandonment and reclamationwork.

• Equivalent Land Capability

Equivalent Land Capability means the ability of the land to supportvarious land uses after reclamation is similar to that which existedbefore the disturbance 6476

6477

• Reclamation Criteria

Reclamation Criteria are the standards to which a lease site must bereclaimed in order to receive a Reclamation Certificate.

A Reclamation Certificate is issued by AE or Alberta Agriculture,Food and Rural Development (AFRD) following an inspection thatproves the operator has reclaimed the site to a standard that isconsistent with the reclamation criteria.

6486

• Decommissioning 6487

Decommissioning refers to the closure of all or part of an industrialfacility followed by the removal of process equipment, buildings andstructures, surface and subsurface decontamination.

• Reclamation

Reclamation refers to the entire process from abandoning a facility toreturning the land to equivalent land capability. A ReclamationCertificate will be issued for those facilities that fall into the AlbertaEnvironmental Protection and Enhancement Act definition of specified 6496

land when reclamation is completed to the satisfaction of the AE. 6497

Those facilities that are not specified land under the AlbertaEnvironmental Protection and Enhancement Act will have to meetdecontamination requirements.

• Decontamination

Decontamination is the removal or neutralization of substances and/orhazardous material from a site as to prevent, minimize, or mitigate anyadverse effects on the environment now or in the future.

6506

• Land Reclamation 6507

Land Reclamation is the stabilization, contouring, maintenance,conditioning, or reconstruction of the surface of the land to a state thatpermanently renders the land with a capability equivalent to its pre-disturbed state.



CONSIDERATIONS

Specific reclamation practices vary from one area of the province to another.Often specialists are required to develop a site-specific plan. In general it will 6516

include: 6517

Initial Site Assessment:

• Review production history with foreman or operator in the field.• List on-site work required to meet reclamation criteria (soil sampling

may be required to identify chemical contamination and/or todetermine what soil treatment or amendments are required).

• Contact landowners.

Reclamation Plan: 6526

• Remove or treat contaminated soil. 6527

• Restore the physical conditions of the soil to produce optimal plangrowth (e.g. compaction, gravel/rocks).

• Contour the site if necessary to prevent erosion, ponding of waterand/or to maintain slope stability.

• Identify critical plant growth factors such as topsoil recovery andreplacement, fertilization, organic matter additions, and seed mixes 6536

which are compatible with the surrounding land use. 6537

• Implement site maintenance factors such as fencing to keep animalsoff the site until vegetation has been established.

Site Decommissioning

• Develop safe work procedures.

• Ensure a proper recycling, re-use or disposal plan is in place forhandling all fluids, wastes and other material. 6546

6547

• Remove all equipment, structures, underground tanks, scrap metal,garbage etc. from the site.

• Improvements such as pad and roads may be left in place if priorwritten consent of the land-owner or AE has been obtained.

• Onsite disposal of concrete or other inert material requires approvalfrom the ERCB, AE and landowner.

6556

6557



Final Site Assessment

Reclamation criteria identify the field measurements or investigationsnecessary to ensure a site has been successfully reclaimed. The following isa general guide to site characteristics for which information must be compiledprior to applying for a Reclamation Certificate. 6566

6567

• Landscape: Drainage, erosion, contours, stability, rocks, debris.

• Soil: Topsoil quantity, topsoil and subsoil quality, rocks, compaction,presence of contaminants (e.g. salts, hydrocarbons, heavy metals,etc.)

• Vegetation: Species composition, vigor, density, height, cover,rooting characteristics, bare areas.

Application for a Reclamation 6576

6577

If the site meets the reclamation criteria, an application for a reclamationcertificate should be submitted. The site will be inspected and a reclamationcertificate issued if the criteria have been met. The wellsite reclamationcertificate application form is to be used in Alberta.

In Saskatchewan, surface restoration, removal of gravel and recontouring ofthe lease is required under the Oil and Gas Conservation Act andRegulations. Saskatchewan Energy and Resources will inspect and approvesurface restoration. Reclamation certificates will be issued for crown lands 6586

from the crown agency who controls the lease. Reclamation certificates for 6587

public lands are also required. It is important that reclamation be completedsuccessfully.

REFERENCES:Alberta EnvironmentAlberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations

• Conservation and Reclamation Regulation (AR 115/93)Alberta EnvironmentConservation and Reclamation Informational Letters 6596

• Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities 6597

(C&R/IL 95-3)• Burial of Materials on Lease (C&R/IL 94-4)

Decommissioning and Reclamation Guidelines for Small Oil and Gas Sites inWestern Canada, CAPP - September, (1992)

ERCBOil and Gas Conservation Act/Regulations; Pipeline Act

6606

GB 2000-17 Expanded Orphan Program Implementation 6607

ID 90-4 Suspension Guidelines for Inactive WellsID 2000-09 Notification Requirements for the Discontinuation

and Abandonment of Pipelines and theAbandonment of Facilities

Directive D-20 Well Abandonment Guide



Directive D-56 Energy Development Application GuideDirective D-59 Well Drilling and Completion Data Filing

Requirements6616

6617



14.4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – EnvironmentalInspection Checklist

BASIC INFORMATION

LOCATIONLEGALENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTORINSPECTION DATEWELL TYPE (gas/oil, sweet/sour)

General Terrain:____________ Flat ______________Rolling _______________Steep Slopes

Comments:

66266627

Soil Type:____________Dry _____________Wet

____________Sandy _____________Loam ___________Gravel __________Muskeg

Land Use:__________Forestry __________Cultivated __________Grazing/Livestock _________Wildlife (Y/N)

Comments:

Closest Residence:_________< 1 km __________1 – 4 km ____________> 4 km

Comments:

Nearest Water Course:__________<100 m __________100 – 500 m ____________> 500 m

__________Type __________Size ____________Flowing (Y/N)

66366637



ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING

Policies, Responsibilities and Training, Environmental Performance Improvement

6646

1. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN 6647

AUDIT ITEM N/A SAT U/SIs there an Environmental Policy and Procedures Manual; is it currentand available?Presence of CAODC Waste Management Wall Chart(Drilling Locations)CAMP RULES / ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS – is a standard present,understandable and adhered to? Are biodegradable cleaning products used?RIG INSPECTIONS – Standard is to have rigs inspected for environmentaldeficiencies on a regular basis. Ensure that inspections are done and that recordsare kept. Determine if identified deficiencies are corrected in a timely manner.All vehicles shall arrive on site free of weeds.Is there a C&R Plan for this project? (If yes, proceed to C&R section to follow)

2. DRILLING OPERATIONS – Training

AUDIT ITEM N/A SAT U/SAre regular environmental meetings held in the field?Are following tops covered in meetings? Proper Maintenance Release Detection / Assessment Handling of Specific Hazardous Chemicals Hazardous Waste Disposal Company Policies Legal Responsibilities Reporting RequirementsWhat are the environmental training requirements for field staff? ERP Waste Management TDG / WHMIS Company Environmental Policy Review



3. CONSERVATION AND RECLAMATION PLAN CONDITIONS 6656

6657

Following is a listing of potential impacts from the project – determine applicability of eachimpact and provide documentation of mitigation strategy employed (Rating system shouldreflect success of mitigation for impact).

AUDIT ITEM N/A SAT U/S

1. Loss of Agricultural Capability / soil Degradation(Applies to operations in agricultural areas only)

a) – topsoil and subsoil mixingb) – compaction and ruttingc) – weed introductiond) – stones brought to surface

2. Upper Soil and Grubbings Conservation(Non-agriculture areas)

3. Muskeg Areas4. Surface Disturbance

a) – water and wind erosionb) – disturbance of sod layer

5. Water Crossingsa) – interruption of stream flowb) – disturbance of drainage / watercourse substrates and banksc) – siltation and sedimentation

6. Vegetationa) – loss of native vegetationb) – loss of timberc) – rare and endangered speciesd) – damaged treese) – weedsf) – revegetation (agricultural zones)

7. Wildlifea) – loss of habitat/biodiversityb) – disturbance of wildlifec) – attraction of nuisance animalsd) – blockage of ungulate movementse) – increased hunter accessf) – rare and endangered species

8. Release of PollutantsIntroduction of fuel or other pollutant(s) to waterbody or soil during operations. If there hasbeen an occurrence, the Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan should be activated (Attached)9. Interference with Other Land Uses (Non-Agricultural)

a) – interference with future timber operationsb) – interference with other industrial activitiesc) – interference with trapping activities in Registered Trapping Areas

Agriculturald) – disturbance of farming operationse) – disturbance of livestock operationsf) – risk of fire spreading off r.o.w.

10. Native Consultation / Issues11. Archaeological, paleontological sites or historical resources12. Operations Phase

a) – reclamationb) – maintenance

13. Abandonment



4. CONSTRUCTION AND DRILLING – General Lease Conditions


Is a Move on / Move Off inspection done at each site?Are there any special lease or MSL conditions? Attach documentation, ensure conditions aremet. (Determine proximity to water, sumpless drilling, buried tanks, etc.)Check the berm integrity around the lease for containment.Check the lease for any off-lease erosion or other impacts.Are cattle guards and fences maintained?General housekeeping of site / rig / camp / facilities.

5. CONSTRUCTION AND DRILLING – General Access Conditions/Concerns 6666

6667


Observe number and condition of river crossings. Are all crossing approvals in place? Are anyC&R conditions in place? Are they met?Is erosion on the access controlled? Are soil conservation methods required / in place?Are there any special license conditions that must be adhered to? (ie: wildlife issues, restrictedaccess, access controls)Is wildlife protection required in this area? What is being done to protect wildlife? Arerequirements detailed under C&R plan?Construction activities shall be confined to the allotted ROW.Construction traffic shall be restricted to existing roads, approved ROW and approved shoo-flies.Construction traffic shall be restricted to work side of the ROW to reduced area subjected tocompaction.Wildlife shall not be harassed or fed. Dogs and firearms are not allowed on the ROW.The recreational use of ATV’s by the construction personnel on the ROW is not allowed.Any incidents with nuisance wildlife or collisions with wildlife are to be reported to Fish andWildlife and the local police detachment.Fires:

Personnel shall be made aware of proper disposal methods for welding rods, cigarettebutts, and other hot or burning materials;

Equipment exhaust and engine systems shall be in good working condition. When thefire hazard is high, equipment should not be parked in tall grass;

Construction equipment shall be equipped with spark arrestors; A water truck should be available when the fire hazard is high; Each crew shall carry (minimum) 2 shovels, 1 fire extinguisher, and a radio; A fire contingency plan should be in place and implemented when necessary.

Floods: Drainage construction shall be postponed if excessive flow or flood conditions arepresent or anticipated. Ensure that all spoil piles are above the flood line.Archaeological or Historical Discoveries: Work shall be suspended if discoveries are made.Work shall not recommence until permission from authorities is received.Damaged trees: Fell or prune trees damaged during construction activities immediately. Do notpostpone until clean-up.



6. DRILLING OPERATIONS – Prevention / Maintenance


Does HARVARD use lead free drillpipe and collar lubricants?

Do the policies for hiring subcontractors include environmental conditions / provisions?

Does HARVARD use lead free non-toxic paints on all components?

When components are cleaned, are non hazardous products used (degreasers, etc)? Is biodegradablerig wash used?What procedures are used to prevent freezing of BOP’s?What is done with water and glycol after use?

7. CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING – Surveying and Cleaning6676


Landowners are to be notified prior to entry

Staking:- both sides of an r.o.w. are to be marked. Do not clear beyond stakes unless approval is given- staking should be done to cross drainage’s and roads at right angles, and slopes should be

traversed along the fall lineWorking Space:- extra working space should be taken at sidebend and slopes, as well as at drainage crossings- approval must be obtained before taking additional working spaceFences: need to be braced before cutting, install gates and keep closed

Drainages:- minimize removal of vegetation adjacent to drainage’s- fell trees away from drainage’s, remove anything within the high water areaSlash Disposal – dispose of slash as directed by landowner. Do not conduct burning during highwinds

6677

8. CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING – Grading and Topsoil Salvage


Grading – minimize along routs, minimize graded widths and on slopesStrip topsoil where grading is required and windrow to near edge.Drainage should be away from graded area.

Cut and Fill – should not exceed 4:1, ensure graded material does not spread onto r.o.w.

Topsoil salvage measures are to be used.



9. CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING Planning, Construction / Inspection, Monitoring (Post Construction) Abandonment, Decommissioning and Reclamation 6686

6687AUDIT ITEM N/A SAT U/S

What is typical for clean-up efforts prior to leaving the site permanently? Are there policies in placeand who is responsible? Is documentation available (checklists, sign-offs, etc.)?Are all applicable licenses and permits available as part of the EPP? Ensure these permits andlicenses were obtained prior to beginning activity. List all applicable permits / licenses and ensureconditions are being met.If shoo-flies are used, they must be reclaimed as part of the clean-up.

10. DRILLING OPERATIONS – Wellsite Clean-up

AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook) N/A SAT U/S

All analysis required for clean-up should reference analytical procedures. BC to use ERCB G-55 asguide.Disposal of wellsite waste must be Oil & Gas Production Waste Control Regulation.

Hydrocarbons are not to be mixed with drilling mud wastes.

Sump fluid analysis and bioassay must be conducted before submitted clean-up proposal. Thedistrict office is to be notified 24 hours before testing.A wellsite and access clean-up proposal must be submitted to the district office upon completion ofinitial lease and camp clean-up. A site-specific survey is to be included with the clean-up packageshowing dimensions of cleared areas, stock-piled topsoil, seeded and unseeded areas, etc.Specific sampling instructions are to be followed for sump samples. A sketch must accompany eachsample taken for analysis.Disposal of sump fluids by the following methods:

1. Disposal of pump off;2. Trap and mix disposal (mix bury cover);3. Disposal of subsurface formation (encouraged by regulator).

Invert systems have unique clean-up requirements. Is invert used?

11. COMPLETIONS, WORKOVERS, SUSPENSIONS

AUDIT ITEM – BC OIL and GAS HANDBOOK(Drilling and Production Regulation 45-48, 52, 53, 56-59)

N/A SAT U/S

An Application to Alter a Well must be submitted to the district office.Approval may be verbal, but must be confirmed by writing on the application.The office must be notified by phone before commencing any workover or completion.A Notice of Commencement of Suspension of Operations must be submitted within 7 days afterthe well is placed on continuous production.Completion/Workover reports must be submitted within one month to MEI Victoria.Daily reports must be submitted to the district office within one week.

66966697



12. WASTE MANAGEMENTMinimization, Storage Disposal, Record Keeping, Special Materials (Asbestos, Radioactive)


Do the companies on site have waste management plans?List companies, provide documentation.Are ERCB (or applicable) storage requirements met?

Are all waste movements documented/manifested as required under applicable regulations?

Where is regular equipment maintenance performed? Does HARVARD have policies/guidelinesfor maintenance (especially fate of wastes)?

13. DRILLING – Waste Storage


Waste bin on site? Supplied by? What is disposal path?

Storage for waste lube oil.

Used filter barrel storage.

Mud sack storage.

Casing protector storage.

All construction garbage shall be continuously collected and disposed of at an approved facility toavoid the attraction of nuisance animals.Waste containers shall accompany each working unit.

All garbage will be stored in bear proof containers when conflict may occur.

Storage for recyclables at camp (bottles/cans).

67066707

14. DRILLING OPERATIONS/CONSTRUCTION – Waste Disposal/Documentation


Earthen pits used to store fluid from drilling or servicing must: Be constructed of impermeable material; Be located so as to not collect natural run-off; Not to be filled <1 m from top; Be emptied and filled within 1 month of rig release; Produced water may be stored if approved by local district office.

Spent acid and other workover fluids require approval before disposal. If done in accordance withD&P Regulations (97), then disposal is authorized.Disposal of wash water requires approval for discharges to the environment (should not be deepwelled).Used Oil Disposal – Used oil should be disposed of to bulk dealer or recycled. Determine disposalpath and documentation chain.Garbage / Waste bins – bins from approved third party suppliers are required – DetermineCompany Policy!Oilfield Waste – All wastes must be properly identified / labeled (DOW/NDOW, Special Waste(BC)).




Waste will be disposed of according to ROWMR (AB) or provincial equivalent.

Wastes should be segregated:DOW/NDOW (Special)ContainersWoodMetal CablePlasticPaperSeparation of recyclables:Lube oilFiltersRagsMunicipal Landfillable WastesUsed Oil and Fuel Filters – Classified as DOW (Hazardous) – policy is to have secure on-sitestorage, then use RB Williams for disposal. Determine disposal scheme – documentation.Used gas filters are to be drained/crushed and disposed of with rig waste to local landfill. Ensurepolicy is adequate.TDG/WHMIS – Covered under safety audit.

Wastes must be manifested.

Land fillable wastes must be documented.

How is camp waste disposed of? (ie: grease, garbage, oil, antifreeze)

Is there a camp incinerator? Is it approved?

15. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Noise, Smoke, Burning


Noise – Follow ERCB Noise Directive – if noise is an issue to wildlife or people contact the localdistrict office of BCGOC.Smoke – no visible smoke is allowed within 20 km of an urban centre (except in emergencies).

Burning – covered in other sections.

16. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Potable Water 67166717


Must comply with Safe Drinking Water Regulations.

MOH Permit is required for waterworks systems regardless of source. A permit fee is required for15 or more connections.



17. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Gaseous Emissions/Flaring


Approvals required under WMA for any emissions. As of September 1/96 many of theseemissions are authorized.Applications in writing must be made before any well testing involving flaring is done. Inemergencies, this may be done over the telephone.

18. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Fuel and Chemical Storage / Handling6726


Fuel storage areas must have adequate berms and security.

Fuel storage and refueling facilities must be >100 m from watercourses.

In equipment & servicing areas, ensure the following conditions are met: An impervious tarp is to be used when servicing equipment; Oil changes and maintenance shall be conducted a minimum of 100 m away from

waterbodies; Fuel and service vehicles shall carry a minimum of 10 kg of commercial sorbent

material; No fuel, oil or hazardous material storage is allowed within 100 m of a waterbody; Mufflers should be used to minimize air pollution and noise; Equipment is not to be washed in waterbodies; Equipment used in water crossing construction shall be inspected to ensure they are free

of leaks.Where immobile equipment is within 100 m of a watercourse:

All containers, hoses, and nozzles must be free of leaks; Fuel nozzles are to be equipped with automatic shut-offs; Operators are stationed at both ends of the hose during refueling; Fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the storage facility.

Proper electrical grounding must be provided for storage containers and loading/unloadingequipment.All chemical bulk tanks should be grounded and have external gauges.

6727

19. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Substance Release


Does company have an Emergency Response Plan for releases? Provide copy if available. Whatare reporting requirements/flows?Release response kit on-site / complete?

Any release incidents reported / cleaned-up?

Incidents are to be reported to regulatory and local officials.


OPX Consulting Inc. Section 15 -1

15.0 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY

15.1 INTRODUCTION 6736

6737

The Construction Supervisor, as HARVARD’s representative is responsible forensuring compliance with Occupational Health and Safety Act regulations. Of primeconcern is coordinating safety activities when there is more than one employer onsite. The Construction Supervisor must be aware of and fulfill his responsibilities asthe representative of the Prime Contractor (See Section 2.0).

All sections of this manual apply to HARVARD’s facility and pipeline constructionactivities.

15.2 SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST6746

The Construction Safety Plan Checklist included in this section has been designed to 6747

provide the Construction Supervisor with a guide to most of the safety issues thatmust be addressed at the job site. It is intended that the checklist be completed by theConstruction Supervisor at the time of the Kick-Off Safety Meeting and that it bereturned to the Calgary office with final project reports.

15.3 EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION

In cases where the project does not fall under the jurisdiction of a site specific or areaspecific Emergency Response Plan, the Construction Supervisor shall complete andpost a list of emergency contacts using a form similar to that attached under “Forms”. 6756

15.4 WEEKLY SAFETY MEETINGS 6757

In addition to the project Kick-Off Safety Meeting (before any critical procedure) andinformal Tailgate Safety Meetings, it is recommended that a meeting be held once aweek involving the construction Supervisor, all Contractor Foremen, applicablecontractor staff and if necessary, applicable HARVARD production operation staff.This meeting should include a review of potential safety hazards that are expected tobe encountered in the coming week and identify and deal with any hazards that mayhave arisen since the previous meeting. Some useful safety meeting forms areattached. Also see Section 5.0 for more information about safety meetings and 6766

HARVARD work permit system. 6767

15.5 SHUT DOWN OF PRODUCTION

When modifications are being made at or near operating production facilities, the riskof damaging operating equipment or exposing workers to hazardous conditions mustbe determined. If standard work practices still leave a degree of higher than normalrisk, consideration must be given to shutting down the operating facility.


OPX Consulting Inc. Section 15 -2


Construction Safety Plan ChecklistEmergency Contact Information 6776

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report 6777

Construction HSE Meeting ReportSafety Meeting AttendanceGround Disturbance PermitBackfill Inspection Form

OPX Consulting Inc.

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST

PROJECT: ____________________________________________ DATE: _________________

CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________________6636

SAFETY HAZARD REVIEW

First Aid Kits on Site Contractor has Safety Program on Site and

Responsible for Worker Safety Safety Meeting Requirements Established Safety Committee (Multi-Contractor) Contractor Safety Meetings Tailgate Meetings Housekeeping Procedures Reviewed Work Permit Requirements Established Safety Equipment Requirements Determined Personal Protection Equipment Requirements

Determined Location of Safety and Emergency Equipment

Established Driving Procedures Established Vehicle and Equipment Operation Procedures

Established Accident/Incident Reporting Procedures Reviewed Authority of Supervisor to Shut Down Work

Identified

Site Inspection to Identify, Assess andCommunicate Hazards - documented

H2S and Respiratory Equipment Review Overhead Power Lines Equipment/Material Lifts Ground Disturbance / Location of Buried Lines

and Equipment Hot Work Combustible Atmospheres

Confined Space Entry / Restricted Space

WHMIS Trenching Energy Isolation Procedures

PROJECT SCOPE EMERGENCY Scope of Work Reviewed Restricted Work Areas Established (Where

Applicable) Project Schedule Reviewed Hours of Work Established

Harvard Emergency Response PlanReviewed

Emergency Procedures Reviewed Contact Information Sheet Posted Safe Areas Established First Aid Personnel Identified Fire Extinguisher Stations Established Method to Track Number of Workers on Site

Established Plant Emergency Alarm Operation (Where

Applicable)

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW OTHER (list) Topsoil Handling and Site Grading Fuel and Chemical Storage Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal Equipment Oil Changes

6637


EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION

6786LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LOCATION: 6787

LONGITUDE: _________________________ LATITUDE:

FIRST AID NAMES: ____________________________________________________ ______

DOCTOR LOCATION: ___________________________________________________ _______

TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:

AMBULANCE LOCATION:


HOSPITAL LOCATION:


FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCATION: 6796

TELEPHONE NUMBER: 6797

POLICE LOCATION:

TELEPHONE NUMBER:

HELICOPTER FIRM:


REGULATORY CONTACT: ERCB B.C.O.G.C.

NAME: ___________________ PHONE: ______________________CELL:

ENVIRONMENT/FORESTRY

NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:

LOCAL MUNICIPALITY (Director of Disaster Services) 6806

NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL: 6807

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report

Location:_____________________ Date:________________________

Contractor:____________________ Project#:_____________________

Employees Present: Print Signature

________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________

Site Specific Hazard IdentificationYes No N/A Action to be Taken

Location of:

Buried Pipelines □ □ □ ______________________________

Buried Cables □ □ □ ______________________________

Overhead Lines □ □ □ ______________________________

Wellhead □ □ □ ______________________________

Sumps □ □ □ ______________________________

Digging Sumps □ □ □ ______________________________

Knocking Down Trees □ □ □ ______________________________

Leveling and Slopes □ □ □ ______________________________

Towing of Trucks □ □ □ ______________________________

U/G & O/H Utilities □ □ □ ______________________________

Ditch Cut □ □ □ ______________________________

Digging Burrows/Snakepits □ □ □ ______________________________

Driving Speed Limits □ □ □ ______________________________

Other Personnel/Equipment □ □ □ ______________________________

PPE Required □ □ □ ______________________________

Emergency Contact #’s □ □ □ ______________________________

Other □ □ □ ______________________________

Other □ □ □ ______________________________

Worksite Plan _______________________ ____________________Company Representative (Print) Signature

________________________________ ___________________________

Contractor Representative (Print) Signature


CONSTRUCTION HSE MEETING REPORT

DATE: TIME OF MEETING: _____________ LENGTH:

OPERATION: FACILITY PIPELINE SITE/LOCATION:

CONTRACTOR(S):

6

7

CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR(S):

Harvard REPRESENTATIVE:

OUTSTANDING CONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:

NEW CONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:

OTHER TOPICS DISCUSSED:

TRAINING GIVEN:

16

_______________________________________ 17REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE


SAFETY MEETING ATTENDANCE

CONTRACTOR: MEETING DATE:

NAME SIGNATURE

Ver. 1.0

GROUND DISTURBANCE PERMIT

Location: Project Activities: New Installation Tie-in/Re-entry Repairs

Company Representative: Reclamation Construction Other

Contractor: Date:

If ANY of the items listed are answered NO, proceeding with any ground disturbance may contravene company policy, and may result in injury topersonnel, damage to equipment, or environment. Supervisor approval is recommended. Documentation of decision is required.

RECORD CONFIRMATION YES NO N/A1. Do you have a copy of the Survey Drawing for the well site, access road, and/or proposed ground disturbance area?

*NOTE* If the survey drawing is older than 60 days, consideration should be given to getting an updated survey drawing.

2. Do you have a copy of the Surface Acquisition report?

3. Does the survey drawing Table of Crossing match with the Surface Acquisition Report Table of Crossings?

4. If questions 1-3 are N/A, has the proposed area of the disturbance and buffer zone been electronically scanned?

5. Do you have a recent copy of the Land Title Certificate or Public Land Standing Report?

6. Do you have a copy of the most recent Provincial/Company Pipeline baseline map?

7. Did you notify the Land Agent (Crown Land) or Land Owner (Freehold Land) of your intentions and review any existing undergroundfacilities? Name:

8. Do you have a copy of all Crossing Agreements for any facility identified within 30 metres of the work area?

9. Did you adhere to the crossing notification requirements?

10. Did you contact local Production office and review scope of work and crossings?Name:

11. Have all pipelines, power lines, and utilities in the 30 metre search/controlled area been identified?

12. Has the One Call System been notified of our intentions?

VISUAL INSPECTION1. Are all buried pipelines, power lines, or utilities identified on above drawings, and staked on the ground in proposed area?

2. Are overhead power line Caution Signs in place?

3. Are all the locate stakes or marks referenced to fixed features?

4. Are all of the lines within the 30 meter search/controlled zone identified on the ground?

5. Are there any signs of new ground disturbances within the proposed working area, including the search/controlled zone? This mayinclude pipelines, power lines, Gas Co-op, utility cables, new clearings, road construction, pipeline signs, settlement, vegetationcolor change or growth. If there is any visual sign of activity that is not reflected on Survey Drawing, re-surveying should beconsidered.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION1. Is the proposed ground disturbance expected to be any depth below the surface?

*CAUTION* - any depth below the surface is a general rule. Ground disturbances located at any depth may encounter linesimproperly installed or changed due to shifting ground disturbances. Additional crossing material should be considered.

2. Are there any pipelines, power lines, or utility cables being crossed within the 5 meters where no right-of-way or within the distanceoutline in crossing agreements?

3. Are ALL the conditions of the Crossing Agreements being met?

4. Have all the underground facilities been exposed as per the company requirements, crossing agreements, and the Regulations?

5. Distance to which mechanical equipment may be operated after exposure from agreement mm

6. Did you conduct a pre-job task meeting with foreman and equipment operators? Review Procedures & ERP.

NOTE: This document is designed to be a GUIDE to the minimum safety standards for Ground Disturbance. Refer to the Provincial Regulations, Company StandardSafety Practices Manual, contractor’s safety program, and Provincial Health & Safety Statute and Regulations for further details. If project involves inter-province activity, the National Energy Board has additional requirements. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR REFERENCES.

Comments:

CompanyRepresentative:

ContractorRepresentative:

Ver. 1.0

DEFINITIONS

GROUND DISTURBANCE - is any work, operation, or activity without limitation that results in a disturbance ofthe earth at any depth.

SEARCH AREA- is the 30 meters surrounding the ground disturbance area in which all reasonably necessaryprecautions must be taken to determine whether or not an underground facility exists.

NOTIFICATION - Every owner within the ground disturbance area and the 30 meter search area must benotified of the nature and schedule of the ground disturbance. Notification must be done as per the crossingagreement or as per provincial Regulations of a minimum of 2 working days and a maximum of 7 workingdays, or greater, as specified in the crossing agreement.

CROSSING AGREEMENTS (also referred to as APPROVALS) - Anytime a ground disturbance takes placewithin a right-of-way, or within 5 meters of a facility where there is no right-of-way, an approval must be inwriting.

NOTE: A crossing agreement is commonly used as the approval and does not mean an actual crossing istaking place.

HAND EXPOSURE - Hand exposure must be done if the ground disturbance crosses or is carried out within 5meters of an existing underground facility before commencing any mechanical excavation. When exposing theunderground facility it must be done sufficiently to identify the facility. Excavation techniques have beendeveloped using water or air jets. These have generally been accepted, although all procedures may not havespecific regulatory approval. Care should be taken to evaluate the best method of hand exposure, taking intoconsideration, damage to coatings, and methods of soil disposal.

CAUTION: Even after hand exposure, mechanical equipment must not be used within the distancespecified on the crossing agreement, OR, if a crossing agreement is not present, not closer than60 cm. to the underground facility.

REFERENCES

ITEMS # 1, 2, 3, 5, & 6 Your surveyors or line locating company usually provide these items.

ITEM # 5: For Freehold Land, this is referred to as “Certificate of Title” which includesregistered ownership and any incumbencies against the property. For Public Lands,this is referred to as the “Public Land Standing Report”, which includes a listing ofany registered dispositions against the property.

ITEM # 10: Plot Plans or lease drawings should be obtained and discussed with area OperationsPersonnel. Experienced company personnel familiar with area operations may haveknowledge of pipelines or utilities not otherwise documented.

ITEM # 12: One-Call Systems provide a no-charge, computerized communication service toadvise and help the ground disturber with the location of buried pipelines and utilities.

CAUTION: Not all companies are One-Call System members, and as such, it isprobable that not all underground facility owners will be notified that you are creatinga ground disturbance in the area. It is necessary to perform all the steps to a grounddisturbance to ensure as far as it is reasonable and practicable, what is in the groundbefore you start to dig.

GENERAL: The Provincial Acts and Regulations should be available for reference and further resources.

Ver 1.0

BACK FILL INSPECTION FORMNAME OF EXISTING FACILITY OWNER

PROJECT:CrossingAgreement Number

AB/BC LSD SEC TWP RGE W M

BC QTR UNIT BLOCK /MAP SUB DIV SHEET

TYPE OF FACILITY: (Check One)PipelineRoadRail RoadWater CourseData Cable

Other: (Specify)Type of Damage

Damage repair satisfactory

Regulatory agencies notified if damage

Indicate approximate location on above plan

Existing

Existing

Depth Existing

Depth ExistingDepth NewPL

Depth New

Pipeline - R/W

OR

R.R.

Road

RiverBed

Depth Depth

GradeCasedUncased

Road, RR X-ing River/Creek R/W

INDICATE: 1. Depth to existing line (On Elevation)

2. Depth to new line above or below existing line (On Elevation)

3. Cathodic protection installed: YES NO

4. If yes, what type of protection?Owner of foreign or existing facility: Size and condition of existing facility:

(New) oil, gas, water, etc.: Contractor doing work:

Approval

Print Name Date Completed Company Signature

Print Name Date Completed Contract Signature


16.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

16.1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS

ACGHI 6816

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 6817

ACCIDENTAn undesired event that results in physical harm to a person, damage to property of loss toprocess (ILCI)

ANSIAmerican National Standards Institute

API 6826

American Petroleum Institute 6827

APPROVEDRefers to approval by a recognized testing agency or authority for use under existing conditions(e.g. NIOSH, CSA)

ASMEAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers

BLANKING 6836

Equipment used to isolate piping and prevent accidental exposure to or release of flammable 6837

or toxic liquids or gases into work areas.

BONDINGA bond is an electrical tie or connection between two conducting bodies, which are usuallymetallic. The purpose of bonding is to prevent sparking by providing a path over which straycurrents and static charges may drain.

BOPBlowout Preventor 6846

6847

CANUTECThe Canadian Transport Emergency Centre

CARCINOGENA cancer-producing substance or agent

CCOHSCanadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

6856

CHIEF OPERATING EXECUTIVE 6857

The most senior decision-making person at a location.


COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALCombustible materials are ones that, either by themselves or in combination with theirpackaging, are highly susceptible to ignition and will contribute to the intensity and rapid spreadof fire.

Moderately combustible materials are ones that, either by themselves or in combination with 6866

their packaging, will contribute fuel to fire. 6867

Noncombustible materials are ones that will neither ignite nor support combustion.

COMPETENTCompetent, when referring to a worker, means adequately qualified, suitably trained and withsufficient experience to safely perform work without or with minimal supervision.

CONFINED SPACEA restricted space which may become hazardous to a worker entering it because of: an 6876

atmosphere that is or may be injurious by reason of oxygen deficiency or enrichment, 6877

flammability, explosivity or toxicity; a condition or changing set of circumstances within thespace that presents a potential for injury or illness; or has the potential or inherentcharacteristics of any activity which can produce adverse or harmful consequences within thespace. Confined spaces include but are not limited to: tanks, bins, vessels, towers, furnaces,tank cars, sewers, pipeline, sumps, utility tunnels, dyked areas, excavations, boilers, silos,ventilation and exhaust ducts, vessel skirts, utility vaults, valve wells and pipe racks.

CONFINED SPACE ENTRYA person is considered to have entered a confined space when that person has sufficiently 6886

approached or passed the threshold of the confined space, to be essentially breathing the 6887

atmosphere of the confined space.

CONSULTANTAn individual hired to provide professional or expert advice or services.

CONTRACTORAn individual or company hired under contract to provide services or supplies to anotherindividual or company.

6896

CONTROLLED PRODUCT 6897

A product, material or substance included in any of the classes listed in Schedule II of theHazardous Products Act (specified by the regulations made pursuant to paragraph 15 (1) (a) ofthe Act).

CORROSIVEHaving the quality to corrode or consume (e.g., acid, or H2S).

CRITICAL JOB/TASK 6906

A specific element of work which historically has produced and/or which possesses the 6907

potential to produce major loss (people, property or financial) when not properly performed.


CRITICAL JOB/TASK INVENTORY LISTA comprehensive list of critical job/tasks produced from systematic survey of all jobs/tasks inthe department. The list should include a statement of the criteria used to identify a “criticaljob/task”

6916

CRITICAL PART/ITEM 6917

An item or component part of machinery, equipment, material, structure or area that is likely toresult in a major problem or loss when worn, damaged, abused, misused or improperly applied,etc. Those critical few items or parts, which when worn, damaged, abused, misused, orimproperly applied, are more likely to result in a major problem or loss.

CSACanadian Standards Association

DETECTION SYSTEM 6926

A device or control to identify hazardous, potentially hazardous, or abnormal conditions and to 6927

provide a warning to people and/or prevent loss.

EMPLOYEEAny person employed by a company, including managers, supervisors and workers.

ENGINEERING CONTROLMethods of controlling employee exposure to safety and health hazards by enclosing thehazard, isolating the employee from the hazard, or reducing the transmission of the hazard tothe employee, without the use of personal protective equipment. 6936

6937

ERGONOMICSA rational approach to designing and constructing equipment and environments so that theyallow workers to be more productive and efficient while making fewer errors and facing fewersafety hazards than in other situations. Ergonomics are used to make equipment andenvironments more convenient, more comfortable, less confusing, less frustrating and lesstiring.

EXCAVATIONAny man-made cavity or depression in the earth’s surface, including its sides, walls or faces, 6946

formed by earth removal and producing unsupported earth conditions by reason of the 6947

excavation. If installed forms or similar structures reduce the depth-to-width relationship, anexcavation may become a trench (a trench is always an excavation, but an excavation is notnecessarily a trench).

FIRST AIDOne-time treatment of minor scratches, cuts, burns, etc. with possible follow-up visits forobservation, but not treatment.

FIRST AID UNIT 6956

Equipment and facilities for administration of necessary first aid treatment and for removal of 6957

people from hazardous areas.


FLAMMABLE LIQUIDAny liquid with a flash point below 200°F.

FLASH POINTThe lowest temperature at which vapours over volatile combustible substances will ignite when 6966

exposed to external sources of ignition (and will continue to burn after the source is removed). 6967

FUGITIVE EMISSIONGas, solid, liquid, fume, mist, fog or dust that escapes, unplanned from process equipment,emission control equipment or from a product.

HANDLINGStoring, dispensing and disposing of materials or containers.

HARMFUL SUBSTANCE 6976

A substance which because of its properties, application, or presence, creates or could create 6977

a danger, including a chemical or biological hazard, to the health and safety of a workerexposed to it.

HAZARD CLASSIFICATIONA designation of relative loss potential. A system that classifies substandard practices orconditions by the potential severity of the loss, should an accident or loss occur.

HAZARD LABELA label required on controlled products. 6986

6987

HAZARDOUS CONDITIONAny situation which exposes workers to a physical, chemical, electrical, high energy, etc.hazard that may adversely affect their health or safety.

HAZARDOUS ENERGY

Means electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical thermal, gravitational, or anyother form of energy that could cause injury due to the unintended motion, energizing, start-upor release of such stored or residual energy in machinery, equipment, piping, pipelines or 6996

process systems. 6997

HAZARDOUS LOCATION

A place where fire or explosion hazards may exist due to flammable gases or vapours,flammable or combustible dust or ignitable fibres or flyings, as described in the CanadianElectrical Code

HAZARDOUS PRODUCTAny product that is prohibited, restricted or controlled, and can cause harm to workers or the 7006

environment. 7007


HOT TAPPINGThe process of welding a branch or connection onto a pressure vessel, tank, connected pipingor pipeline that contains flammable or other materials. The welding is done without blinding andpurging the equipment beforehand.

7016

HOT WORK 7017

Any work involving burning, welding, riveting, grinding or other similar fire or spark-producingtools or operations, as well as work which produces a source of ignition, such as drilling,abrasive blasting, and space heating.

H2SHydrogen Sulphide

IAPAIndustrial Accident Prevention Association of Ontario 7026

7027

ILCIInternational Loss Control Institute

INCIDENTAn undesired event that, under slightly different circumstances, could have resulted in personalharm, property damage, or loss to process. Also referred to as a near miss (ICLI)

INSPECTIONThe careful examination of people, equipment, materials, and the environment, the close and 7036

critical scrutiny for comparison with standards. 7037

ISOLATEMeans using a mechanical device to restrain, regulate, direct, or dissipate hazardous energy.

ISOLATIONA process whereby a confined or isolated space is completely protected against the inadvertentrelease of material or energy.

JOB/TASK ANALYSIS 7046

A systematic analysis of the steps involved with doing a job/task, the loss exposures involved, 7047

and the controls necessary to prevent loss. It should be a prerequisite to the development ofwork procedures and practices. An important step in the analysis would be consideration of theelimination or reduction of hazards.

JOURNEYMAN ELECTRICIANAn electrician who has completed a specified number of hours of practical work and training aswell as classroom study and exams. The requirements vary among the provinces.

LC50 7056

Lethal concentration. LC50 indicates the atmospheric concentration of a substance at which half 7057

of the group of test animals die after a specified exposure time.


LD50

Lethal dose; lowest dose of a substance introduced by any route, other than inhalation, overany given period of time in one or more divided portions and reported to have caused death inhalf of the test animals.

LEL 7066

Lower explosive limit. 7067

LOCAL VENTILATIONRemoval by mechanical means of gases, dust, etc., at their source or origin.

LOST-TIME ACCIDENTAn accident that causes a person to be away from work beyond the day of the injury.

ORA disabling injury where the employee was not able to show up for his or her regular work shift 7076

the next day. 7077

LOWER EXPOSURE LIMITThe minimum concentration of a combustible gas or vapour in air, expressed in percent byvolume, which will ignite if an ignition source is present.

MANAGER/SUPERVISORA person who has charge of a work place or authority over a worker.

MANUFACTURER’S RATED CAPACITY 7086

The manufacturer’s specifications, instructions or recommendations which outline how 7087

equipment is to be erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used, handled, stored,stopped, adjusted, maintained, repaired or dismantled. They may include manufacturer’sinstruction, operating or maintenance manual and drawings.

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)An information sheet containing health and safety information on the handling and storage of aproduct.

MEDICAL AID 7096

An injury that requires treatment from a professional medical doctor or dentist. The injury is not 7097

severe enough to prevent the employee from returning to work the next day.

MEDIVACMedical evacuation service.

MSHAMine Safety and Health Administration (of the U.S. Department of Labour)

NEC 7106

National Electrical Code 7107

NFPANational Fire Protection Association


NIOSHNational Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESSAny abnormal condition or disorder of an employee (other than one resulting from an 7116

occupational injury), caused by exposure to environmental factors associated with 7117

employment.

OCCUPATIONAL INJURYAny injury that results from a work accident or from exposure to environmental factorsassociated with employment.

OH&SOccupational Health and Safety

7126

OSHA 7127

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (USA)

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTThe equipment or clothing worn by a worker to reduce the consequences of exposure tovarious hazards associated with working conditions or a work site. Personal protectiveequipment includes: burning goggles, chainsaw pants, chemical goggles, chemical suits andaprons, cold weather clothing, dust masks, face shields, fire-retardant clothing, gloves, hardhats, hearing protection, high visibility safety vests, hoods, safety goggles, safety helmets andsafety toes footwear. 7136

7137

POLICYA senior management statement which guides administration, reflects management’s attitudesand commitment to safety and health, and defines the authority and respective relationshipsrequired to accomplish the organization’s objectives.

POSITIVE ISOLATIONThe blinding off, plugging or the complete removal and blanking off of inter-connecting piping,vessels or sewers which may contain hazardous material.

7146

PPM 7147

Parts Per Million

PRESSURE VESSELSDevices designed to contain gas or vapour under pressure.

PREVENTABLE MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTA preventable accident is any occurrence involved in a Company owned, leased, rented oroperated vehicle which results in property damage and/or personal injury regardless of whowas injured, what property was damaged, to what extent, or where it occurred, in which the 7156

driver in question failed to do everything the worker reasonably could have done to prevent the 7157

occurrence.


PROCEDUREAn established and defined method of performing specified work.

PRODUCT IDENTIFIERThe brand name, code name or code number specified by a supplier, or the product’s chemicalname, common name, generic name or trade name. This should be the name under which the 7166

product is sold. 7167

PSVPressure Safety Valve

PURGETo rid of impurities or undesirable by bleeding, venting, etc., generally with steam, inert gas,nitrogen or C02.

QUALIFIED PERSON 7176

A person designated by the employer as capable (by experience, education and/or specified 7177

training) to properly fulfill the required function.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTIONRefers to any respiratory protective device or system designed to protect the wearer frominhalation of toxic or irritating substances. It can include air-purifying respirators, supplied airrespirators or self-contained breathing apparatus.

RESTRICTED SPACEAn enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not designed or intended for continuous human 7186

occupancy with a restricted means of entry or exit and may become hazardous to a worker 7187

entering it because of its design, construction, location or atmosphere; the work activities,materials or substances in it; provision of first aid, evacuation, rescue or other emergencyresponse service is compromised or of other hazards relating to it.

SAFE WORK PERMITA written record that authorizes specific work at a specific work location. It identified the knownhazards and safe work practices required for the work.

SAFE WORK PROCEDURE 7196

A set of guidelines for performing specific work assignments properly (efficiently, safely, 7197

productively).

SAFETY EQUIPMENTEquipment used to reduce the consequences of worker exposure to various work site hazards.Safety equipment includes oxygen and other monitors, personal protective equipment, safetybelts, lanyards and lifelines.

SECURERefers to an energy-isolating device that cannot be released or activated by removing any 7206

activating device, attaching a lock to the energy-isolating device that is operated by a key or 7207

similar device, or attaching to the energy-isolating device a mechanism other than a lock whichis designed to withstand inadvertent opening without the use of excessive force, unusualmeasures, or destructive techniques.


SCBASelf-Contained Breathing Apparatus

SNUBBINGMeans the act of moving tubulars into or out a wellbore when pressure is contained in the well 7216

through the use of stripping components or closed blowout preventers (BOP’s) and mechanical 7217

force is required to move the tubular in order to overcome hydraulic force exerted on thetubular in the wellbore.

SPECIFICATIONSThe written instructions, procedures, drawings, or other documents of a professional engineeror employer. They can relate to equipment, work process or operation.

SPOILThe material resulting from an excavation. 7226

7227

STANDARDThe defined criterion of effective performance.

SUB-CONTRACTORAn individual or company hired to perform all or part of the work contracted to someone else.

TDGTransportation of Dangerous Goods (Act)

7236THRESHOLD LIMIT VALVE (TLV) 7237

Concentration of airborne materials which are used as guides in the control of health hazardsand represent time weighted averaged concentration to which workers may be repeatedlyexposed eight (8) hours per day over extended periods without adverse effects.

TOXIC SUBSTANCEAny substance that is present or has the potential to be present in concentrations which mayadversely affect the health of an exposed individual, as defined by provincial chemicalexposure regulations.

7246

TOXICITY 7247

The ability of a chemical to cause harmful effects in a biological system.

TRENCHA narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greaterthan the width, but the width of a trench is not greater than 4.6m (15 feet).

TRENCH SHIELDA shoring system composed of steel plate and bracing, welded or bolted together to supportthe walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom. The shield can be moved along 7256

as the work progresses. 7257


UELUpper explosive limit, or the maximum proportion of vapour or gas in air above whichpropagation of flame does not occur.

VAPOUR 7266

Gaseous phase of a substance which is liquid at normal temperature and pressure. 7267

WCBWorkers’ Compensation Board

WORK POSITIONING SYSTEMMeans a system of components attached to a vertical safety line and including a full bodyharness, descent controllers and positioning lanyards used to support or suspend a worker intension at a work position.

7276

WHMIS 7277

Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System

WORKERAn employee under the supervision of a manager or supervisor.

ZERO ENERGYA piece of equipment is in a state of zero energy when all sources of energy (e.g. electrical,mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic pressures, spring tension, gravitational etc.) are effectivelyblocked or isolated and physically prevented from being energized by a isolation device. 7286

7287


OPX Consulting Inc. Section 17-1

17.0 FORMS & CHECKLISTS

HARVARD Policy on Health, Safety and the EnvironmentHARVARD Policy on Violence and HarassmentHARVARD Policy on Drug and Alcohol 7296

HARVARD Safety Statement 7297

Worksite Safety Plan ChecklistWell Safety Check and Hazard IDService Rig Inspection ChecklistDrilling Rig Inspection ChecklistMonthly HSE Meeting ReportHazard Identification and ControlWork PermitIncident Investigation ReportHSE Handbook Review Questionnaire 7306

HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire – Answer Key 7307

Health, Safety and Environment – Management ReviewConstruction Safety Plan ChecklistEmergency Contact InformationConstruction HSE Meeting ReportSafety Meeting AttendanceGround Disturbance PermitContractor Safety EvaluationBackfill Inspection FormDrill and Completions HSE Meeting Report 7316

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Form 7317



Harassment and Violence Workplace Policy

Harvard Energy Ltd. will not tolerate unlawful workplace conduct,including discrimination, intimidation/harassment or violence. Harvard isdedicated to maintaining a positive workplace where everyone adheres torelevant human rights legislation and acts ethically, honestly and treatscolleagues with dignity, fairness, and respect. 646

647

This policy applies to management, employees, and contractors ofHarvard. This policy further applies to interactions on or off Companypremises and includes formal and informal Company social gatherings,conferences and client-related events. This policy is not intended toconstrain reasonable and appropriate consensual social interactions.Harassment whether or not it is intentional or directed toward a specificperson, includes unwanted physical, verbal, written, electronic, graphic ornon-verbal behavior that results in intimidation hostility or violence orcontributes to an offensive workplace. 656

657

Any incident or complaint involving alleged harassment orthreatened/actual violence should be reported promptly to either anymember of the Board of Directors or any Officer of the Corporation. Anyincident or complaint will be treated sensitively, promptly and inconfidence, to the extent practical; and investigate thoroughly.

Harvard will attempt resolution, however, disciplinary action up to andincluding termination can be taken for violations of this policy. Filing aknown false complaint or retaliation against complaints is not tolerated 666

and will be subject to disciplinary action, also including termination. 667

676

677



Alcohol and Drug Policy

Harvard Energy Ltd. is committed to protecting the health and safety ofall individuals affected by our activities as well as the communities inwhich we work. We recognize that the use of illicit drugs and theinappropriate use of alcohol and medication can adversely affect jobperformance, the work environment and the safety of our employees,contractors and the public. 686

687

This policy relates to all management, employees and contractors whenthey are engaged in Company business, working on or off Companypremises. Harvard’s contractors are expected to develop and enforceAlcohol and Drug policies that are consistent with the policy.

The following are expressly prohibited while on Company business orCompany premises:

The use of possession, distribution, offer for sale of illicit drugs or 696

illicit drug paraphernalia; 697 The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of

alcoholic beverages; The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or

specifically prescribed for personal use; Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Investigation procedures that may be utilized in support of this Policyinclude:

706 Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations; 707 Reasonable cause testing; Post-incident testing; Reasonable searches of Company grounds; Impaired driving investigations.

Disciplinary action up to and including termination will be taken forviolations of this policy.

716717



SAFETY STATEMENT6

TO BE POSTED AT EVERY WORK SITE 7

Well/Facility Name: ________________________________________________________________

TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS AT THIS SITE

HARVARD ENERGY IS COMMITTED TO A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT. SAFETYWILL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY USING UNSAFE EQUIPMENT OR PROCEDURES. THE 16

FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL HARVARD OPERATED WORK SITES. 17

1. All supervisory personnel, whether consultants or Harvard employees, andcontractor personnel employed at this site must have received suitable trainingand be sufficiently experienced to carry out his/her job duties.

2. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment must be worn on work sites asindicated by a completed Hazard Assessment. This may include hard hats,hearing protection, CSA approved footwear, eye protection and other PersonalProtective Equipment as required. 26

27

3. All unsafe equipment or working conditions must be reported to your supervisoror the well site supervisor immediately. Should the unsafe condition not berectified the personnel involved should report to the following by collecttelephone call:

Project Manager: ______________________________________________________

Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________

Operations Manager:___________________________________________________ 36

Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________ 37

4. Regular safety meetings and inspections must be carried out and properlydocumented.

5. Any accident, whether lost time or otherwise, unsafe acts or near misses mustbe reported immediately by the work site supervisor to the above by telephoneand in writing by the next morning. The contractor’s written report, and ifrequired, copies of the applicable provincial W.C.B. forms MUST BE FAXED TOTHE CALGARY OFFICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 46


WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST(Drilling & Completions Supervisors)

OPERATOR:

LOCATION:

WELL SITE SUPERVISOR: 6

RIG# / RIG MANAGER: 7

DATES: From: To:

The Operator is designated as the Prime Contractor for this operation. The Well Site Supervisor isthe agent of the Operator. The following checklist summarizes the key elements of the required worksite safety plan. Well Site Supervisors are requested to submit the completed checklist uponcompletion of the job.

YES NO N/AGENERAL 16Have you reviewed and posted HARVARD’s HS&E Policy & Safety Statement? 17Have all identified landowner requirements been identified and addressed?

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENTS / INSPECTIONS

Is a Hazard Assessment completed for each task being conducted?Are the results of Hazard Assessments reviewed during the Safety Meeting Process?Review Well Site Layout (as per provincial regulatory requirements).Have the rig anchors been installed and tested as required?Are CAODC rig inspections or equivalent being completed as required?Have you received copies of all inspections completed on the worksite? 26Has the CAODC BOP been completed as required? 27Have the mouse/rat holes been identified prior to moving completion rig on site.

SAFETY COMMUNICATION

Are Safety Meetings held on regular basis?Are the meetings documented and are you receiving copies of the meeting minutes?As the Supervisor have you attended pre-job safety meetings for critical/non criticaloperations?Have you reviewed regulatory permits and license conditions? 36Safe Work Permits: have you identified requirements and issued necessary permits? 37Has a pre-job tailgate safety meeting been conducted prior to each specializedoperation?

INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

Are Contractors and their personnel aware of the HARVARD incident reporting procedures,and are they complying?Are you ensuring all incidents/near misses are investigated reported and correctivemeasures implemented?

46EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING 47Has the Corporate/Site Specific ERP been reviewed with onsite personnel?Have emergency numbers and directions to lease been posted and is a map of areaavailable for quick reference?Are lease signs adequate to direct emergency response workers to the site?


YES NO N/A

Have muster points been identified and all personnel aware of them?Are First Aid/Emergency Services available including a transportation method? 56Are supplies well maintained and do they meet regulated standards? 57Has the communication equipment on the worksite been tested for emergency responseprocedures?

HAVE SAFE WORK PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB

HAZARDS?Sour operations.Hot work.Confined space / Restriced space entry.Overhead power lines. 66Hazardous materials. 67Ground disturbances (buried pipelines, electrical, telephone)Control Hazardous EnergyPressure testing.Radioactive sources.Appropriate work procedures available on-site and posted as required.Fall protection to include use of man basket & high angle rescue training.Other non-regular operations. _____________________________Well flow back operations including DST testing.LEL Monitoring. 76

77WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY

Is appropriate personal protective equipment and other safety equipment available andbeing used by all workers? (i.e. F. R. clothing).Is the PPE and safety equipment in good working order and is there a preventativemaintenance and inspection program for equipment?Is there special monitoring equipment available? (i.e. H2S, LEL).Have you review local access hazards and speed limits?

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 86Have all workers on site completed an HARVARD Safety Orientation (Handbooks) and do 87they have an orientation hardhat sticker?Have you collected the orientation quizzes/acknowledgement sheets from the workers?First Aid/CPR; verify number of qualified people available on site _______H2S; verify number of qualified people on site ________.Blow out prevention certification: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Site Supervisor ____WHMIS / TDG: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Crew ____ Site Supervisor ____

CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAMS

Do Contractors have safety programs in place and available on site? 9697

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Have fuels and chemicals are properly stored?Is the required waste handling, storage and disposal procedures in place?Have all spills been cleaned up immediately and reported?

CAMP (If Applicable)Are there adequate smoke detectors and fire extinguishers?Are regular emergency drills conducted, and do they correct deficiencies identified?Have Camp Rules been posted at the main entrance and kitchen area of camp? 106

107


WELL SITE SUPERVISOR’S COMMENTS:

SUPERVISOR DATE

116


Well Safety Check & Hazard Identification

Facility Name: Date Inspected:

Location: Completed by: 67

Item

SITE

Proper signage

Housekeeping. general appearance

Snow removal - sufficient or piled Bydoors or on pipes.Driving Hazards flagged(risers, lines, etc)Bull plugs in place

Fire extinguisher access andinspection datesPiping secured

Slipping and tripping hazards

Location access, road

Flammable liquid storage (safedistance from heaters)Proper storage of chemicals

Adequate WHIMIS labeling

Date PSV’s serviced

Vegetation Control

Steps and handrails

Vibration

Shutdowns not bypassed

Safety equipment: SCBA

Burn Blankets

Eye wash stations

First aid kits, clean/full

ESDV’s in service and block valveslocked openCombustible materials present

Guards on moving equipmentsatisfactoryElectrical equipment secure

Tanks Secondary Containment

Truck Loading – cable, containment

Comments and/or if answered“Unacceptable”, describe Action Proposed /

Control

DateCompleted


1 = Acceptable X = Unacceptable N/A = Not applicable/assessed


F

SERVICE RIG INSPECTION CHECKLISTNOTE: ANY HAZARD OR DEFICIENCY MUST HAVE AN EXPLANATION AND BE CORRECTED

*Transcribed from the CAODC Manual*

Company: ______________________________________________ Rig No.: _____________ Rig Mgr: _____________________________________________

Rig Operator: ___________________________________________ Operating Company: _________________________________________________________

Operating Company Representative: _________________________ Date: _____ _____ _____ Time: __________ am/pm Location: _____________________(yr) (mo) (day)

Current Operation Being Performed: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

GENERAL RIG1 – All guards in place and in good condition Yes ______ No ______2 – Matting in good condition Yes ______ No ______3 – Leveling jacks properly matted, locked and

derrick centered over well properly Yes ______ No ______4 – Guy lines properly anchored Yes ______ No ______

- Pull tested Yes ______ No ______- Rating __________________ lbs.

5 – Escape line pull test preformed Yes ______ No ______- Rating __________________ lbs.

6 – Guy line come-alongs, etc. in good condition Yes ______ No ______7 – Minimum required clamps properly installed on:

(a) Guy lines Yes ______ No ______(b) Load lines Yes ______ No ______(c) Escape line Yes ______ No ______

8 – Air shutoffs checked by operator and operational Yes ______ No ______9 – Emergency shutoff control positions:

(1) Operator’s panel Yes ______ No ______(2) Sandline controls Yes ______ No ______

10 – Operator’s controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______11 – Weight indicator working properly Yes ______ No ______12 – Crown saver - Installed N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______

- Set and tested Yes ______ No ______13 – Exhaust pointed away from well and shielded Yes ______ No ______14 – Railings in place on side walkways and stairs Yes ______ No ______15 – Condition of handrailings, walkways and stairs Good ______ Hazard ______16 – Hand tools: condition, clean and properly stored Good ______ Hazard ______17 – Working floor, housekeeping, toe plates, ladders

and handrails Good ______ Hazard ______18 – Catwalk conditions N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______19 – Walkway from ground to catwalk (stairs) Yes ______ No ______20 – Walkway from working floor to catwalk or ground Yes ______ No ______21 – Rig properly secured in drawworks gear Good ______ Hazard ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

DRAWWORKS22 – Conditions of drill line (slipped regularly) Good ______ Hazard ______

(a) Slip and cut record Yes ______ No ______23 – Sufficient wraps (min.7) left on drum with blocks

down Yes ______ No ______24 – Braking system - Linkage/pin satisfactory Yes ______ No ______

- Block wear Good ______ Hazard ______25 – Condition of sandline & rope socket to sinker bars Good ______ Hazard ______26 – Handling winch/line Good ______ Hazard ______

Condition at: - Winch anchor points Good ______ Hazard ______- Winch line Good ______ Hazard ______- Winch line thimble Good ______ Hazard ______- Tall chain Good ______ Hazard ______- Safety hook Good ______ Hazard ______- Hydraulic hoses & connections Good ______ Hazard ______- upper shivs & assembly Good ______ Hazard ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

MAST27 – Stand pipe properly anchored to mast Yes ______ No ______28 – Kelly hose in good condition Yes ______ No ______29 – Kelly hose safety lines or chain attached to derrick

and swivel ends while in use Yes ______ No ______30 – Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as

required in CAODC RP 3.0 Yes ______ No ______31 – Ladders in good condition Yes ______ No ______32 – Rod basket in good condition N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______33 – Crown sheaves greased and in good condition Yes ______ No ______34 – Safety cables attached to fingers on tubing board Yes ______ No ______35 – Derrick locking pins in place Yes ______ No ______36 – Derrick hydraulic system in good condition Yes ______ No ______37 – Mast lighting secured adequately Yes ______ No ______38 – Dead lines anchor and retainer properly placed Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

TRAVELING ASSEMBLY39 – Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as

required in CAODC RP 4.0 Yes ______ No ______40 – Blocks - nuts, safety pins in place and in

good condition Yes ______ No ______- Sheave guards/lock in good condition Yes ______ No ______

41 – Balls/links - good condition Yes ______ No ______42 – Elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______43 – Rod hook - good condition Yes ______ No ______44 – Transfer elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______45 – Safety latch/ring in place Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

POWER TONGS46 – Back-up in place and functional Yes ______ No ______47 – Torque arms safety line, clamps in good

condition Yes ______ No ______48 – Tong positioner - operational and in good

condition Yes ______ No ______49 – Hoses, gauges and hydraulic fittings in good

condition Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING50 – Light bulbs enclosed with vapour-proof and

shatter-proof covers Yes ______ No ______51 – Covers on unused receptacles Yes ______ No ______52 – Light switches vapour-proof Yes ______ No ______53 – Electric motors within 8.5 metres radius must

be explosion-proof Yes ______ No ______54 – Equipment properly grounded Yes ______ No ______55 – All cords and plug ends in good condition Yes ______ No ______56 – Proper clearance from power lines Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

RIG PUMP AND TANK57 – Condition of pipe and unions Good ______ Hazard ______58 – Pump and return lines laid out and secured Yes ______ No ______59 – Kill line attached to well with valve open

(steel lines only) Yes ______ No ______60 – Pressure relief valve (proper size and rating) Yes ______ No ______61 – Relief valve set at or below system working

pressure NOTE: Only shear pins appropriate Yes ______ No ______to the pop valve requirements as specified bythe manufacturer shall be used

62 – Relief valve discharge points down and awayfrom pump motor and is securely fastened Yes ______ No ______NOTE: No valve on relief line

63 – Manifold conditions Good ______ Hazard ______64 – Check valve in place on pump discharge Yes ______ No ______65 – Exhaust away from rig tank Yes ______ No ______66 – Emergency shutoff checked and operational Yes ______ No ______67 – Pump controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______68 – All railings in place on walkways/stairs of rig

pumps and tank Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENTATION69 – Necessary transportation documentation and

equipment present (i.e. registration, insurance) Yes ______ No ______70 – Required inspection certificates available Yes ______ No ______71 – Derrick log book available and updated Yes ______ No ______



F

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

BLOWOUT PREVENTER SYSTEM72 – BOP function tested - From remote controls Yes ______ No ______

- From accumulator controls Yes ______ No ______73 – All studs used on BOP stack Yes ______ No ______74 – Hydraulic preventers installed Yes ______ No ______

- Pipe rams Yes ______ No ______- Blind rams Yes ______ No ______- Annular preventer Yes ______ No ______

75 – Condition of ram rubbers and elements Good ______ Hazard ______76 – Fire-shielded hoses and their condition within 7 metres

of wellhead Good ______ Hazard ______77 – Remote stand 7 metres from well - Class I & II

- Refer to BOP regulations Yes ______ No ______- Or at remote accumulator - Class III Yes ______ No ______

78 – Nitrogen back-up supply pressure __________________kPa- Min. 12,500 kPa if annular preventer is installed- Min. 7,000 kPa when only rams are installed

79 – Pre-charge check date ____/____/____ Good ______ Hazard ______80 – BOP's adequately heated Yes ______ No ______81 – Lines protected in vehicle crossing area when

remote accumulator is used Yes ______ No ______82 – Safety valve fully opened with proper thread

connection on rig floor c/w closing wrench Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

ENVIRONMENTAL83 – All equipment free of leakage Yes ______ No ______

- If no, adequately contained Yes ______ No ______84 – Rig site free of material that may create a fire

hazard NOTE: Equipment spacing must ensureunimpeded access to well at all times Yes ______ No ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

BOILER85 – Chemical storage Good ______ Hazard ______86 – Blowdown line labeled Yes ______ No ______87 – Pop valve line labeled Yes ______ No ______88 – Controls - Labeled Yes ______ No ______

- Condition Good ______ Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

HEALTH & SAFETY89 – Occupational Health and Safety manual at rig

site Yes ______ No ______90 – Proper BOP regulations at rig site (i.e. G-37) Yes ______ No ______91 – Clothing policy in place Yes ______ No ______92 – Rig Safety Equipment:

(a) CSA approved full body harness Yes ______ No ______(b) Escape line and buggy at station of work Yes ______ No ______

93 – Wind flags -Guy lines Yes ______ No ______- Pump/tank area Yes ______ No ______

94 – Clothing - Hard hats Yes ______ No ______- Safety boots Yes ______ No ______- Protective clothing Yes ______ No ______

95 – Safety glasses or goggles available Yes ______ No ______96 – Hearing protection available Yes ______ No ______97 – Fire extinguishers: - Minimum 4 working and

readily available for use (13.6 kg) Yes ______ No ______- Extinguishers in good condition Yes ______ No ______

98 – First aid kit adequately stocked Yes ______ No ______99 – Record book in place Yes ______ No ______100 – Eyewash bottle Yes ______ No ______101 – Stretcher and blanket Yes ______ No ______102 – H2S detector - Chemical tube type Yes ______ No ______103 – Breathing apparatus requirements met Yes ______ No ______

- Condition Good ______ Hazard ______- Bottles full Yes ______ No ______- Spare bottles Yes ______ No ______

- Date of hydrostatic test on bottles ____/____/____104 – Signs - No smoking Yes ______ No ______

- H2S area (if applicable) Yes ______ No ______- No vehicles beyond this point Yes ______ No ______

105 – Housekeeping - Rig Good ______ Hazard ______- Changeroom Good ______ Hazard ______- Vehicles Good ______ Hazard ______- Rig pump Good ______ Hazard ______- Rig tank Good ______ Hazard ______- Lease Good ______ Hazard ______- Boilers N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______

Winterizing - Pre-tab, heaters etc. Yes ______ No ______106 – Condition of Fall Protection equipment Good ______ Hazard ______


___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

OTHER COMMENTS ON THIS INSPECTION:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

VALID CERTIFICATES ON LEASE:

Rig Manager: ______________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Operator: _________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Derrickman: _______________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Floorhand: ________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Floorhand: ________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

□ BOP _________ Exp. ____/____

□ H2S Exp. ____/____


□ TDG Exp. ____/____

□ WHIMS Exp. ____/____

□ Boiler Exp. ____/____Other: ____________________________

N ROUGH IN LEASE DIAGRAMWater/fuel tanks – WT/FTMud Pump – MPBoiler – BLight Plant – LPCrew change unit – CCUAccumulator – ACCFire Extinguisher – FEOthers – Specify

Inspection completed by: _________________________ Position: ______________

In company with:________________________________ Position: ______________

50 m

25 m


Page 1 of 3

DRILLING RIG INSPECTION CHECKLISTCONTRACTOR: ________________________________________________________ RIG NO.: _______ RIG MGR.: ___________________________________________________________

LEASE LOCATION AND LSD: __________________________________________________________________________________________ CRITICAL SOUR WELL (Y/N): ______________

INSPECTED BY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______/______/______ TIME: ____________ h rs(Yr) (Mo) (Day ) (24 hr clock)

Mark a check if adequate ‘A’ or inadequate ‘I’ or blank If not applicable(Note: Any ‘INADEQUATE’ must have an explanation and be corrected)

(A) / (I)A. FUEL/WATER TANKS

01. No leaks02. Pumps guarded03. Signs at water/fuel tanks:

a) No smoking sign postedb) Fuel sign postedc) Dangerous Goods placard posted

B. BOILER HOUSE

04. No clothing etc.05. Sight glass guarded06. Pump guarded07. Fire extinguisher08. Safety valves: one year certificate09. Boiler 25 m from wellheads10. Housekeeping11. Flammables removed from around boiler12. Boiler License posted13. Blow down line – location & installation

of steam deflector14. Fuel/water and steamline leaks15. Chemical addition vessel (pot) at boiler

properly labeled (WHMIS)

C. GENERATOR BUILDING

16. Generator/motor control centre -size; condition

17. Receptacles/circuit breakers identified18. Properly grounded (2 grd rods 3 m apart)19. Wiring off the ground & properly secured20. No clothing/storage21. Fans and belts guarded22. No fuel/oil leaks23. Compressor belts guarded24. Fire extinguisher25. All lights protected26. Housekeeping27. Rubber mat on floor at Motor Control Centre28. Battery condition29. Signs at Generator Building

a) Auto Start sings postedb) Hearing Protection sign postedc) Electrical/High Voltage signs postedd) Water Hose Caution sign postede) Lockout and Procedures

30. Wiring/electrical fixtures – condition31. Current turned off prior to

connecting/disconnecting extension cords

D. ACCUMULATOR AND TOOL HOUSE

32. No leaks/spillage33. N2 bottles (12500 kPa/1800 psi)34. Housekeeping35. Storage of compressed gas cylinders,

secured36. Controls identified/accessible37. Safety device blind/sheer ram controls38. Fire extinguisher39. Grinder tool rest40. Eye protection available41. Compressor guarded42. Signs at Accumulator and Tool House

a) Eye Protection signs postedb) Auto Start signs: compressor / accum pumpc) Dangerous Goods placard/WHIMS label

43. Accumulator reservoir vented outside ofbuilding/enclosure

E. MUD PUMP AREA

44. Pop valve shear pin correct size and length45. Pop valve cover in place46. Guards in place and in good repair47. Hoses safely chained48. Fire extinguisher (No.________)49. Housekeeping

(A) / (I)

50. Piping, valves and unions meet pressurerating

51. Pulsation dampeners52. Eyewash facility53. Pop/bleed off lines secured and drained54. Signs at Mud Pump area:

a) Lockout Procedures postedb) Auto Start sign postedc) Hearing Protection sign postedd) No Smoking sign posted

55. Wiring/electrical fixtures – condition

F. MUD TANK AREA

56. Mud degasser(s) (size and placement)57. Shale shaker belts guarded58. Handrails, walkways59. Adequate ventilation60. Adequate lighting61. Personal protective equipment –

eye protection, dust masks,rubber gloves/apron

62. Housekeeping63. Tank level indicators operative64. Trip tank level indicator

Tank location_____________________________65. Mud van, stairs, lighting66. Safety line rail – sump side of tanks67. Eyewash facility68. Sings at Mud Tank area:

a) Eye Protection at hoppersb) No Smoking signs postedc) Corrosive sign at caustic drumd) Applicable WHIMS labeling

69. Wiring/electrical fixtures – conditions

C. SUBSTRUCTURE

70. General condition71. Matting condition72. Drive pins installed c/w safety pins73. Spreaders in place74. Vent doors/fan75. Illumination76. Winterization condition77. Hydraulic control lines – condition

fire guarded hose78. Flow nipple split79. Stripper/mud catcher split80. Scaffolding/ladder(s) condition81. Cellar area cribbed and drained82. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition83. Housekeeping (oil leaks, etc.)

H. BOP’S

84. BOP and rig equipment conform toGovernment regulations

85. BOP secured properly86. Non-steel hydraulic lines fire sheathed87. Mud gas separator adequately connected

meets minimum requirements, includingline size and tie down

88. Required casing wear tests being preformed89. BOP pressure tests recorded and test

procedures satisfactory90. Adequate heating91. Manual ram locking wheels available

I. DOGHOUSE

92. Heated as per regulations93. Adequate exits94. Intercom meets regulations95. Storage area, crew change area96. Housekeeping97. Fire extinguisher98. Eye and hearing protection available99. Eyewash available


Page 2 of 3

(A) / (I)

100. First Aid kit stocked and cleaned101. Safety belts102. Condition of available hand tools103. BOP controls, electrical, manual, air104. Bulletin board105. Drilling License posted106. Emergency phone numbers posted107. Signs at Doghouse:

a) Hard Hat sign postedb) Hearing Protection sign postedc) No Smoking sign postedd) Maximum holdback casing pressure postede) Blowout procedure posted and readablef) MSDS’ available

108. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition

J. BREATHING APPARATUS INSPECTION

109. Number of packs available110. Location of air packs

_________________________________111. General condition of apparatus and case112. Condition of face piece113. Condition of nose cup114. Cylinder pressure115. Low pressure alarm operational116. Cleanliness and storage117. Positive pressure capability118. Number/condition of spare cylinders119. Location of spare cylinder (chained)

________________________________120. Cascade system or safety trailer121. SCBA cylinders hydrostatic test dates current122. Other ___________________________

K. RIG FLOOR

123. Lockout on drawworks124. Compound/drawworks guard125. Crown saver (check)126. Catline127. Catline divider and spool128. Spinning chain/wrench line129. Headache post130. Kelly cock condition131. Kelly hose condition132. Kelly hose safety line – both ends133. Line spooler/safety line134. Backup post condition135. Tongs – condition136. Tong line and tong line clamps137. Slips – condition138. Dog collar – condition139. Stabbing valve and handle and X/O subs140. Test plugs141. Mud can condition142. Drilling controls and identification143. Brake handle hold-down cable/chain144. Non-skid material around rotary145. Lighting operational, floor and motor area146. Motors:

a) Fans and belts guardedb) No fuel/oil leaksc) Motor shutoffd) Fire extinguisher (No. ______)e) Exhaust system

147. Stairs (min. 3 exits) from rig floor148. Warning horn working149. Hydromatic and guards150. Brakes satisfactory151. Tugger line condition, guards152. V-door opening safety chained153. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition

L. DERRICK (Certification Date:____________________________________________)

154. Block hanging line155. Bumper blocks secured156. Fingers straight157. Fingers chained158. Wind board installed159. Ladder condition160. Escape line installed. No blockage of

line (i.e. tank or vehicle)161. Escape buggy installed and accessible162. Climbing device/cages163. Derrickhand’s belt and condition164. Guy lines/outrigger

(A) / (I)

165. Condition of crown sheaves166. No loose tools – equipment cabled on derrick167. All safety pins in place, secured168. Lighting operational and safety

cables/chains attached169. Inspection prior to raising/lowering170. Condition of tong counterweight assembly171. Wiring/electrical fixture – condition

M. TRAVELING ASSEMBLY

172. Blocks173. Bails/links174. Elevators/latches175. Weight indicator assembly176. Weight indicator safety line177. Automatic driller178. Drilling line condition (slip/cut program)179. Deadline anchor condition

N. PIPE RACK AREA

180. Racks butt firmly to each other andcatwalk

181. Catwalk in good condition182. Stairs in good condition183. Pipe rack level184. Pipe rack ends properly pinned185. Spacer between racks sturdy and secure186. Derrick stand in good condition187. Housekeeping188. V-door ramp in good condition189. Catwalk, tugger, guarded190. Lay down line and block condition191. Layers of drill pipe or casing properly

choked192. Adequate lighting

O. MANIFOLD HOUSE

193. Heated194. Valve handles installed195. Proper gauges installed and positioned196. Drill pipe pressure gauge installed197. Unobstructed view to rig floor198. Housekeeping199. Manifold design meets Government requirements200. Flare lines properly secured201. Lighting operational202. Choke/valve open to degasser203. Well to:

- End of flare line 50 m- Rubbish burn pile 50 m- Crude oil storage tank 50 m

204. Signs at Manifold House:a) Hold Back Pressure notice postedb) No Smoking sign posted

205. Choke and degasser lines and manifold prepared

P. LEASE AREA

206. Lease clean and dry207. Flare pit properly dug 50 m from wellbore208. Adequate ditching and drainage209. Incinerator/garbage bin210. Open pits (e.g. sump) guarded/fenced211. Sump fluids properly contained212. Lease properly diked213. Overhead lines flagged214. Signs at Lease area:

a) H2S Warning signs, if applicableb) Poisonous Gas signs postedc) ‘Tight Hole Status’ sigh posted

Q. CAMP/GENERAL FACILITIES

215. Propane tanks location (No._______)Propane distance from camp (min. 4 m)

216. Garbage disposal: incinerator - bins217. Walkways218. Kitchen First Aid kit219. Kitchen fire extinguisher220. Fire extinguisher (No._______)


Page 3 of 3

(A) / (I)

221. Generator Building:a) Groundedb) No clothing, storagec) No fuel/oil leaksd) Fire extinguisher

222. Furnace rooms223. No unnecessary storage224. Fire alarm system225. Bedrooms exit to outside (shutters open)226. Adequate distance from well centre227. Housekeeping228. Signs at Camp area:

a) Hearing Protection sign posted229. Exit signs over doors installed and

illuminated230. Emergency lighting installed and functional231. Wiring/electrical fixtures – condition

R. RIG SITE TRAILERS

232. Adequate distance from well centre233. Propane system234. Door or knock out window (bedroom)235. Emergency phone numbers posted236. Intercom237. Smoke detectors238. Gas detection equipment239. Breathing apparatus240. Fire extinguisher241. First Aid Kit

S. TICKETS/DOCUMENTS (‘–‘where not applicable)

242. BOP checks daily with record243. BOP drill with records and signs by

Rig Manager and Foreman244. Motor kills weekly with records245. Trip sheets completed246. Weekly safety meeting with records247. Well control ticket: Rig Manager and Foreman248. BOP ticket – Drillers249. First Aid certificate (one per crew)250. H2S training (all crew members)251. Drilling prognosis252. Emergency Response Plan253. Well Site Emergency Contingency Manual254. Company policy statement posted255. Government Regulations available256. OH&S Regulations available257. Drilling Rig Health and Safety Committee

Guidelines258. WHMIS training – all crew members259. MSDS’ available – current260. Daily rig check by Foreman and Rig Manager261. Slip and cut program recorded262. Equipment certification/maintenance records

available and current263. Clothing policy posted264. New employee orientation training

(A) / (I)T. SAFETY/GENERAL

265. Condition of electrical tools266. Personal safety equipment being used267. Visitor hard hats268. Toxic gas equipment (detector and tubes)269. Oxygen resuscitator available270. Adequate emergency vehicle available271. Accident reporting and recoding272. Directional rig signs273. Stretcher, location (No.________)274. Condition of handrails and stairs –

toe boards275. Fire retardant clothing available276. Fire extinguishers checked weekly and

hydrostatic test dates are current277. Suitcasing/walkways

U. ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES

278. Company manual(s) On-site and Current279. CAODC Waste Wall Chart Posted280. Contractual Responsibilities Reviewed

V. GENERAL LEASE CONDITIONS

281. Lease site clean and free of debris282. Special Conditions283. Berm integrity

W. SPILL RESPONSE

284. Employees trained285. Sorbents available286. Spill response report form available287. Emergency response procedure

X. WASTE MANAGEMENT

288. Waste separated into hazardous/non-hazardous289. Secondary containment for hazardous waste290. Waste bin in good condition291. Recyclable waste properly segregated and stored292. Non-Hazardous recyclable waste properly

segregated and stored293. Light plant waste properly stored

Y. WASTE DOCUMENTATION

294. Waste manifests complete and maintained on file295. Used oil recycled and documented296. Used oil filters recycled/drained and documented297. Oily rags recycled and documented298. Batteries recycled and documented299. Glycol recycled/properly disclosure and documented300. Land filled wastes and sites indicated and

properly documented

Z. COMMENTS/EXPLANATIONS

DRILLING FOREMAN__________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE____________________________________________________________________

RIG MANAGER _______________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE___________________________________________________________________


Page 1 of 2

Monthly Health, Safety &Environment MeetingReport

Location: Start Time:

Adjournment Time:

Chair Person: Date:

Meeting Agenda:

Presentation (video / speaker / other):

Old Business: (record outstanding issues until resolution)Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Additional Agenda Items:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

New Business:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Handouts Circulated:


Page 2 of 2

Health, Safety & Environment Meeting Report – Page 2

Incident Reviews:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Safety Grams / Regulatory Bulletins:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Hazard Alerts:Action #Mo/Yr

Action ByClosure

Date

Next Meeting Location: Date:

Start Time:

Chair Person: Topic:

Attendee Sign In:

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & CONTROL

The purpose of this form is to ensure a written, documented process, which both identifies hazards and establishes controls for all

workplace tasks. Emphasis should be placed on the elimination of existing hazards.

Corporation: Work Permit # (if applicable):

Location: Date:

Task:

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS:

List all hazards associated with the task in the spaces provided below. Please consider all hazards and not just the references listed.

Ground Disturbance (Excavation/Trenching)

Working around moving vehicles

Road/Lease Conditions Protruding Objects/Pinch Points

Excessive Noise/VibrationExtreme Weather ExposureOverhead Hazards (powerlines)

Noxious Vapours (Benzene) Suspended Overhead Equip.

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE CONTROLS

List a control (s) for each identified hazard in the space provided below. Please consider all controls, not just the reference list given.

Confined Space Permits/Plans

LEL Monitoring/Function Testing

Safety Standby/Safety Watch

Secondary Containment/Spill Control

Explosion Proof Equipment

Safety Harness/Lifeline/Fall Protection PlanUnsure? Call a Supervisor!

HAZARDS CONTROLS

Signature Printed Name

Tailgate Meetings

Flammable GasFlammable LiquidsPressure

H2S

Iron SulphidesNORM/AsbestosChemicals

Rotating Equipment

Driving Hazards/ATV use Fatigue

Inadequate Equipment GuardsSlips/Trips

Warning Signs

Hot/Cold Piping Equipment

Working at heightsWorking AloneWildlife Encounters

Violence/Harassment

Restricted Areas

Muster Area

Confined Space / Restricted Space

Poor Illumination

Defective Tools/EquipmentHoisting Equipment

Corporation Policies

High LEL & H2S Shutdowns

Safe Work PracticesHouse Keeping

Incident Reporting/Investigation

Air Monitoring

Isolation (Blinding/Blocking)Forced VentilationSCBA/SABA

Hearing Protection

Safe Work PermitsFire ExtinguishersFirst Aid Plan

Training/Certifications

Equipment De-energized

Safety Inspections (CAODC, walkabouts etc.)

IDENTIFIED HAZARDS & CONTROLS

This Hazard Identification & Control Form completed by:

Personal H2S Monitor Guards/Shields

RespiratorWash FacilitiesAudits/HSE Contract Inspections

PPE (Fire Retardant Coveralls)

Permit Hot Cold

Clearance Confined Space/ Restricted Space

Order Requested by: PERMIT No:

Supervision Continuous Intermittent



Description of Work to be Done / Comments:

COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES

Req'd Complete N/A Req'd Complete N/A

1 Job discussed with Worker/Contractor/Maintenance 24 Stand -by Man/Continuous Gas Monitoring

2 Work Procedures Reviewed 25 Electrical Equipment/Valve Handles Locked & Tagged

3 Safety Regulations Received/Reviewed 26 Grounding/Bonding Required

4 M.S.D.S. Reviewed 27 Equipment Cooled/Ventilated/Isolated

5 Safety Meetings 28 Blinds Installed/Bleeds Open

6 Area Roped Off & Warning Signs Up 29 Vessels/Lines Purged

7 Radio on Hand 30 Shoring/Cut Back Required

8 Review Code of Practice (Site Specific)

9 Specific Training Identified PERSONAL PROTECTIVE & SAFETY EQUIPMENT

31 Air Hood/Dust Respirators

HAZARDS 32 Breathing Air - SABA / SCBA

10 Combustible Material Removed 33 Face Shield/Goggles/Safety Glasses

11 Drains Covered/Sumps Covered and Sealed 34 Hearing Protection

12 No Vessels/Pumps to be Vented/Depressured 35 Protective Clothing

13 Overheard Lines, Clearance Established 36 Safety Harness and Life Line

14 Underground Line, Located & Identified 37 Safety Belt and Lanyard

15 Other Hazardous Material 38 Explosion Proof & Low Voltage Electrical Equipment

16 High Voltage 39 Air Movers/Ventilators

17 Intrinsically Safe Equipment 40 Scaffolding

41 Wash Facilities

EMERGENCY PLANNING

18 Safe Egress from Work Areas Identified

19 Fire Extinguisher Ready to Use Note: Completed checkbox , should be completed by permit receiver after

20 Steam/Water hose Ready to Use all requirements have been met.

21 Emergency Air horn

22 ERP Manual Discussed

23 Atmosphere Testing (Explosive, Toxic & Oxygen Deficiency ) Record Below

AREA FREE OF(appropriate box)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Combustible Gas (vapour) % LEL % LEL % LEL % LEL

Hydrogen Sulphide ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S

Toxic Gas ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S ppmH2S

Oxygen Content % O2 % O2 % O2 % O2

Tester's SignatureNOTE

Validity (Permit - only valid for single shift)

Issued Date: Time: Expiry Date: Time:

We have read & understand the required precautions/instructions.

Approval by: Accepted By:

work indicated above has either been: completed orcannot be continued until the issuance of a new work permit.

Signed:Contractor Representative/WorkerSupervisor

This permit is valid only as long as work conditions existing at the time of its issuance continue and expires upon occurrence of any hazard such as gas leak, liquid spill, drastic operating change in equipment, or change in

wind direction blowing vapours into the work area. Any worker will have the right to stop the job if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the job is, or likely to become unsafe. Work shall not resume until a new permit is

issued.

Supervisor Contractor Representative/Worker

HoursRETESTS

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

Hours HoursRETESTS

HoursFIRST TEST RETESTS

WORK

Location:

Contractor:

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORTPlease ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting Note: See Instructions in Section 6.0 for completing form.

ENVIRONMENT NEAR MISS INJURY VEHICLE RELEASE INTERIM REPORT

SAFETY PROPERTY DAMAGE NON CONFORMANCE / COMPLIANCE FINAL REPORT

DISTRICT: FIELD: Date of Occurrence: Date Reported:

YYYY / MM / DD TIME YYYY / MM / DD TIME

LOCATION ERCB / MEM Name: Time:

LSD SEC TWP MEI / SEM / NEB Name: Time:

W MER WCB / OH&S Name: Time:

EXACT LOCATION OF INCIDENT: AEP / MELP Name: Time:

POLICE Name: Time:

LANDOWNER Name: Time:

PROVIDE AN EXACT DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT, NON CONFORMANCE AND / OR PROPERTY AFFECTED: (attach diagram if appropriate)

EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE INFORMATION - (including QMP) VEHICLE FORM ATTACHED UNIT NO.

SEVERITY POTENTIAL Minor Serious Major PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE Seldom Occasional Frequent

INJURY INFORMATION COPY OF APPLICABLE WCB FORM ATTACHED

First Aid Medical Aid Lost Time Fatality Other Specify

Injured party: Employee Public Contractor (Company Name) :

Name: Employee # Phone #

Address: City: Occupation:

Postal Code: Experience: Yrs Injured Part of Body

Immediate Supervisor: Modified Work _________________________________________________________________________

Any product spill - Off Lease, Into a Water Course, or Over 2m³ on Lease is to be reported. On Lease spills under 2m³ do not need to be reported.

ENVIRONMENTAL Liquid Other Terrain Affected Land Water Both

Contained on Lease? Yes No Rehabilitation Required ? Yes No Waste Manifest Yes No Public Complaint? Yes No

Gas: Water Base Material (m3) PW FW Liquid Hydrocarbon (m3): Other:

Discharged: Discharged: Discharged: Discharged:

Sweet/Sour Recovered: Recovered: Recovered:

H2S %: Smoke: Yes No Odour: Yes No Noise: Yes No Wind Direction:

CONTROL MEASURES INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION: (Recovered product recycled? - Contaminated Soil? - Treated? Hauled Away? - Where?)

Quantab Values:

Amendments Applied: Date: Government File: Date Rehab Completed:

Calcium Nitrate: kg Ammonium Nitrate: kg Seed Mixture Applied: Other: Straw etc.

VESSEL / PIPELINE INFORMATION - (if applicable)

License No. Line No: Line OD (mm):

Grade: MOP (kPa): Type of Wrap:

Internal Coat: Yes No Wall Thickness (mm): Normal OP. Press (kPa):

Depth of Cover (m): Type: Vessel I.D. #:

NON CONFORMANCE RELATED TO: Repairs or Alterations Material or Specification changes Page 1 of 2

N

O

T

I

F

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORTPlease ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting

Summarize all costs relating to incident Indicate Final Costs Estimated Costs Company Third Party

Estimated Repair / Replacement Costs $ Final Repair / Replacement Costs $ Estimated Clean-Up Costs $ Final Clean-Up Costs $

What was the cause of the accident? (Determine the cause by analyzing all factors concerned. A person, a machine, or a physical condition? How? Why?

A. Describe any UNSAFE CONDITIONS:

CONGESTED WORK AREA OR RESTRICTED ACTION DEFECTIVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:

UNSAFE FLOOR, RAMPS, STAIRWAYS OR ROADWAY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE (GASES, DUST SMOKE, VAPOUR)

INADEQUATE GUARDS OR PROTECTION INADEQUATE OR IMPROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IMPROPER MATERIAL STORAGE

INADEQUATE WARNING SYSTEM HIGH OR LOW TEMPERATURE INADEQUATE VENTILATION

EXCESSIVE NOISE INADEQUATE / EXCESSIVE ILLUMINATION POOR HOUSEKEEPING

RADIATION EXPOSURE INTERNAL CORROSION / EROSION

UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS EQUIPMENT FAILURE (WEAR & TEAR)

B. Describe any UNSAFE ACTS:

VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT

FAILURE TO SECURE / LOCK-OUT FAILURE TO USE PROPER TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT FAILURE TO USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

FAILURE TO USE GUARDS PROVIDED IMPROPER LIFTING, LOWERING OR CARRYING MAKING SAFETY DEVICES INOPERABLE

IMPROPER LOADING OR PLACEMENT UNSAFE POSITION FOR TASK SERVICING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION

OPERATING AT UNSAFE SPEED OPERATING WITHOUT AUTHORITY INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND/OR DRUGS

USING DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT USING EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY LACK OF SKILL OR KNOWLEDGE

UNNECESSARY HASTE HORSEPLAY UNSAFE ACT OF OTHER (3RD PARTY)

UNAWARE OF HAZARD PHYSICAL LIMITATION / MENTAL ATTITUDE FATIGUE

CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSES OF THE INCIDENT:

Explain what you have done or what you recommended to prevent a recurrence of a similar incident / accident

IMPROVED LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMPROVED / INCREASED SUPERVISION ADDITIONAL / PROPER JOB PROCEDURES

IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS IMPROVED HIRING STANDARDS INCREASED ON THE JOB INSTRUCTION

IMPROVED EQUIPMENT STANDARDS IMPROVED JOB PLACEMENT STANDARDS INCREASED ENFORCEMENT OF WORK STANDARDS

IMPROVED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE IMPROVED JOB PLANNING METHODS INCREASED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

INCREASED INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY ADDITIONAL TRAINING OR AWARENESS ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR CONTROLS

CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR QMP CONFORMANCE:

SUBMITTED BY: (please PRINT) REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY:

DATE

FORWARD REPORT TO: Page 2 of 2

Covering Costs

SUPERINTENDENT / MANAGERSUPERVISOR / FOREMAN SIGNATUREINCIDENT REPORTED BY

WHEN?

WHAT?

WHO?

DATESIGNATURE: INSPECTOR

FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS:

This report is required as part of Harvard obligations under the Occupational Health & Safety Act of Alberta and is subject to the protections of sections 18 and 19 of that act. Further, any

statements given herein are made subject to the protections provided by section 6 of the Alberta Evidence Act and section 5 of the Canada Evidence Act to the extent that they may apply.



HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Name (please print): Date:3266

Company: 3267

“HARVARD” is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part ofthis commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standardguidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers havethe basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.

Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) ifanswers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the 3276

review checklist to your supervisor or “HARVARD” Representative. 3277



a) employeesb) management 3286c) contractors 3287d) everyone



a) carry on as usualb) refuse to perform the task 3296c) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task 3297d) ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:

a) leave the site immediatelyb) go have coffeec) notify the supervisor of your reasonsd) reconsider and carry on with the task

3306

3307



EMERGENCIES


a) not be worried aboutb) be confirmed and postedc) be memorized 3316d) all of the above 3317

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a

a) communication deviceb) sirenc) flashing lightd) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease

6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions? 3326

3327a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aidb) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical

aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happenedd) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it.


7) You must present yourself for work: 3336

3337

a) physically fitb) mentally fitc) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazardd) all of the above


a) in designated areas onlyb) where ever you want 3346c) outside of buildings only 3347d) beside vehicles only

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at an “HARVARD ” work site:

a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcoholb) to engage in practical jokesc) harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.d) all of the above

33563357




10) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to: 3366

3367a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workersb) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbookc) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractorsd) all of the above


a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on siteb) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned 3376c) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies 3377d) all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on “HARVARD ” locations are:

a) face shields and leggingsb) hard hats and safety footwearc) safety glasses and hearing protection 3386d) all of the above 3387

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirementsinclude:

a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layerb) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wearc) nylon outerweard) both a & b

3396HAZARDS 3397

14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves must be worn:

a) trueb) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:3406

a) identify and document the hazards 3407b) identify and implement control measures for all the hazardsc) both a) and b)d) ignore the low risk hazards



16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance, testing may benecessary:

a) true 3416b) false 3417

17) When entering a sour location, employees are to ensure that:

a) H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on locationb) communication equipment is in good working orderc) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be availabled) all of the Above

18) The term “Hot Work” refers to: 3426

3427a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot dayb) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of

ignition could be producedc) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased

temperatures


a) 80 dBA 3436b) 90 dBA 3437c) 75 dBAd) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task wherethere is a potential of a fall of more than:

a) ½ metreb) 10 metresc) 20 metres 3446d) 3 metres 3447


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements areknown and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.

a) trueb) false

3456

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following 3457

purposes:

a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and preventionb) to see whose been slacking off on the work sitesc) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safetyd) both a & c



SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES 3466

3467

23) Before beginning any work at a “HARVARD ” location, you must determine if a work permitor work clearance is required.

a) trueb) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:3476

a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established 3477b) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one yearc) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the coldd) both a & b



a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor 3486b) brought up at the next safety meeting 3487c) ignored because everybody already knows it’s a hazard

ENVIRONMENT

26) Only supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:

a) trueb) false

349627) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions: 3497

a) trueb) false

SOUR SERVICE

28) A facility is considered sour at:a) 1 PPM H2S or greater

b) 10 PPM H2S or greater 3506

c) 100 PPM H2S or greater 3507

d) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS


a) wildlife sightingsb) unsafe acts and/or conditionsc) incidents and infractionsd) b and c 3516



3517

30) How soon must injuries be reported to a “HARVARD ” representative?

a) before anything elseb) as soon as possible but within 24 hoursc) within a weekd) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING

3526

31) Good housekeeping is: 3527

a) only a minor issueb) good to do when you have the timec) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG

32) Before handling chemicals you should:3536

a) review the MSDS sheet 3537b) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmfulc) make sure no one else is in the aread) move the chemicals outside

DRIVING CONDUCT


a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV 3546b) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations 3547c) possess a valid driver’s license for insurance purposesd) all of the above

34) Driving incident are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gasindustry.

a) trueb) false 3556

3557



ANSWER KEYHS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Name (please print): ANSWER KEY Date:

Company: 3566

3567

“HARVARD” is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part ofthis commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standardguidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers havethe basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.

Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) ifanswers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return thereview checklist to your supervisor or “HARVARD” Representative. 3576

3577



a) employeesb) managementc) contractors 3586

d) everyone 3587



a) carry on as usual

b) refuse to perform the taskc) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task 3596d) ask someone else to do the job for you 3597

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:

a) leave the site immediatelyb) go have coffee

c) notify the supervisor of your reasonsd) reconsider and carry on with the task

3606

3607



EMERGENCIES


a) not be worried about

b) be confirmed and postedc) be memorizedd) all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a 3616

3617

a) communication device

b) sirenc) flashing lightd) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease


a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid

b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical 3626

aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so. 3627c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happenedd) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it



a) physically fitb) mentally fit 3636c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard 3637

d) all of the above



3646

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at a “HARVARD” work site: 3647

a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcoholb) to engage in practical jokesc) to harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.

d) all of the above

3656

3657





a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workersb) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbookc) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors 3666

d) all of the above 3667


a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on siteb) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positionedc) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies

d) all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 3676

3677

12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on “HARVARD” locations are:

a) face shields and leggings

b) hard hats and safety footwear

c) safety glasses and hearing protectiond) all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirementsinclude: 3686

3687a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layerb) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wearc) nylon outerwear

d) both a & b

HAZARDS

14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to worn:a) true 3696b) false 3697

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:

a) identify and document the hazardsb) identify and implement control measures for all the hazards

c) both a) and b)

d) ignore the low risk hazards



3706

16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance testing may be 3707

necessary:

a) true

b) false

17) When entering a sour location employees are to ensure that:

a) H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on locationb) communication equipment is in good working order 3716c) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available 3717

d) all of the Above

18) The term “Hot Work” refers to:

a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day

b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of ignition could

be produced

c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increasedtemperatures 3726

3727


a) 80 dBAb) 90 dBAc) 75 dBA

d) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task wherethere is a potential of a fall of more than: 3736

3737a) ½ metreb) 10 metresc) 20 metres

d) 3 metres


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements areknown and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices. 3746

3747

a) trueb) false

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the followingpurposes:

a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and preventionb) to see whose been slacking off on the work sitesc) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety 3756

d) both a & c 3757




23) Before beginning any work at a “HARVARD” location you must determine if a work permitor work clearance is required.

a) trueb) false

3766

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to: 3767

a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been establishedb) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one yearc) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold

d) both a & b


25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be: 3776

3777

a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor

b) brought up at the next safety meetingc) ignored because everybody already knows it’s a hazard

ENVIRONMENT

26) Only Supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:

a) true 3786

b) false 3787


a) true

b) false

SOUR SERVICE

28) A facility is considered sour at:

a) 1 PPM H2S or greater 3796

b) 10 PPM H2S or greater 3797

c) 100 PPM H2S or greaterd) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS


a) wildlife sightingsb) unsafe acts and/or conditionsc) incidents and infractions 3806

d) b and c 3807



30) How soon must injuries be reported to a “HARVARD” representative?

a) before anything else

b) as soon as possible but within 24 hoursc) within a weekd) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING 3816

3817


a) only a minor issueb) good to do when you have the time

c) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG

32) Before handling chemicals you should: 3826

3827

a) review the MSDS sheet

b) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmfulc) make sure no one else is in the aread) move the chemicals outside

DRIVING CONDUCT

33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must3836

a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV 3837b) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulationsc) possess a valid driver’s license for insurance purposes

d) all of the above

34) Driving incidents are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gasindustry:

a) true

b) false 3846

3847

Page 1 of 3

Contractor Company: ________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________

Address: __________________________________________________________ Phone:____________________________

Service Provided: ___________________________________________________ Location: _________________________

Issued By: Harvard Representative _________________________________ Phone: _________________________

Received By: Contractor Representative ________________________________ Phone: ___________________________

Management Involvement Not Applicable (NA) Unsatisfactory (U) Satisfactory (S) U S

1. Is there a written safety program (company manual) ? □ □2. Does management regularly tour worksites to observe work practices and site conditions? (When) □ □

Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________________

Records Management and documentation

1. Is all critical data for operation and environmental concerns stored onsite and updated? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Quality Management

1. Is there a Quality Management system and do contractors follow that system? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Communication

1. Is the permit system being used? (ie:safe work permits, hot work permits) □ □2. Are Loss Control Meetings taken place in a timely manner? □ □3. Are Risk Management and OH&S bulletins posted and discussed? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Emergency Response Planning

1. Is the area emergency Response Plan in place and up-to-date? □ □2. Are there regular exercises and training to implement the ERP? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Hazard Identification Control

1. Are Equipment and vehicles inspected and at what frequency? (Show examples and completed documentation.) □ □2. Is there a system for hazard assessment, reporting and follow-up (written or verbal)? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTMANAGEMENT REVIEW

Note: If unsatisfactory is selected, an explanation must be provided in the “Comments” section. The contractor is

responsible to ensure that all deficiencies in this inspection are corrected.

Page 2 of 3

Rules and Work Procedures U S

1. Are there procedures for high risk or critical work? Are they available and used? □ □2. Are there written emergency plans available and communicated to personnel at the work site?

i) ERP ii) Emergency Transportation Plan iii) Working Alone □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Incident Reporting

1. Do you have an incident reporting process? □ □2. Do you have a near miss/incident reporting form that includes follow-up? □ □3. Are incidents reported and was the problem rectified the previous near miss or accident, and were management

and workers involved in the solutions? □ □

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Training N/A U S

1. Have you received a safety orientation? (What and When) □ □ □2. How often are Loss Control meetings held? (Show examples and documentation) □ □ □3. Is the appropriate training in place? □ □ □4. First Aid Training □ □ □5. H2S Training □ □ □6. WHMIS Training □ □ □7. TDG Training □ □ □8. Fire Extinguisher or Fire Fighting Training □ □ □9. Job Specific Training/Certification □ □ □

Personal Protective Equipment N/A U S

1. Is the appropriate PPE available and being used? □ □ □2. Hard Hat □ □ □3. Safety Glasses or Eye Protection □ □ □4. Footwear □ □ □5. Protective Clothing □ □ □6. Hearing Protection □ □ □7. Respiratory Protection (For the Nature of the Hazard) □ □ □8. Personal Monitor or H2S Detector □ □ □9. Communication Equipment □ □ □

Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________

Safety Equipment N/A U S

1. Is the appropriate Safety Equipment available and being used? □ □ □2. Fire Fighting Equipment (ie: inspected, tagged, accessible and condition) □ □ □3. Rotating Equipment Guards □ □ □4. First Aid Kit □ □ □5. Fall Arrest Equipment (including ladders, steps or stairways, safety belts and lanyards) □ □ □6. Bonding and Grounding Equipment □ □ □7. Emergency Shut Down and Alarm Systems (including diesel positive air shutoffs and backup alarms) □ □ □

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________

Contractors N/A U S

1. Is the contractor aware of the safety expectations and standards of the Corporation? □ □ □

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________

Environmental, Storage and Handling

1. Are potential environmental concerns addressed and corrected? □ □ □2. D-58 Compliance (Proper waste storage, ie: filters, contaminated soil and fluid. Show waste manifests.) □ □ □3. D-55 Compliance (ie: double walled tanks, tank condition, secondary containment.) □ □ □

Comments____________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The following questions must be completed by the Harvard Issuer.

Page 3 of 3

Does this Management Review warrant a follow-up work site inspection by a Harvard Representative? YES □ NO

□Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.Purpose

1. Harvard representatives hiring contractor(s) are obligated to ensure that the contractor(s) is workingwithin the terms and requirements of the job of project. The Management Review is designed as the “gosee” step in the process of establishing Harvard due diligence. The frequency of the review isdependent on the knowledge and experience of the contractor(s), the nature of the work and the associatedhazards.

2. The review is designed for use by a Harvard Representative with the questions focused in the area ofthe contractor’s work site safety management and the minimum Corporation and Regulatory requirements.

3. The review is designed as a mechanism to trigger a more detailed inspection coordinated by theCorporation should the results of the review not meet expectations.

4. The intent is to improve contractor work site safety performance in alignment with the Harvard HSEprogram

Process1. Harvard Representative conducts a Management Review for Contractor.2. Leave copy with Contractor to manage any follow up.3. Harvard Representative completes bottom section which identifies whether or not the Contractor

requires a more detailed inspection by Corporation.4. Harvard Representative will forward a copy to Harvard Calgary Office.5. Harvard Calgary Office will coordinate follow up inspection of the contractor.

PHOTOCOPY DISTRIBUTION: □ Contractor □Harvard Representative □Harvard - Calgary office

OPX Consulting Inc.

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST

PROJECT: ____________________________________________ DATE: _________________

CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________________6636

SAFETY HAZARD REVIEW

First Aid Kits on Site Contractor has Safety Program on Site and

Responsible for Worker Safety Safety Meeting Requirements Established Safety Committee (Multi-Contractor) Contractor Safety Meetings Tailgate Meetings Housekeeping Procedures Reviewed Work Permit Requirements Established Safety Equipment Requirements Determined Personal Protection Equipment Requirements

Determined Location of Safety and Emergency Equipment

Established Driving Procedures Established Vehicle and Equipment Operation Procedures

Established Accident/Incident Reporting Procedures Reviewed Authority of Supervisor to Shut Down Work

Identified

Site Inspection to Identify, Assess andCommunicate Hazards - documented

H2S and Respiratory Equipment Review Overhead Power Lines Equipment/Material Lifts Ground Disturbance / Location of Buried Lines

and Equipment Hot Work Combustible Atmospheres

Confined Space Entry / Restricted Space

WHMIS Trenching Energy Isolation Procedures

PROJECT SCOPE EMERGENCY Scope of Work Reviewed Restricted Work Areas Established (Where

Applicable) Project Schedule Reviewed Hours of Work Established

Harvard Emergency Response PlanReviewed

Emergency Procedures Reviewed Contact Information Sheet Posted Safe Areas Established First Aid Personnel Identified Fire Extinguisher Stations Established Method to Track Number of Workers on Site

Established Plant Emergency Alarm Operation (Where

Applicable)

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW OTHER (list) Topsoil Handling and Site Grading Fuel and Chemical Storage Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal Equipment Oil Changes

6637

OPX Consulting Inc. Section 15-3

EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LOCATION:

LONGITUDE: _________________________ LATITUDE:

FIRST AID NAMES: ____________________________________________________ ______

DOCTOR LOCATION: ___________________________________________________ _______ 6646

TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL: 6647

AMBULANCE LOCATION:


HOSPITAL LOCATION:


FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCATION:

TELEPHONE NUMBER:

POLICE LOCATION:

TELEPHONE NUMBER:

HELICOPTER FIRM: 6656

TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL: 6657

REGULATORY CONTACT: ERCB B.C.O.G.C.

NAME: ___________________ PHONE: ______________________CELL:

ENVIRONMENT/FORESTRY

NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:

LOCAL MUNICIPALITY (Director of Disaster Services)

NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:


CONSTRUCTION HSE MEETING REPORT

DATE: TIME OF MEETING: _____________ LENGTH:

OPERATION: FACILITY PIPELINE SITE/LOCATION:

CONTRACTOR(S):

6

7

CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR(S):

Harvard REPRESENTATIVE:

OUTSTANDING CONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:

NEW CONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:

OTHER TOPICS DISCUSSED:

TRAINING GIVEN:

16

_______________________________________ 17REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE

OPX Consulting Inc.

SAFETY MEETING ATTENDANCE

CONTRACTOR: MEETING DATE:

NAME SIGNATURE

Ver. 1.0

GROUND DISTURBANCE PERMIT

Location: Project Activities: New Installation Tie-in/Re-entry Repairs

Company Representative: Reclamation Construction Other

Contractor: Date:

If ANY of the items listed are answered NO, proceeding with any ground disturbance may contravene company policy, and may result in injury topersonnel, damage to equipment, or environment. Supervisor approval is recommended. Documentation of decision is required.

RECORD CONFIRMATION YES NO N/A1. Do you have a copy of the Survey Drawing for the well site, access road, and/or proposed ground disturbance area?

*NOTE* If the survey drawing is older than 60 days, consideration should be given to getting an updated survey drawing.

2. Do you have a copy of the Surface Acquisition report?

3. Does the survey drawing Table of Crossing match with the Surface Acquisition Report Table of Crossings?

4. If questions 1-3 are N/A, has the proposed area of the disturbance and buffer zone been electronically scanned?

5. Do you have a recent copy of the Land Title Certificate or Public Land Standing Report?

6. Do you have a copy of the most recent Provincial/Company Pipeline baseline map?

7. Did you notify the Land Agent (Crown Land) or Land Owner (Freehold Land) of your intentions and review any existing undergroundfacilities? Name:

8. Do you have a copy of all Crossing Agreements for any facility identified within 30 metres of the work area?

9. Did you adhere to the crossing notification requirements?

10. Did you contact local Production office and review scope of work and crossings?Name:

11. Have all pipelines, power lines, and utilities in the 30 metre search/controlled area been identified?

12. Has the One Call System been notified of our intentions?

VISUAL INSPECTION1. Are all buried pipelines, power lines, or utilities identified on above drawings, and staked on the ground in proposed area?

2. Are overhead power line Caution Signs in place?

3. Are all the locate stakes or marks referenced to fixed features?

4. Are all of the lines within the 30 meter search/controlled zone identified on the ground?

5. Are there any signs of new ground disturbances within the proposed working area, including the search/controlled zone? This mayinclude pipelines, power lines, Gas Co-op, utility cables, new clearings, road construction, pipeline signs, settlement, vegetationcolor change or growth. If there is any visual sign of activity that is not reflected on Survey Drawing, re-surveying should beconsidered.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION1. Is the proposed ground disturbance expected to be any depth below the surface?

*CAUTION* - any depth below the surface is a general rule. Ground disturbances located at any depth may encounter linesimproperly installed or changed due to shifting ground disturbances. Additional crossing material should be considered.

2. Are there any pipelines, power lines, or utility cables being crossed within the 5 meters where no right-of-way or within the distanceoutline in crossing agreements?

3. Are ALL the conditions of the Crossing Agreements being met?

4. Have all the underground facilities been exposed as per the company requirements, crossing agreements, and the Regulations?

5. Distance to which mechanical equipment may be operated after exposure from agreement mm

6. Did you conduct a pre-job task meeting with foreman and equipment operators? Review Procedures & ERP.

NOTE: This document is designed to be a GUIDE to the minimum safety standards for Ground Disturbance. Refer to the Provincial Regulations, Company StandardSafety Practices Manual, contractor’s safety program, and Provincial Health & Safety Statute and Regulations for further details. If project involves inter-province activity, the National Energy Board has additional requirements. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR REFERENCES.

Comments:

CompanyRepresentative:

ContractorRepresentative:

Ver. 1.0

DEFINITIONS

GROUND DISTURBANCE - is any work, operation, or activity without limitation that results in a disturbance ofthe earth at any depth.

SEARCH AREA- is the 30 meters surrounding the ground disturbance area in which all reasonably necessaryprecautions must be taken to determine whether or not an underground facility exists.

NOTIFICATION - Every owner within the ground disturbance area and the 30 meter search area must benotified of the nature and schedule of the ground disturbance. Notification must be done as per the crossingagreement or as per provincial Regulations of a minimum of 2 working days and a maximum of 7 workingdays, or greater, as specified in the crossing agreement.

CROSSING AGREEMENTS (also referred to as APPROVALS) - Anytime a ground disturbance takes placewithin a right-of-way, or within 5 meters of a facility where there is no right-of-way, an approval must be inwriting.

NOTE: A crossing agreement is commonly used as the approval and does not mean an actual crossing istaking place.

HAND EXPOSURE - Hand exposure must be done if the ground disturbance crosses or is carried out within 5meters of an existing underground facility before commencing any mechanical excavation. When exposing theunderground facility it must be done sufficiently to identify the facility. Excavation techniques have beendeveloped using water or air jets. These have generally been accepted, although all procedures may not havespecific regulatory approval. Care should be taken to evaluate the best method of hand exposure, taking intoconsideration, damage to coatings, and methods of soil disposal.

CAUTION: Even after hand exposure, mechanical equipment must not be used within the distancespecified on the crossing agreement, OR, if a crossing agreement is not present, not closer than60 cm. to the underground facility.

REFERENCES

ITEMS # 1, 2, 3, 5, & 6 Your surveyors or line locating company usually provide these items.

ITEM # 5: For Freehold Land, this is referred to as “Certificate of Title” which includesregistered ownership and any incumbencies against the property. For Public Lands,this is referred to as the “Public Land Standing Report”, which includes a listing ofany registered dispositions against the property.

ITEM # 10: Plot Plans or lease drawings should be obtained and discussed with area OperationsPersonnel. Experienced company personnel familiar with area operations may haveknowledge of pipelines or utilities not otherwise documented.

ITEM # 12: One-Call Systems provide a no-charge, computerized communication service toadvise and help the ground disturber with the location of buried pipelines and utilities.

CAUTION: Not all companies are One-Call System members, and as such, it isprobable that not all underground facility owners will be notified that you are creatinga ground disturbance in the area. It is necessary to perform all the steps to a grounddisturbance to ensure as far as it is reasonable and practicable, what is in the groundbefore you start to dig.

GENERAL: The Provincial Acts and Regulations should be available for reference and further resources.

Contractor Name: Date:

INSURANCE

A. Certificate of Insurance

B. $2 million minimum general commercial liability insurance

C. $2 million minimum automotive liability insurance

D. Worker's Compensation coverage

SAFETY PROGRAM

A. Has the contractor submitted a current safety program manual?

B. Does the program meet the criteria of the base safety program?

A. Workers Compensation: WCB Number:

Statement Date:

Employer Rate:

Industry Rate:

B. Occupational Health and Safety Statement Date:

Employer Lost Time Rate:

Industry Lost Time Rate:

C. Lost Time Accidents in the Past 3 Years

DATE DESCRIPTION

D. Medical Aid Cases in Past 3 Years

DATE DESCRIPTION

Page 1of 1

CONTRACTOR SAFETY EVALUATION

Yes No

Yes No

ACCIDENT HISTORY

Ver 1.0

BACK FILL INSPECTION FORMNAME OF EXISTING FACILITY OWNER

PROJECT:CrossingAgreement Number

AB/BC LSD SEC TWP RGE W M

BC QTR UNIT BLOCK /MAP SUB DIV SHEET

TYPE OF FACILITY: (Check One)PipelineRoadRail RoadWater CourseData Cable

Other: (Specify)Type of Damage

Damage repair satisfactory

Regulatory agencies notified if damage

Indicate approximate location on above plan

Existing

Existing

Depth Existing

Depth ExistingDepth NewPL

Depth New

Pipeline - R/W

OR

R.R.

Road

RiverBed

Depth Depth

GradeCasedUncased

Road, RR X-ing River/Creek R/W

INDICATE: 1. Depth to existing line (On Elevation)

2. Depth to new line above or below existing line (On Elevation)

3. Cathodic protection installed: YES NO

4. If yes, what type of protection?Owner of foreign or existing facility: Size and condition of existing facility:

(New) oil, gas, water, etc.: Contractor doing work:

Approval

Print Name Date Completed Company Signature

Print Name Date Completed Contract Signature

Drilling/Completions/Workovers

Pre-job Safety Meeting Form

Date: _______________________________________________________________________

Location: _______________________________________________________________________

Harvard Supervisor: _____________________________________________________________

Rig # / Rig Manager: ______________________________________________________________

Safety Meeting Discussion(Topics should include job scope, PPE requirements, specific hazards, people responsibilities)

Persons in Attendance

Name (Please Sign) Company

Supervisor Signature: _______________________________________________________________

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report

Location:_____________________ Date:________________________

Contractor:____________________ Project#:_____________________

Employees Present: Print Signature

________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________

Site Specific Hazard IdentificationYes No N/A Action to be Taken

Location of:

Buried Pipelines □ □ □ ______________________________

Buried Cables □ □ □ ______________________________

Overhead Lines □ □ □ ______________________________

Wellhead □ □ □ ______________________________

Sumps □ □ □ ______________________________

Digging Sumps □ □ □ ______________________________

Knocking Down Trees □ □ □ ______________________________

Leveling and Slopes □ □ □ ______________________________

Towing of Trucks □ □ □ ______________________________

U/G & O/H Utilities □ □ □ ______________________________

Ditch Cut □ □ □ ______________________________

Digging Burrows/Snakepits □ □ □ ______________________________

Driving Speed Limits □ □ □ ______________________________

Other Personnel/Equipment □ □ □ ______________________________

PPE Required □ □ □ ______________________________

Emergency Contact #’s □ □ □ ______________________________

Other □ □ □ ______________________________

Other □ □ □ ______________________________

Worksite Plan _______________________ ____________________Company Representative (Print) Signature

________________________________ ___________________________

Contractor Representative (Print) Signature